s

SINAMICS drives
SINAMICS DCP
DC/DC Power Converter

List Manual

Edition 05/2016
s Foreword

Fundamental safety
instructions 1

SINAMICS drives Parameters 2

SINAMICS DCP Function diagrams 3

DC/DC Power Converter
Faults and alarms 4
List Manual
Appendix A

Index

Valid for
Firmware version
SINAMICS DCP 1.2

05/2016
Legal information
Warning notice system
This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as to avoid
material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to equipment damage have no safety alert symbol. Depending on the hazard level,
warnings are indicated in a descending order as follows:

DANGER
indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or serious injury could result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.
If more than one level of danger is simultaneously applicable, the warning notice for the highest level is used. A
notice warning of injury to persons with a triangular safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may only be operated by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation for the specific task, in particular its warning notices and safety
instructions. Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying
risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications listed in the catalog and in the associated
technical documentation. If third-party products and components are used, then they must be recommended or
approved by Siemens. These products can only function correctly and safely if they are transported, stored, set
up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated and maintained correctly. The permissible ambient conditions
must be adhered to. Notes in the associated documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified with ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Any other names used in this publication may
be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Exclusion of Liability
We have verified that the contents of this document correspond to the hardware and software described. Since
variances cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. The information given in this
document is reviewed at regular intervals and any corrections that might be necessary are made in the subsequent
editions.

Siemens AG Article number: Copyright © Siemens AG 2014 - 2016.

Industry Sector 05/2016 Subject to change without prior notice All rights reserved
P.O. Box 48 48
90026 NUREMBERG
GERMANY
Preface

Information on the documentation

This documentation is part of the technical customer documentation.
In the interests of clarity, this documentation does not contain all the detailed information for all
product types and cannot take into account every possible aspect of installation, operation or
maintenance.
The contents of this documentation are not part of an earlier or existing agreement, a promise
or a legal agreement, nor do they change this. All obligations on the part of Siemens can be
found in the respective sales contract, which also contains the complete and sole warranty
provisions. These contractual warranty provisions are neither extended nor restricted as a
result of the statements made in this documentation.

Target group
This documentation addresses commissioning engineers and service personnel.

Objective
This manual contains information about all parameters, function diagrams, faults and alarms
required to commission and service the system.
This manual should be used in addition to the other manuals and tools provided for the product.

Search tools
The following tools are provided to help you locate information in this manual:
1. Table of Contents
– Table of contents for the complete manual (Page 7)
– Table of contents for function diagrams (Page 310)
2. List of abbreviations (Page 501)
3. Index (Page 511)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 5
Preface

SINAMICS DCP
6 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Table of contents

1 Fundamental safety instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.1 General safety instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.2 Industrial security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2 Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.1 Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3 Function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
3.1 Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
3.3 CUD input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
3.4 PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
3.5 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
3.6 Sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
3.7 Auxiliary functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
3.9 Closed-loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
3.10 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
3.11 Faults and alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
3.12 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
3.13 Communication between devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
4 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
4.1.1 General information on faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
4.2 List of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
A Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
A.2 List of abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 7
Table of contents

SINAMICS DCP
8 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Fundamental safety instructions 1
Content

1.1 General safety instructions 10

1.2 Industrial security 11

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 9
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.1 General safety instructions

1.1 General safety instructions

WARNING
Risk of death if the safety instructions and remaining risks are not carefully observed
If the safety instructions and residual risks are not carefully observed in the associated
hardware documentation, accidents involving severe injuries or death can occur.
• Observe the safety instructions given in the hardware documentation.
• When assessing the risk, take into account residual risks.

WARNING
Danger to life or malfunctions of the machine as a result of incorrect or changed
parameter assignment
Machines can malfunction as a result of incorrect or changed parameter assignment, which
in turn can lead to injuries or death.
• Protect the parameterization (parameter assignments) against unauthorized access.
• Respond to possible malfunctions by applying suitable measures
(e.g. EMERGENCY-STOP or EMERGENCY-OFF).

SINAMICS DCP
10 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.2 Industrial security

1.2 Industrial security

Note
Industrial security
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines, devices, and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security concept. With this in mind, Siemens products and
solutions undergo continuous development. Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
To ensure that Siemens products and solutions are operated securely, suitable preventive
measures (e.g. cell protection concept) and each component must be integrated into a state-
of-the-art holistic industrial security concept. Any third-party products that may be in use must
also be taken into account. You will find more information about industrial security at:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
To receive information about product updates on a regular basis, register for our product
newsletter. You will find more information at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com

WARNING
Danger due to unsafe operating states caused by software manipulation
Software manipulation (e.g. by viruses, Trojan horses, malware, worms) can cause unsafe
operating states to develop in your installation which can result in death, severe injuries
and/or material damage.
• Update your software regularly.
You can find information and newsletters on this subject at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
• Integrate the automation and drive components into a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial
security concept for the plant or machine.
For more information, visit:
http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
• Make sure that you include all installed products into the holistic industrial security
concept.

WARNING
Danger to life due to software manipulation when using exchangeable storage media
Storing files onto exchangeable storage media amounts to an increased risk of infection, e.g.
with viruses and malware. As a result of incorrect parameterization, machines can
malfunction, which in turn can lead to injuries or death.
• Protect files stored on exchangeable storage media from malicious software by taking
suitable protection measures, e.g. virus scanners.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 11
1 Fundamental safety instructions
1.2 Industrial security

SINAMICS DCP
12 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Parameters 2
Content

2.1 Overview of parameters 14

2.2 List of parameters 22

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 13
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

2.1 Overview of parameters

Basic structure of the parameter descriptions

The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below contains the
maximum amount of information that can be included in a parameter description. Some of the
information is optional.
The "List of parameters" (Page 22) has the following structure:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

pxxxx[0...n] BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name

Drive object (function Can be changed: C1(x), C2(x), U, T Access level: 2
module) Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Function diagram: 8070
Min. Max Factory setting
0.00 [Nm] 10.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Arms]
Description: Text
Value: 0: Name and meaning of value 0
1: Name and meaning of value 1
2: Name and meaning of value 2
etc.
Recommendation: Text
Index: [0] = Name and meaning of index 0
[1] = Name and meaning of index 1
[2] = Name and meaning of index 2
etc.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Name and meaning of bit 0 Yes No 8060
01 Name and meaning of bit 1 Yes No -
02 Name and meaning of bit 2 Yes No 8065
etc.
Dependency: Text
Refer to: pxxxx, rxxxx
Refer to: Fxxxxx, Axxxxx
Danger: Warning: Caution: Safety notices with a warning triangle

Notice: Safety notices without a warning triangle

Note: Information that might be useful.

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

The individual pieces of information are described in detail below.

SINAMICS DCP
14 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

pxxxx[0...n] Parameter number

The parameter number is made up of a “p” or “r”, followed by the parameter number and the
index (optional).
Examples of the representation in the parameter list:
• p... Adjustable parameter (read and write parameter)
• r... Display parameters (read only)
• p0918 Adjustable parameter 918
• p0099[0...3] Adjustable parameter 99, indices 0 to 3
• p1001[0...n] Adjustable parameter 1001, indices 0 to n (n = configurable)
• r0944 Display parameter 944
• r2129.0...15 Display parameter 2129 with bit field from bit 0 (smallest bit) to bit 15
(largest bit)
Other examples of the notation in the documentation:
• p1070[1] Adjustable parameter 1070, index 1
• p2098[1].3 Adjustable parameter 2098, index 1 bit 3
• r0945[2](3) Display parameter 945, index 2 of drive object 3
• p0795.4 Adjustable parameter 795, bit 4
The following applies to adjustable parameters:
The parameter value “when shipped” is specified under “Factory setting” with the relevant unit
in square parentheses. The value can be adjusted within the range defined by “Min” and “Max”.
The following applies to display parameters:
The fields “Min”, “Max” and “Factory setting” are specified with a dash “-” and the relevant unit
in square parentheses.

Note
The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists of the particular
commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions).
The value for the factory setting can deviate from the value shown in the list as a result of
specific customer requirements.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 15
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

BICO: Full parameter name / abbreviated name

The following abbreviations can appear in front of the parameter name:
• BI: Binector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal.
• BO: Binector Output
This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CI: Connector Input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of an “analog” signal.
• CO: Connector Output
This parameter is available as an “analog” signal for interconnection with other
parameters.
• CO/BO: Connector/Binector Output
This parameter is available as an "analog" and digital signal for interconnection
with other parameters.

Note
A connector input (CI) cannot be just interconnected with any connector output (CO, signal
source).
When interconnecting a connector input using the commissioning software, only the
corresponding possible signal sources are listed.

Drive object (function module)

A drive object (DO) is an independent, "self-contained" functional unit that has its own
parameters and, in some cases, faults and alarms.
A parameter can belong to one, several, or all drive objects.
The following information relating to "Drive object" and "Function module" can be displayed
under the parameter number:

Table 2-1 Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field

Drive object (function Type Meaning

module)

All objects - This parameter is used by all drive objects.

CU_DCP 6 Advanced Control Unit SINAMICS DCM (CUD)
CU_DCP (PROFINET) - Advanced Control Unit SINAMICS DCP (CUD) with "PROFINET" function module
(p0108.31).
DCP_CTRL 17 Closed-loop control for SINAMICS DCP.
DCP_CTRL (PROFINET) - Closed-loop control for SINAMICS DCP with "PROFINET" function module
(r0108.31).
TM150 208 Terminal Module 150.
TM15DI_DO 204 Terminal Module 15 (for SINAMICS).
TM31 200 Terminal Module 31.

SINAMICS DCP
16 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Can be changed
The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and that the
change will be effective immediately.
The information "C1(x), C2(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can be changed
only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take effect until the unit
switches to another state. This can be a single state or multiple states.
The following states are available:
• C1(x) Device commissioning C1: Commissioning 1
Device is being commissioned (p0009 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed for the following device commissioning
settings (p0009 > 0):
• C1: Can be changed for all settings p0009 > 0.
• C1(x): Can be changed only when p0009 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until the device commissioning
mode is exited with p0009 = 0.
• C2(x) Drive object commissioning C2: Commissioning 2
Drive commissioning is in progress (p0009 = 0 and p0010 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed in the following drive commissioning settings
(p0010 > 0):
• C2: Can be changed for all settings p0010 > 0.
• C2(x): Can only be changed for the settings p0010 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until drive commissioning mode is
exited with p0010 = 0.
• U Operation U: Run
Pulses are enabled.
• T Ready T: Ready to run
The pulses are not enabled and the state "C1(x)" or "C2(x)" is not active.

Note
Parameter p0009 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).
Parameter p0010 is drive-specific (belongs to each drive object).
The operating state of individual drive objects is displayed in r0002.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 17
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Access level
Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the relevant
parameter. The required access level can be set using p0003.
The system uses the following access levels:
• 1: Standard
• 2: Extended
• 3: Expert
• 4: Service
Parameters with this access level are password protected.

Note
Parameter p0003 is CU-specific (belongs to the Control Unit).
A higher access level will also include the functions of the lower levels.

Data type
The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated by a slash):
• First item
Data type of the parameter.
• Second item (for binector or connector input only)
Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector/connector output).
Parameters can have the following data types:
• Integer8 I8 8-bit integer number
• Integer16 I16 16-bit integer number
• Integer32 I32 32-bit integer number
• Unsigned8 U8 8 bits without sign
• Unsigned16 U16 16 bits without sign
• Unsigned32 U32 32 bits without sign
• FloatingPoint32 Float 32-bit floating point number
Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO output
parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when creating BICO
interconnections:

SINAMICS DCP
18 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Table 2-2 Possible combinations of BICO interconnections

BICO input parameter

CI parameter BI parameter

BICO output parameter Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 / Unsigned32 /

Integer16 Integer32 FloatingPoint32 Binary

CO: Unsigned8 x x – –
CO: Unsigned16 x x – –
CO: Integer16 x x r2050, r8850 –
CO: Unsigned32 x x – –
CO: Integer32 x x r2060, r8860 –
CO: FloatingPoint32 x x x –
BO: Unsigned8 – – – x
BO: Unsigned16 – – – x
BO: Integer16 – – – x
BO: Unsigned32 – – – x
BO: Integer32 – – – x
BO: FloatingPoint32 – – – –
Legend: x : BICO interconnection permitted
–: BICO interconnection not permitted
rxxxx: BICO interconnection is only permitted for the specified CO parameters

Function diagram
The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter function and
its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified function diagram.

Parameter values
Min. Minimum value of the parameter [unit]
Max Maximum value of the parameter [unit]
Factory setting Value when delivered [unit]
In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal source of the
default BICO interconnection is specified. A non-indexed connector
output is assigned the index [0].

Description
Explanation of the function of a parameter.

Values
Lists the possible values of a parameter.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 19
2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Recommendation
Information about recommended settings.

Index
The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed parameters.
The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) for indexed adjustable
parameters:
• Min, Max:
The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices.
• Factory setting:
When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the unit to
represent all indices.
When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually with the unit.

Bit field
For parameters with bit fields, the following information is provided about each bit:
• Bit number and signal name
• Meaning for signal states 1 and 0
• Function diagram (optional)
The signal is shown on this function diagram.

Dependency
Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes special effects
that can occur between this parameter and others.
See also: List of other parameters to be additionally considered.

SINAMICS DCP
20 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.1 Overview of parameters

Safety instructions
Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or material
damage.
Information that must be observed to avoid any problems.
Information that the user may find useful.
Danger The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Warning The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Caution The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Notice The description of this safety notice can be found at the beginning of this
manual, see "Legal information" (Page 4).

Note Information that the user may find useful.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 21
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

2.2 List of parameters

Product: SINAMICS DCP, Version: 4703500, Language: eng
Objects: CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Product: SINAMICS DCDC_V, Version: 1200700, Language: eng
Objects: DCP_CTRL

r0002 Control Unit operating display / CU op_display

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2651
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 -
Description: Operating display for the Control Unit (CU).
Value: 0: Operation
10: Ready
20: Wait for run-up
25: Wait for automatic FW update of DRIVE-CLiQ components
31: Commissioning software download active
33: Remove/acknowledge topology error
34: Exit commissioning mode
35: Carry out first commissioning
70: Initialization
80: Reset active
99: Internal software error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 Drive operating display / Drv op_display

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2651
Min Max Factory setting
0 126 -
Description: Operating display for the drive.
Value: 0: o0.0 No torque direction switched on
1: o0.1 Torque direction I switched on
12: o1.2 Wait for operating enable (signal source acc. to p0852)
16: o1.6 Wait for withdrawal of the immediate pulse inhibit
31: o3.1 Wait for line supply symmetry
40: o4.0 Wait for voltage at 1U1, 1V1, 1W1
41: o4.1 Wait until fuse monitoring signals OK
71: o7.1 Wait for power-on (signal source according to p0840)
80: o8.0 Switching on inhibited
81: o8.1 Simulation mode active
91: o9.1 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0848) present
92: o9.2 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0849) present
101: o10.1 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0844)
102: o10.2 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0845)
103: o10.3 E stop (safety shutdown) (terminal 105/106)
110: o11.0 Fault present
121: o12.1 Initializ. of line voltage sensing for armature in progr.
123: o12.3 Reading out data of the gating modules
124: o12.4 Offset calibr. of curr. act. val. sensing being performed
125: o12.5 Read out data from the power unit
126: o12.6 Initializing the second processor (TMS320)
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.
Note: OC: Operating condition
RFG: Ramp-function generator
COMM: Commissioning

SINAMICS DCP
22 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0002 TM150 operating display / TM150 op_display

TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 TM15DI/DO operating display / TM15D op_display

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002 TM31 operating display / TM31 op_display

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 250 -
Description: Operating display for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: Module in cyclic operation
40: Module not in cyclic operation
50: Alarm
60: Fault
70: Initialization
120: Module de-activated
200: Wait for booting/partial booting
250: Device signals a topology error
Notice: For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

p0003 BOP access level / BOP acc_level

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1, U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 1
Description: Sets the access level for reading and writing parameters via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 23
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 1: Standard
2: Extended
3: Expert
4: Service
Note: A higher set access level also includes the lower one.
Access level 1 (standard):
Parameters for simplest possible operations.
Access level 2 (extended):
Parameters to operate the basic functions of the drive unit.
Access level 3 (experts):
Expert know-how is required for these parameters (e.g. BICO parameterization).
Access level 4 (service):
For these parameters, it is necessary that authorized service personnel enter the appropriate password (p3950).

p0004 BOP display filter / BOP disp_filter

CU_DCP Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 0
Description: Sets the display filter for parameters with the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Value: 0: All parameters
1: Displays, signals
2: Power unit
3: Motor
4: Encoder/pos enc
5: Technology/units
7: Digital inputs/outputs, commands, sequence control
12: Functions
14: Control
15: Data sets
20: Communication
21: Faults, alarms, monitoring functions
28: Free function blocks
47: Trace and function generator
50: OA parameters
90: Topology
98: Command Data Sets (CDS)
99: Drive Data Sets (DDS)
Dependency: Refer to: p0003
Notice: The display filter via p0004 provides precise filtering and displays the corresponding parameters only when p0009
and p0010 = 0.
Note: The set access level via p0003 is also relevant for the display filter via p0004.
Examples (assumption: p0009 = p0010 = 0):
p0003 = 1, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access level 1 are displayed.
p0003 = 2, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access levels 1 and 2 are displayed.

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006

SINAMICS DCP
24 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 50000
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006
Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

p0005[0...1] BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 [0] 2
[1] 0
Description: Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 2, 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Examples for the SERVO drive object:
p0005[0] = 21, p0005[1] = 0: Actual speed smoothed (r0021)
p0005[0] = 25, p0005[1] = 0: Output voltage smoothed (r0025)
Index: [0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index
Dependency: Refer to: p0006
Note: Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only
parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the set
parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 25
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0006 BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for
operation" and "operation".
Value: 4: p0005
Dependency: Refer to: p0005
Note: Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

p0006 BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for
operation" and "operation".
Value: 4: p0005
Dependency: Refer to: p0005
Note: Mode 0 ... 3 can only be selected if also r0020, r0021 are available on the drive object.
Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

p0007 BOP background lighting / BOP lighting

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 2000 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time until the background lighting of the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) is switched off.
If no keys are actuated, then the background lighting automatically switches itself off after this time has expired.
Note: p0007 = 0: Background lighting is always switched on (factory setting).

p0008 BOP drive object after booting / BOP DO after boot

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 65535 2
Description: Sets the required drive object that is active at the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) after booting.
Note: The value from p0008 initializes the display on the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) at the top left after booting.
The drive object Control Unit is selected using the value 1.

p0009 Device commissioning parameter filter / Dev comm par_filt

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 55 1
Description: Sets the device and basic drive commissioning.
By appropriately setting this parameter, those parameters are filtered that can be written into in the various
commissioning steps.
Value: 0: Ready
1: Device configuration
2: Defining the drive type/function module
3: Drive base configuration

SINAMICS DCP
26 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

4: Data set base configuration

29: Device download
30: Parameter reset
50: OA application configuration
55: OA application installation
Notice: For p0009 = 10000 the following applies:
After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: The drives can only be powered up outside the device commissioning (the drive enabled). In this case, p0009 must
be 0 (Ready) and the individual drive objects must have already gone into operation (p0010).
p0009 = 1: Device configuration
At the first commissioning of the device, after booting, the device is in the "device configuration" state. To start the
internal automatic first commissioning of the drive unit, p0009 should be set to 0 (Ready) after the ID for the actual
topology (r0098) was transferred into the ID for the target topology (p0099). To do this, it is sufficient to set a single
index value of p0099[x] the same as r0098[x]. Before the device has been completely commissioned, no other
parameter can be changed. After the first commissioning was carried out, in this state, when required, other basic
device configuration parameters can be adapted (e.g. the basic sampling time in p0110).
p0009 = 2: Defines the drive type / function module
In this state, the drive object types and/or the function modules can be changed or selected for the individual drive
objects. To do this, the drive object type can be set using p0107[0...15] and the function can be set using
p0108[0...15] (refer to p0101[0...15]).
p0009 = 3: Drive basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, basic changes can be made for the individual
drive objects (e.g. sampling times in p0111, p0112, p0115 and the number of data sets in p0120, p0130, p0140,
p0170, p0180).
p0009 = 4: Data set basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, for the individual drive objects changes can be
made regarding the assignment of the components (p0121, p0131, p0141, p0151, p0161) to the individual data sets
and the assignment of the power unit, motor and encoder to the drive data sets (p0185, ...).
p0009 = 29: Device download
If a download is made using the commissioning software, the device is automatically brought into this state. After the
download has been completed, p0009 is automatically set to 0 (ready). It is not possible to manually set p0009 to this
value.
p0009 = 30: Parameter reset
In order to bring the complete unit into the "first commissioning" state or to load the parameters saved using p0977, to
start, p0009 must be set to this value. p0976 can then be changed to the required value.
p0009 = 50: OA application configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, changes can be made for the individual drive
objects regarding the activity (p4956) of the OA applications.
p0009 = 55: OA application installation
OA applications can be installed and/or uninstalled in this state.

p0010 Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 1
Description: Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
Value: 0: Ready
1: Quick commissioning
4: Encoder commissioning
15: Data sets
29: Only Siemens int
30: Reserved
Note: The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (drive enable). To realize this, this parameter
must be set to 0.
By setting p3900 to a value other than 0, the quick commissioning is completed, and this parameter is automatically
reset to 0.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 27
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0010 TM150 commissioning parameter filter / TM150 com par_filt

TM150 Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.
Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010 TM15DI/DO commissioning the parameterizing filter / TM15D com par_filt

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.
Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010 TM31 commissioning parameter filter / TM31 comm par_filt

TM31 Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 30 0
Description: Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.
Value: 0: Ready
29: Only Siemens int
30: Parameter reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0970
Note: Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0011 BOP password entry (p0013) / BOP passw ent p13

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Dependency: Refer to: p0012, p0013

SINAMICS DCP
28 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0012 BOP password acknowledgement (p0013) / BOP passw ackn p13

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Acknowledges the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Dependency: Refer to: p0011, p0013

p0013[0...49] BOP user-defined list / BOP list

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the required parameters to read and write via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Activation:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. p0013[0...49] = requested parameter number
3. If required, enter p0011 = password in order to prevent non-authorized de-activation.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the selected user-defined list.
De-activation/change:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. If required, p0012 = p0011, in order to be authorized to change or de-activate the list.
3. If required p0013[0...49] = required parameter number.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the modified user-defined list.
5. p0003 = 0 --> de-activates the user-defined list.
Dependency: Refer to: p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976
Note: The following parameters can be read and written on the Control Unit drive object:
- p0003 (access stage)
- p0009 (device commissioning, parameter filter)
- p0012 (BOP password acknowledgement (p0013))
The following applies for the user-defined list:
- password protection is only available on the drive object Control Unit and is valid for all of the drive objects.
- p0013 cannot be included in the user-defined list for all drive objects.
- p0003, p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976 cannot, for the drive object Control Unit, be included in the user-defined list.
- the user-defined list can be cleared and de-activated "restore factory setting".
A value of 0 means: Entry is empty.

p0015 Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1 Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 1
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 29
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0015 Macro drive object / Macro DO

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: C2(1) Access level: 1
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.

p0016 Activate BOP user-defined list / BOP user list act

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1, U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting for activating/de-activating the user-defined list for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
If p0016 = 1, then it is only possible to access parameters in the parameter list (p0013).
Value: 0: BOP user-defined list de-activated
1: BOP user-defined list activated
Dependency: Refer to: p0011, p0012, p0013
Note: The user-defined list can only be de-activated with p0011 = p0012

r0018 Control Unit basic firmware version / CU Basic FW Vers

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 -
Description: Displays the basic firmware version of the Control Unit.
The version of existing firmware on the device memory is displayed in r7844.
Dependency: Refer to: r0158, r0197, r0198, r7844
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0019.0...14 CO/BO: Control word BOP / STW BOP

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9912
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the control word for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON / OFF (OFF1) ON OFF (OFF1) -
01 No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) No coast down Coast down (OFF2) -
02 No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) No Quick Stop Quick Stop (OFF3) -
07 Acknowledge fault (0 -> 1) Yes No -
13 Motorized potentiometer raise Yes No -
14 Motorized potentiometer lower Yes No -

SINAMICS DCP
30 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0050.0 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Command Data Set (CDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS eff bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0810, r0836
Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e.g. p0810) is displayed using r0836.

r0051.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective Drive Data Set (DDS).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS eff bit 0 ON OFF -
01 DDS eff bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p0820, p0821, r0837

p0097 Select drive object type / Select DO type

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(1) Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 0
Description: Executes an automatic device configuration.
In so doing, p0099, p0107 and p0108 are appropriately set.
Value: 0: No selection
15: Drive object type DC_CTRL
Dependency: Refer to: r0098, p0099
Refer to: A01330
Note: For p0097 = 0, p0099 is automatically set to the factory setting.

r0098[0...5] Actual device topology / Device_act topo

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the automatically detected actual device topology in coded form.
Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100
[1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101
[2...5] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: p0097, p0099
Note: Topology coding: abcd efgh hex
a=0
b=0
c=0
d = no. of motor encoders
e = no. of additional encoders
f = number of Terminal Modules
g = number of Terminal Boards

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 31
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

h = reserved
if the value 0 is displayed in all indices, then components are not detected via DRIVE-CLiQ.
If a value F hex occurs at a position of the coding (abcd efgh hex), then an overflow has occurred.

p0099[0...5] Device target topology / Device_target topo

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(1) Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the device target topology in coded form (refer to r0098). The setting is made during commissioning.
De-activated or non-available components are also counted
Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100
[1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101
[2...5] = Reserved
Dependency: The parameter can only be written into for p0097 = 0.
To perform an automatic device configuration run, an index of the device target topology must be set to the value of
the device actual topology in r0098 for acknowledgement. An index of the device actual topology with a value other
than 0 must be selected.
Refer to: p0097, r0098
Refer to: A01330
Note: The parameter can only be set to the values 0, the value of the actual device topology, the value of the actual device
target topology and FFFFFFFF hex.
If the value 0 is displayed in all of the indices, then the system has still not been commissioned.
The value FFFFFFFF hex indicates that the topology was not generated by the automatic device configuration but
was commissioned using the commissioning software (e.g. using parameter download).

p0101[0...n] Drive object numbers / DO numbers

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(1) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 62 0
Description: The parameter contains the object number via which every drive object can be addressed.
The number of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
Value = 0: No drive object is defined.
Note: The numbers are automatically allocated.
For the commissioning software, this object number cannot be entered using the expert list, but is automatically
assigned when inserting an object.

r0102[0...1] Number of drive objects / DO count

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of existing or existing and prepared drive objects.
Index: [0] = Existing drive objects
[1] = Existing and prepared drive objects
Dependency: Refer to: p0101
Note: The numbers of the drive objects are in p0101.
Index 0:
Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up.
Index 1:
Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up and, in addition, the drive objects that still have to
be set up.

SINAMICS DCP
32 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0103[0...n] Application-specific view / Appl_spec view

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(2) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999 0
Description: The application-specific view of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
The parameter cannot be changed.
Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107
Note: The application-specific views are defined in files on the memory card with the following structure:
PDxxxyyy.ACX
xxx: Application-specific view (p0103)
yyy: Type of drive object (p0107)
Example:
PD052017.ACX
--> "017" stands for the drive object of type DC_CTRL
--> "052" is the number of the view for this drive object

r0103 Application-specific view / Appl_spec view

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 -
Description: Displays the application-specific view of the individual drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0107, r0107

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Refer to: A01316
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 33
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

TM150, TM15DI_DO Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: When activating drive objects with the safety functions enabled, the following applies:
After reactivating, a warm restart (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3) or POWER ON should be carried out.
Refer to: r0106
Refer to: A01316
Notice: The following applies when activating:
If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.
Note: Re value = 0, 2:
When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. They can be
removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If a component has been deactivated, only the component with the correct serial number may be inserted, or none at
all.
If value = 1:
All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual
topology from the very start. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact

TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object.
Value: 0: De-activate drive object
1: Activate drive object
2: Drive object de-activate and not present
Recommendation: After inserting all of the components of a drive object, before activating, first wait for Alarm A01316.
Dependency: Refer to: r0106
Refer to: A01316
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while this parameter is
being changed over.

Notice: The following applies when activating:

If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated, then the drive system is
automatically booted. To do this, the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed.

SINAMICS DCP
34 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re value = 0, 2:
When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.
If value = 0:
All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. They can be
removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.
If a component has been deactivated, only the component with the correct serial number may be inserted, or none at
all.
If value = 1:
All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation.
If value = 2:
Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual
topology from the very start. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.
For components that comprise several individual components (e.g. Double Motor Modules), it is not permissible to
set just one subset to this value.

r0106 Drive object active/inactive / DO act/inact

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Displays the "active/inactive" state of a drive object.
Value: 0: Drive object inactive
1: Drive object active
Dependency: Refer to: p0105

p0107[0...n] Drive object type / DO type

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(2) Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 600 0
Description: The type of an existing drive object is entered into each index.
Value: 0: -
1: SINAMICS S
2: SINAMICS G
3: SINAMICS I
4: SINAMICS NX/CX32
6: SINAMICS DC
9: SINAMICS S110
10: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL
11: SERVO
12: VECTOR
13: VECTORMV
14: VECTORGL
15: VECTOR3P
16: VECTORSL
17: DC_CTRL
18: VECTORM2C
19: VECTORDM
20: SMART INFEED CONTROL
21: RENEWABLE INFEED CONTROL
30: BASIC INFEED CONTROL
35: BRAKE MODULE M2C
40: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV
41: BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV
42: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C
51: SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
52: SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
53: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector)
54: SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
55: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 35
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

56: SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)

57: SINAMICS ET200
58: Link variant for Sinamics Microbasissystem
70: HLA
100: TB30 (Terminal Board)
102: SINAMICS MV
150: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
200: TM31 (Terminal Module)
201: TM41 (Terminal Module)
202: TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module)
203: TM15 (Terminal Module)
204: TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS)
205: TM54F - Master (Terminal Module)
206: TM54F - Slave (Terminal Module)
207: TM120 (Terminal Module)
208: TM150 (Terminal Module)
254: CU-LINK
300: ENCODER
600: SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2
Dependency: Refer to: p0103, r0103
Caution: If you change this parameter and exit the device commissioning mode, then the complete software will be set up
again and all of the previous drive parameter settings are deleted.

Note: The number (p0101) and the associated drive object type are in the same index.

r0107 Drive object type / DO type

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 600 -
Description: Displays the type of each drive object.
Value: 0: -
1: SINAMICS S
2: SINAMICS G
3: SINAMICS I
4: SINAMICS NX/CX32
6: SINAMICS DC
9: SINAMICS S110
10: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL
11: SERVO
12: VECTOR
13: VECTORMV
14: VECTORGL
15: VECTOR3P
16: VECTORSL
17: DC_CTRL
18: VECTORM2C
19: VECTORDM
20: SMART INFEED CONTROL
21: RENEWABLE INFEED CONTROL
30: BASIC INFEED CONTROL
35: BRAKE MODULE M2C
40: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV
41: BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV
42: ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C
51: SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
52: SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
53: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector)
54: SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
55: SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo)
56: SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector)
57: SINAMICS ET200
58: Link variant for Sinamics Microbasissystem
70: HLA

SINAMICS DCP
36 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

100: TB30 (Terminal Board)

102: SINAMICS MV
150: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
200: TM31 (Terminal Module)
201: TM41 (Terminal Module)
202: TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module)
203: TM15 (Terminal Module)
204: TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS)
205: TM54F - Master (Terminal Module)
206: TM54F - Slave (Terminal Module)
207: TM120 (Terminal Module)
208: TM150 (Terminal Module)
254: CU-LINK
300: ENCODER
600: SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2
Dependency: Refer to: p0103, r0103

p0108[0...n] Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(2) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: The function module of an existing drive object is entered into each index (also refer to p0101, p0107).
The following bits are available for the Control Unit (Index 0):
Bit 18: Free function blocks
Bit 31: PROFINET
For all other drive objects (Index > 0), the significance of the bits should be taken from the display parameters r0108
of the drive object.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 37
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

r0108 Drive objects function module / DO fct_mod

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
18 Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Activated Not activated -
31 PROFINET CBE20 / PROFINET CBE20 Activated Not activated -
Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

r0110[0...2] Basic sampling times / t_basis

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 10000.00 [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the basic sampling times.
The sampling times are set using p0112 and p0115. The values for the basic sampling times are determined as a
result of these settings.
Index: [0] = Basic sampling time 0
[1] = Basic sampling time 1
[2] = Basic sampling time 2

r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 -
Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r0110

r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel

TM15DI_DO, TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 -
Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r0110
Note: For TB30 and the Terminal Module, this parameter has no significance.
For TB30 and certain Terminal Modules, the sampling times can be set using p4099 (see description of p4099 for the
Module in question).

p0112 Sampling times pre-setting p0115 / t_sample for p0115

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Pre-assignment of the sampling times in p0115.
The clock cycles for the current controller / speed controller / - / setpoint channel / - / - / technology controller are
defined as follows:
p0112 = 3: 1000 / 2000 / - / 4000 / - / - / 4000 µs
Value: 0: Expert
3: Standard

SINAMICS DCP
38 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: For p0112 = 0 (expert) the individual sampling times in p0115 can be adjusted.

p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the basic sampling time for supplementary functions (DCC, free function blocks) on this object.
Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible.
Index: [0] = Basic sampl time

p0115[0...6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1000.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] [0] 1000.00 [µs]
[1] 2000.00 [µs]
[2] 8000.00 [µs]
[3] 4000.00 [µs]
[4] 8000.00 [µs]
[5] 8000.00 [µs]
[6] 8000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling times for the control loops.
The default setting is made using p0112 and can only be individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert).
Index: [0] = Current controller
[1] = Speed controller
[2] = -
[3] = Setpoint channel
[4] = -
[5] = -
[6] = Techn controller
Dependency: The sampling times can only be separately set if p0112 is 0 (expert). If a sampling time is modified in the expert
mode, then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling
time itself was changed. Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted. Upper
limit is 8 ms.
Higher-level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower-level controls (e.g. p0115[1] = N * p0115[0]; where
N is an integer number). The sampling time of the speed controller (p0115[1]) can have as a maximum a value of
800% of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]).
Refer to: r0110, r0111, p0112
Note: For function modules that can be activated (e.g. technology controller), the parameters values are pre-assigned.
The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is permanently set to 1 ms and cannot be changed.

p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 16000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling times for supplementary functions (DCC, free function blocks) on this object.
Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible.
Index: [0] = Basic sampl time
Note: This parameter only applies to set the sampling times of possible supplementary functions.
The sampling times for inputs/outputs must be set in p4099.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 39
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0116[0...1] Drive object clock cycle recommended / DO_clock recom

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the recommended sampling time for the drive objects.
r00116[0] = recommended sampling time:
Recommended value which would then make the complete system operational.
r00116[1] = recommended sampling time:
Recommended value, which after changing other clock cycles on the DRIVE-CLiQ line, would result in an operational
system.
Index: [0] = Change only for the actual drive object
[1] = Changing all objects on the DRIVE-CLiQ line
Dependency: Refer to: p0115

p0151 Terminal Module component number / TM comp_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: C1(4) Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 199 0
Description: Sets the component number for the Terminal Module.
This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.
Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a Terminal Module.

p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED / TM detection LED

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Detects the Terminal Module assigned to this drive and data set.
Note: While p0154 = 1, the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Terminal Module.

r0157 Terminal Module EEPROM data version / TM EEPROM version

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of the EEPROM data of the Terminal Module.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0158 Terminal Module firmware version / TM FW version

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the firmware version of the Terminal Module.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0197, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

SINAMICS DCP
40 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
2 2 2
Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS).
Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover.

p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
4 4 4
Description: Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS).

r0196[0...255] Topology component status / Top comp stat

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the components.
r0196[0]: group status of all components
r0196[1]: Status of component with component number 1
...
r0196[255]: Status of component with component number 255
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Component status bit 0 High Low -
01 Component status bit 1 High Low -
02 Component status bit 2 High Low -
03 Component status bit 3 High Low -
04 Component state Active Inactive/parking -
07 Part of the target topology Yes No only act topo -
08 Alarm present Yes No -
09 Safety message present Yes No -
10 Fault present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: Re bit 03 ... 00:
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 0, 0 --> component not available.
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 0, 1 --> power-up, non-cyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 1, 0 --> operating mode, cyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = green).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 0, 1, 1 --> alarm (LED = green).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 0, 0 --> fault (LED = red).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 0, 1 --> detection via LED and operating mode (LED = green/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 1, 0 --> detection via LED and alarm (LED = green/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 0, 1, 1, 1 --> detection via LED and fault (LED = red/orange).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 1, 0, 0, 0 --> firmware being downloaded (LED = green/red with 0.5 Hz).
Bit 3, 2, 1, 0 = 1, 0, 0, 1 --> firmware download completed, wait for POWER ON (LED = green/red with 2.0 Hz).
Re bits 12 ... 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 41
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0197[0...1] Bootloader version / Bootloader vers

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bootloader version.
Index 0:
Displays the bootloader version.
Index 1:
Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2)
Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available.
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0158, r0198
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r0198[0...2] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version.
r0198[0]: BIOS version
r0198[1]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 0
r0198[2]: EEPROM data version EEPROM 1
Dependency: Refer to: r0018, r0158, r0197
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

p0199[0...24] Drive object name / DO name

All objects Can be changed: C1 Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Freely assignable name for a drive object.
In the commissioning software, this name cannot be entered using the expert list, but is specified in the configuration
assistant. The object name can be subsequently modified in the Project Navigator using standard Windows
resources.
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

r0203[0...15] Firmware package name / FW pkg name

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the name of the firmware package on the memory card/device memory.
r0203[0]: Name character 1
...
r0203[15]: Name character 16
For the commissioning software, the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

SINAMICS DCP
42 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0700[0...n] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The binector inputs of the corresponding command data set are appropriately interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0700 = 6 --> macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p1000, p1500, r8571
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8571. r8571 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
BI: Binector Input
CDS: Command Data Set

p0700 Macro Binector Input (BI) for TMs / Macro BI TM

TM15DI_DO, TM31 Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0700 = 6 --> macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: r8571
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8571. r8571 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
BI: Binector Input
CDS: Command Data Set

p0802 Data transfer: memory card as source/target / mem_card src/targ

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to memory card.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- Sets the source of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 48 --> PS048xxx.ACX is the source).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- Sets the target of parameter backup (e.g. p0802 = 23 --> PS023xxx.ACX is the target).
Dependency: Refer to: p0803, p0804
Notice: If the data between the volatile and non-volatile device memories differ, then it may be necessary to save the data on
the memory card in a non-volatile fashion prior to the transfer (e.g. p0971 = 1).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 43
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0803 Data transfer: device memory as source/target / Dev_mem src/targ

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 20 0
Description: Sets the number for data transfer of a parameter backup from/to device memory.
Transfer from memory card to device memory (p0804 = 1):
- Sets the target of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 10 --> PS010xxx.ACX is the target).
Transfer from non-volatile device memory to memory card (p0804 = 2):
- Sets the source of the parameter backup (e.g. p0803 = 11 --> PS011xxx.ACX is the source).
Value: 0: Source/target standard
10: Source/target with setting 10
11: Source/target with setting 11
12: Source/target with setting 12
20: Source/target with setting 20
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0804
Notice: If the data between the volatile and non-volatile device memories differ, then it may be necessary to save the data on
the memory card in a non-volatile fashion prior to the transfer (e.g. p0971 = 1).

p0804 Data transfer start / Data transf start

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1100 0
Description: Sets the transfer direction and start of data transfer between the memory card and non-volatile device memory.
Example 1:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the device memory to the memory card with setting 0. The parameter
backup is to be stored on the memory card with setting 22.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as target with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as source with setting 0)
p0804 = 2 (start data transfer from device memory to memory card)
--> PS000xxx.ACX is transferred from device memory to memory card and stored as PS022xxx.ACX.
Example 2:
The parameter backup is to be transferred from the memory card to the device memory with setting 22. The
parameter backup is to be stored in the device memory as setting 0.
p0802 = 22 (parameter backup stored on memory card as source with setting 22)
p0803 = 0 (parameter backup stored in device memory as target with setting 0)
p0804 = 1 (start data transfer from memory card to device memory)
--> PS022xxx.ACX is transferred from memory card to device memory and stored as PS000xxx.ACX.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Memory card to device memory
2: Device memory to memory card
1001: File on memory card cannot be opened
1002: File in device memory cannot be opened
1003: Memory card not found
1100: File cannot be transferred
Dependency: Refer to: p0802, p0803
Notice: The memory card must not be removed while data is being transferred.
Note: If a parameter backup with setting 0 is detected on the memory card when the Control Unit is switched on
(PS000xxx.ACX), this is transferred automatically to the device memory.
When the memory card is inserted, a parameter backup with setting 0 (PS000xxx.ACX) is automatically written to the
memory card when the parameters are saved in a non-volatile memory (e.g. by means of "Copy RAM to ROM").
Once the data has been successfully transferred, this parameter is automatically reset to 0. If an error occurs, the
parameter is set to a value > 1000. Possible fault causes:

SINAMICS DCP
44 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0804 = 1001:
The parameter backup set in p0802 as the source on the memory card does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available on the memory card.
p0804 = 1002:
The parameter backup set in p0803 as the source in the device memory does not exist or there is not sufficient
memory space available in the device memory.
p0804 = 1003:
No memory card has been inserted.

p0806 BI: Inhibit master control / PcCtrl inhibit

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to block the master control.
Dependency: Refer to: r0807
Note: The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

r0807.0 BO: Master control active / PcCtrl active

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays what has the master control.
The drive can be controlled via the BICO interconnection or from external (e.g. the commissioning software).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Master control active Yes No 2580,
3113,
3130
Dependency: Refer to: p0806
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control words/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: Bit 0 = 0: BICO interconnection active
Bit 0 = 1: Master control for PC/AOP
The commissioning software (drive control panel) uses the master control, for example.

p0809[0...2] Copy Command Data Set CDS / Copy CDS

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 0
Description: Copies one Command Data Set (CDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Command Data Set
[1] = Target Command Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which command data set should be copied.
2. In Index 1, enter the command data set that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0809[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 45
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0810 BI: Command data set selection CDS bit 0 / CDS select., bit 0
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Command Data Set bit 0 (CDS bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, r0836
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: The Command Data Set selected using the binector inputs is displayed in r0836.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.
A Command Data Set can be copied using p0809.

p0819[0...2] Copy Drive Data Set DDS / Copy DDS

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(15) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 0
Description: Copies one Drive Data Set (DDS) into another.
Index: [0] = Source Drive Data Set
[1] = Target Drive Data Set
[2] = Start copying procedure
Note: Procedure:
1. In Index 0, enter which drive data set is to be copied.
2. In Index 1, enter the drive data set data that is to be copied into.
3. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1.
p0819[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed.

p0820[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 0 / DDS select., bit 0
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(15), T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 8565, 8570
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 0 (DDS, bit 0).
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, r0837
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0821[0...n] BI: Drive Data Set selection DDS bit 1 / DDS select., bit 1
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(15), T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 8565, 8570
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to select the Drive Data Set, bit 1 (DDS, bit 1).
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, r0837
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

r0835.2 CO/BO: Data set changeover status word / DDS_ZSW

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8575
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word for the drive data set changeover.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
02 Internal parameter calculation active Yes No -

SINAMICS DCP
46 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re bit 02:

A data set changeover is delayed by the time required for the internal parameter calculation.

r0836.0 CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS selected / CDS selected

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8560
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the command data set (CDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 CDS select. bit 0 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0050, p0810
Note: Command data sets are selected via binector input p0810.
The currently effective command data set is displayed in r0050.

r0837.0...1 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS selected / DDS selected

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8565
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive data set (DDS) selected via the binector input.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DDS select. bit 0 ON OFF -
01 DDS select. bit 1 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r0051, p0820, p0821
Note: Drive data sets are selected via binector input p0820 and following.
The currently effective drive data set is displayed in r0051.

p0840[0...n] BI: ON / OFF (OFF1) / ON / OFF (OFF1)

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2460, 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.0
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "ON/OFF (OFF1)".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 0 (STW1.0).
Recommendation: When the setting for this binector input is changed, the motor can only be switched on by means of an appropriate
signal change of the source.
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the motor can be moved, jogging using binector input p1055 or p1056.
The command "ON/OFF (OFF1)" can be issued using binector input p0840 or p1055/p1056.
For binector input p0840 = 0 signal, the switch-on inhibit is acknowledged.
Only the signal source that originally powered up can also power down again.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For drives with closed-loop speed control (p50084 = 1), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: OFF1 (braking with the ramp-function generator, then pulse suppression and switch-on inhibit)
For drives with closed-loop torque control (p50084 = 2), the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0 signal: immediate pulse suppression
For drives with closed-loop speed/torque control, the following applies:
- BI: p0840 = 0/1 signal: ON (pulses can be enabled)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 47
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0844[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1 / OFF2 S_src 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- No OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0845[0...n] BI: No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2 / OFF2 S_src 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No coast down/coast down (OFF2)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0844 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 1"
- BI: p0845 "No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 1 (STW1.1).
BI: p0844 = 0 signal or BI: p0845 = 0 signal
- OFF2 (immediate pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0844 = 1 signal and BI: p0845 = 1 signal
- No OFF2 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

p0848[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 1 / OFF3 S_src 1
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the first signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p50296), then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- No OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCP
48 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0849[0...n] BI: No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3) signal source 2 / OFF3 S_src 2
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the second signal source for the command "No quick stop/quick stop (OFF3)".
The following signals are AND'ed:
- BI: p0848 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 1"
- BI: p0849 "No quick stop / quick stop (OFF3) signal source 2"
For the PROFIdrive profile, the result of the AND logic operation corresponds to control word 1 bit 2 (STW1.2).
BI: p0848 = 0 signal or BI: p0849 = 0 signal
- OFF3 (braking along the OFF3 ramp (p50296), then pulse suppression and switch on inhibit)
BI: p0848 = 1 signal and BI: p0849 = 1 signal
- No OFF3 (enable is possible)
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is effective.

p0852[0...n] BI: Enable operation/inhibit operation / Operation enable

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2460, 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 2090.1
[1] 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "enable operation/inhibit operation".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 3 (STW1.3).
BI: p0852 = 0 signal
Inhibit operation (suppress pulses).
BI: p0852 = 1 signal
Enable operation (pulses can be enabled).
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p0854[0...n] BI: Control by PLC/no control by PLC / Master ctrl by PLC

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the command "control by PLC/no control by PLC".
For the PROFIdrive profile, this command corresponds to control word 1 bit 10 (STW1.10).
BI: p0854 = 0 signal
No control by PLC
BI: p0854 = 1 signal
Master control by PLC.
Caution: When "master control from PC" is activated, this binector input is ineffective.

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: This bit is used to initiate a response for the drives when the control fails (F07220). If there is no control available,
then binector input p0854 should be set to 1.
If a control is available, then STW1.10 must be set to 1 (PZD1) so that the received data is updated. This applies
regardless of the setting in p0854 and even in the case of free telegram configuration (p0922 = 999).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 49
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0898.0...14 CO/BO: Control word sequence control / STW seq_ctrl

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2580
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the control word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Operation enable Yes No -
04 Ramp-function generator enable Yes No -
05 Continue ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Speed setpoint enable Yes No -
07 Command open brake Yes No -
08 Jog 1 Yes No -
09 Jog 2 Yes No -
10 Master ctrl by PLC Yes No -
12 Speed controller enable Yes No -
14 Command close brake Yes No -
Note: OC: Operating condition

r0899.0...15 CO/BO: Status word sequence control / ZSW seq_ctrl

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2585, 2750,
3150, 3151, 3152, 6810, 6830
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word of the sequence control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Rdy for switch on Yes No -
01 Ready Yes No -
02 Operation enabled Yes No -
03 Jog active Yes No -
04 No coasting active OFF2 inactive OFF2 active -
05 No Quick Stop active OFF3 inactive OFF3 active -
06 Switching on inhibited active Yes No -
07 Drive ready Yes No -
08 Controller enable Yes No -
09 Control request Yes No -
11 Pulses enabled Yes No -
12 Open holding brake Yes No -
13 Command close holding brake Yes No -
14 Pulse enable from the brake control Yes No -
15 Setpoint enable from the brake control Yes No -
Note: Re bits 00, 01, 02, 04, 05, 06, 09:
For PROFIdrive, these signals are used for status word 1.

p0918 PROFIBUS address / PB address

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 1520, 2410
Min Max Factory setting
1 126 126
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS address for PROFIBUS interface (X126) on the Control Unit.

SINAMICS DCP
50 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The address can be set as follows:

Via p0918
--> The address is saved in a non-volatile fashion using the function "copy from RAM to ROM".
--> A change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.
Note: Permissible PROFIBUS addresses: 1 ... 126
Address 126 is used for commissioning.
Every PROFIBUS address change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / IF1 PZD telegr

CU_DCP Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 1520, 2420
Min Max Factory setting
999 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Value: 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO

p0922 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection / IF1 PZD telegr

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 1520, 2420
Min Max Factory setting
999 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Value: 999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Dependency: Refer to: F01505, F01506
Note: For p0922 = 100 ... 199, p2038 is automatically set to 1 and p2038 can no longer be changed. This means that for
these telegrams, the "SIMODRIVE 611 universal" interface mode is set and cannot be changed.
If a value is not equal to 999, a telegram is set and the automatically set interconnections in the telegram are
inhibited.
The inhibited interconnections can only be changed again after setting value 999.

r0924[0...1] ZSW bit pulses enabled / ZSW pulse enab

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the position of the "Pulses enabled" status signal in the PROFIdrive telegram.
Index: [0] = Signal number
[1] = Bit position

r0944 CO: Counter for fault buffer changes / Fault buff change
All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays fault buffer changes. This counter is incremented every time the fault buffer changes.
Recommendation: Used to check whether the fault buffer has been read out consistently.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109

r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 51
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Notice: The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Fault buffer structure (general principle):
r0945[0], r0949[0], r0948[0], r2109[0], r3115[0] --> actual fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[7], r0949[7], r0948[7], r2109[7], r3115[7] --> actual fault case, fault 8
r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8], r3115[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15], r3115[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8
...
r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56], r3115[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63], r3115[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8

r0945[0...63] Fault code / Fault code

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the numbers of faults that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Notice: The properties of the fault buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Fault buffer structure (general principle):
r0945[0], r0949[0], r0948[0], r2109[0], r3115[0] --> actual fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[7], r0949[7], r0948[7], r2109[7], r3115[7] --> actual fault case, fault 8
r0945[8], r0949[8], r0948[8], r2109[8], r3115[8] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[15], r0949[15], r0948[15], r2109[15], r3115[15] --> 1st acknowledged fault case, fault 8
...
r0945[56], r0949[56], r0948[56], r2109[56], r3115[56] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 1
...
r0945[63], r0949[63], r0948[63], r2109[63], r3115[63] --> 7th acknowledged fault case, fault 8

r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit.
The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code.
Dependency: The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.

r0946[0...65534] Fault code list / Fault code list

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Lists the fault codes stored in the drive unit.
The indices can only be accessed with a valid fault code.
Dependency: The parameter assigned to the fault code is entered in r0951 under the same index.

SINAMICS DCP
52 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0947[0...63] Fault number / Fault number

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r0945.

r0947[0...63] Fault number / Fault number

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r0945.

r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

r0948[0...63] Fault time received in milliseconds / t_fault recv ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 53
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0949[0...63] Fault value / Fault value

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset.
Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136

p0952 Fault cases counter / Fault cases qty

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6700, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of fault situations that have occurred since the last reset.
Dependency: The fault buffer is deleted (cleared) by setting p0952 to 0.
Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136

r0963 PROFIBUS baud rate / PB baud rate

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the corresponding value for the PROFIBUS baud rate.
Value: 0: 9.6 kbit/s
1: 19.2 kbit/s
2: 93.75 kbit/s
3: 187.5 kbit/s
4: 500 kbit/s
6: 1.5 Mbit/s
7: 3 Mbit/s
8: 6 Mbit/s
9: 12 Mbit/s
10: 31.25 kbit/s
11: 45.45 kbit/s
255: Unknown

r0964[0...6] Device identification / Device ident

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the device identification.

SINAMICS DCP
54 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)

[1] = Device type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = Number of drive objects
[6] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0964[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0964[1] = device type, see below
r0964[2] = 403 --> first part of the firmware version V04.03 (for second part, refer to index 6)
r0964[3] = 2010 --> year 2010
r0964[4] = 1705 --> 17th of May
r0964[5] = 2 --> 2 drive objects
r0964[6] = 200 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V04.03.02.00)
Device type:
r0964[1] = 5490 --> SINAMICS DCM

r0965 PROFIdrive profile number / PD profile number

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive profile number and profile version.
Constant value = 0329 hex.
Byte 1: Profile number = 03 hex = PROFIdrive profile
Byte 2: Profile version = 29 hex = Version 4.1
Note: When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the Octet String 2 data type applies.

p0969 System runtime relative / t_System relative

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 4294967295 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in ms since the last POWER ON.
Note: The value in p0969 can only be reset to 0.
The value overflows after approx. 49 days.
When the parameter is read via PROFIdrive, the TimeDifference data type applies.

p0970 TM150 reset parameters / TM150 par reset

TM150 Can be changed: C2(30) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 55
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p0970 TM15DI/DO reset parameter / TM15D par reset

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C2(30) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
The sampling time p4099 is not reset if in so doing a conflict occurs with the basic clock cycle.
Parameter p0151 is not reset. It is only reset if the entire drive unit is reset to the factory settings (p0976).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

p0970 TM31 reset parameters / TM31 par reset

TM31 Can be changed: C2(30) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: The parameter is used to initiate a reset of the parameters on Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The sampling time p4099 is not reset if in so doing a conflict occurs with the basic clock cycle.
Parameter p0151 is not reset. It is only reset if the entire drive unit is reset to the factory settings (p0976).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start a parameter reset
100: Start a BICO interconnection reset
Dependency: Refer to: p0010
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
Note: A factory setting run can only be started if p0010 was first set to 30 (parameter reset).
At the end of the calculations, p0970 is automatically set to 0.

p0971 Save drive object parameters / Drv_obj par save

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to save the parameter of the particular drive object in the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save drive object
Dependency: Refer to: p0977, r3996
Caution: If a memory card (optional) is inserted, the following applies:
The parameters are also saved on the card and therefore overwrite any existing data!

Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.

SINAMICS DCP
56 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Starting from the particular drive object, the following parameters are saved:
CU3xx: Device-specific parameters and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Other objects: Parameters of the actual object and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Prerequisite:
In order that the parameter of a drive object, saved with p0971 = 1, is read the next time that the Control Unit is
booted, then all parameters must, as a minimum, have first been saved once with p0977 = 1.

p0971 Save drive object parameters / Drv_obj par save

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to save the parameter of the particular drive object in the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save drive object
Dependency: Refer to: p0977, r3996
Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.
Note: Starting from the particular drive object, the following parameters are saved:
CU3xx: Device-specific parameters and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Other objects: Parameters of the actual object and PROFIBUS device parameters.
Prerequisite:
In order that the parameter of a drive object, saved with p0971 = 1, is read the next time that the Control Unit is
booted, then all parameters must, as a minimum, have first been saved once with p0977 = 1.

p0972 Drive unit reset / Drv_unit reset

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the required procedure to execute a hardware reset for the drive unit.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Hardware-Reset immediate
2: Hardware reset preparation
3: Hardware reset after cyclic communication has failed
Danger: It must be absolutely ensured that the system is in a safe condition.
The memory card/device memory of the Control Unit must not be accessed.

Note: If value = 1:
Reset is immediately executed and communications interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 2:
Help to check the reset operation.
Firstly, set p0972 = 2 and then read back. Secondly, set p0972 = 1 (it is possible that this request is possibly no
longer acknowledged). The communication is then interrupted.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).
If value = 3:
The reset is executed after interrupting cyclic communication. This setting is used to implement a synchronized reset
by a control for several drive units.
If cyclic communication is not active, then the reset is immediately executed.
If the cyclic communication is active for both PROFIdrive interfaces, then the reset is executed after completing both
cycle communications.
After communications have been established, check the reset operation (refer below).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 57
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

To check the reset operation:

After the drive unit has been restarted and communications have been established, read p0972 and check the
following:
p0972 = 0? --> The reset was successfully executed.
p0972 > 0? --> The reset was not executed.

r0975[0...10] Drive object identification / DO identification

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification of the drive object.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Drive object type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = PROFIdrive drive object type class
[6] = PROFIdrive drive object sub-type Class 1
[7] = Drive object number
[8] = Reserved
[9] = Reserved
[10] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0975[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0975[1] = 11 --> SERVO drive object type
r0975[2] = 102 --> first part, firmware version V01.02 (second part, refer to index 10)
r0975[3] = 2003 --> year 2003
r0975[4] = 1401 --> 14th of January
r0975[5] = 1 --> PROFIdrive drive object, type class
r0975[6] = 9 --> PROFIdrive drive object sub-type class 1
r0975[7] = 2 --> drive object number = 2
r0975[8] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[9] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[10] = 600 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V01.02.06.00)

r0975[0...10] Drive object identification / DO identification

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identification of the drive object.
Index: [0] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[1] = Drive object type
[2] = Firmware version
[3] = Firmware date (year)
[4] = Firmware date (day/month)
[5] = PROFIdrive drive object type class
[6] = PROFIdrive drive object sub-type Class 1
[7] = Drive object number
[8] = Reserved
[9] = Reserved
[10] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example:
r0975[0] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r0975[1] = 17 --> DC_CTRL drive object type
r0975[2] = 102 --> first part, firmware version V01.02 (second part, refer to index 10)
r0975[3] = 2003 --> year 2003

SINAMICS DCP
58 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r0975[4] = 1401 --> 14th of January

r0975[5] = 1 --> PROFIdrive drive object, type class
r0975[6] = 9 --> PROFIdrive drive object sub-type class 1
r0975[7] = 2 --> drive object number = 2
r0975[8] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[9] = 0 (reserved)
r0975[10] = 600 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V01.02.06.00)

p0976 Reset and load all parameters / Reset load all par
CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(30) Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1013 0
Description: Resets or downloads all parameters of the drive system.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start reset of all parameters to factory setting
2: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=1
3: Start download of volatile parameters from RAM
10: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=10
11: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=11
12: Start dnload of param. saved in non-volatile mem w/ p0977=12
20: Start download Siemens internal setting 20
100: Start resetting of all BICO interconnections
200: Start deleting all user data
1011: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1011
1012: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1012
1013: Start dnload of param. saved in volatile mem w/ p0977=1013
Notice: After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996.
Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
After executing p0976 = 200, the Control Unit is powered on automatically.
Note: After all of the parameters have been reset to their factory setting, the system must be commissioned for the first time
again.
Resetting or loading is realized in the non-volatile memory.
Procedure:
1. Set p0009 = 30 (parameter reset).
2. Set p0976 to "required value". The system is rebooted.
p0976 is automatically set to 0 after execution.

p0977 Save all parameters / Save all par

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1013 0
Description: Saves all parameters of the drive system to the non-volatile memory.
When saving, only the adjustable parameters intended to be saved are taken into account.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save in non-volatile memory - downloaded at POWER ON
10: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=10
11: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=11
12: Save as opt. in non-vol. memory - downloaded w/ p0976=12
20: Save in non-volatile memory as setting 20 (reserved)
80: Save in non-volatile memory time-optimized (reserved)
1011: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1011
1012: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1012
1013: Save in volatile memory, downloaded with p0976=1013
Dependency: Refer to: p0976, r3996
Caution: Memory card inserted:
The drive parameterization is also saved on the card. Any backed-up data is overwritten!

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 59
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The Control Unit power supply may only be powered down after data has been saved (i.e. after data save has been
started, wait until the parameter again has the value 0).
Writing to parameters is inhibited while saving.
The progress while saving is displayed in r3996.
Note: Parameters saved with p0977 = 10, 11 or 12 can be downloaded again with p0976 = 10, 11 or 12.
Identification and maintenance data (I&M data, p8806 and following) are only saved for p0977 = 1.

p0978[0...n] List of drive objects / List of the DO

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(1) Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 [0] 1
[1...24] 0
Description: This parameter is an image of p0101 in conformance with PROFIdrive.
Parameters p0101 and p0978 contain the following information:
1) The same number of drive objects
2) The same drive objects
In this sense, they are consistent.
Difference between p0101 and p0978:
p0978 can be re-sorted and a zero inserted in order to identify those drive objects that participate in the process data
exchange and to define their sequence in the process data exchange. Drive objects that are listed after the first zero,
are excluded from the process data exchange.
For p0978, in addition, the value 255 can be inserted a multiple number of times.
p0978[n] = 255 means: The drive object is visible for the PROFIBUS master and is empty (without any actual process
data exchange). This allows cyclic communications of a PROFIBUS master with unchanged configuring to the drive
units with a lower number of drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: p0101, p0971, p0977
Note: p0978 cannot be changed when the drive system is first commissioned. The reason for this is that at this time the
actual topology has still not been acknowledged (p0099 is still not equal to r0098 and p0009 is set to 0).

r0980[0...299] List of existing parameters 1 / List avail par 1

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0981, r0989
Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In
a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0981[0...299] List of existing parameters 2 / List avail par 2

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0989

SINAMICS DCP
60 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In
a long list, index 299 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0989[0...299] List of existing parameters 10 / List avail par 10

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that exist for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981
Note: The existing parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 298. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0980[0...299], r0981[0...299] ... r0989[0...299]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0990[0...99] List of modified parameters 1 / List chang par 1

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0991, r0999
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0991[0...99] List of modified parameters 2 / List chang par 2

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0999
Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here. In a
long list, index 99 contains the parameter number at which position the list continues.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

r0999[0...99] List of modified parameters 10 / List chang par 10

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays those parameters with a value other than the factory setting for this drive.
Dependency: Refer to: r0990, r0991

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 61
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Modified parameters are displayed in indices 0 to 98. If an index contains the value 0, then the list ends here.
This list consists solely of the following parameters:
r0990[0...99], r0991[0...99] ... r0999[0...99]
The parameters in this list are not displayed in the expert list of the commissioning software. However, they can be
read from a higher-level control system (e.g. PROFIBUS master).

p1000[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The Connector Inputs (CI) for the speed setpoints of the appropriate Command Data Set (CDS) are appropriately
interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p1000 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1500, r8572
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8572. r8572 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
CI: Connector Input

p1500[0...n] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 999999 0
Description: Runs the corresponding macro files.
The Connector Inputs (CI) for the torque setpoints of the appropriate Command Data Set (CDS) are appropriately
interconnected.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p1500 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1000, r8573
Notice: No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN group!
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
Note: The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8573. r8573 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
CI: Connector Input

p2006 Reference temp / Ref temp

TM150, TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
50.00 [°C] 300.00 [°C] 100.00 [°C]
Description: Sets the reference quantity for temperature.
All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).

SINAMICS DCP
62 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2011 Comm IF address / Comm add

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 127 3
Description: Sets the address for the commissioning interface (PPI).
Note: Only odd-numbered addresses can be set.
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

r2019[0...7] Comm IF error statistics / Comm err

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive errors at the commissioning interface (RS232).
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of rejected telegrams
[2] = Number of framing errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of starting character errors
[6] = Number of checksum errors
[7] = Number of length errors

p2020 Field bus interface baud rate / Field bus baud

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
4 13 8
Description: Sets the baud rate for the fieldbus interface USS.
Value: 4: 2400 baud
5: 4800 baud
6: 9600 baud
7: 19200 baud
8: 38400 baud
9: 57600 baud
10: 76800 baud
11: 93750 baud
12: 115200 baud
13: 187500 baud
Note: Fieldbus IF: Fieldbus interface
Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.

p2021 Field bus interface address / Field bus address

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 31 0
Description: Sets the address for the fieldbus interface USS.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 63
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.

The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
The parameter is set to the factory setting when the protocol is reselected.

p2022 Field bus int USS PZD no. / Field bus USS PZD
CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 2
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PZD part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2023 Field bus int USS PKW no. / Field bus USS PKW
CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 127 127
Description: Sets the number of 16-bit words in the PKW part of the USS telegram for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: PKW 0 words
3: PKW 3 words
4: PKW 4 words
127: PKW variable
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

r2029[0...7] Field bus int error statistics / Field bus error

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive errors on the field bus interface (USS).
Index: [0] = Number of error-free telegrams
[1] = Number of rejected telegrams
[2] = Number of framing errors
[3] = Number of overrun errors
[4] = Number of parity errors
[5] = Number of starting character errors
[6] = Number of checksum errors
[7] = Number of length errors

p2030 Field bus int protocol selection / Field bus protocol

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 3
Description: Sets the communication protocol for the field bus interface.
Value: 0: No protocol
1: USS
3: PROFIBUS
Note: Changes only become effective after POWER ON.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

SINAMICS DCP
64 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2032 Master control control word effective / PcCtrl STW eff

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the effective control word 1 (STW1) of the drive for the master control.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 ON/OFF1 Yes No -
01 OC / OFF2 Yes No -
02 OC / OFF3 Yes No -
03 Operation enable Yes No -
04 Ramp-function generator enable Yes No -
05 Start ramp-function generator Yes No -
06 Speed setpoint enable Yes No -
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No -
08 Jog bit 0 Yes No 3030
09 Jog bit 1 Yes No 3030
10 Master ctrl by PLC Yes No -
Notice: The master control only influences control word 1 and speed setpoint 1. Other control words/setpoints can be
transferred from another automation device.
Note: OC: Operating condition

p2035 Fieldbus interface USS PIV drive object number / Fieldbus USS DO_no
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 62 2
Description: Sets the drive object number for communication via the field bus interface (USS).
Dependency: Refer to: p0978
Note: p2035 defines the destination for USS parameter requests (PIV).
p0978[0] defines the destination for USS process data (PZD).
The parameter is available globally on all drive objects.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p2037 IF1 PROFIdrive STW1.10 = 0 mode / IF1 PD STW1.10=0

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC".
Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive
profile). The behavior of STW1.10 = 0 corresponds to that of the PROFIdrive profile. For other applications that
deviate from this, the behavior can be adapted using this particular parameter.
Value: 0: Freeze setpoints and continue to process sign-of-life
1: Freeze setpoints and sign-of-life
2: Do not freeze setpoints
Recommendation: Do not change the setting p2037 = 0.
Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then
p2037 should be set to 2.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 65
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2039 Select debug monitor interface / Debug monit select

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the serial interface for the debug monitor.
With p2039 = 1, the serial interface COM2 (X179) is set.
Other values are not permitted.

p2040 Fieldbus interface monitoring time / Fieldbus t_monit

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9310
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1999999 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via the fieldbus interface.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F01910
Note: p2040 = 0:
Monitoring is de-activated.

p2042 PROFIBUS Ident Number / PB Ident No.

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the PROFIBUS Ident Number (PNO-ID).
SINAMICS can be operated with various identities on PROFIBUS. This allows the use of a PROFIBUS GSD that is
independent of the device (e.g. PROFIdrive VIK-NAMUR with Ident Number 3AA0 hex).
Value: 0: SINAMICS
1: VIK-NAMUR
Note: Every change only becomes effective after a POWER ON.

r2043.0...2 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD state / IF1 PD PZD state

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint failure Yes No -
02 Fieldbus oper Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p2044
Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered
when the setpoint fails.

p2044 IF1 PROFIdrive fault delay / IF1 PD fault delay

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 100 [s] 1 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time to initiate fault F01910 after a setpoint failure.
The time until the fault is initiated can be used by the application. This means that is is possible to respond to the
failure while the drive is still operational (e.g. emergency retraction).

SINAMICS DCP
66 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r2043

Refer to: F01910

p2047 PROFIBUS additional monitoring time / PB suppl t_monit

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 20000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the additional monitoring time to monitor the process data received via PROFIBUS.
Enables short bus faults to be compensated.
If no process data is received within this time, then an appropriate message is output.
Recommendation: In the isochronous mode, the additional monitoring time should not be set.
Dependency: Refer to: F01910
Note: For controller STOP, the additional monitoring time is not effective.

p2048 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD sampling time / IF1 PZD t_sample

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [ms] 16.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the cyclic interface 1 (IF1).
Note: The system only permits certain sampling times and after writing to this parameter, displays the value that has
actually been set.
For clock cycle synchronous operation, the specified bus cycle time applies (Tdp).

r2050[0...19] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 67
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2050[0...63] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2440
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57

SINAMICS DCP
68 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: r2060
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2050[0...4] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive word / IF1 PZD recv word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1

p2051[0...24] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2450, 2483
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 69
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2051[0...63] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2450, 2470,
2483
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56

SINAMICS DCP
70 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: p2061
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

p2051[0...4] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send word / IF1 PZD send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2053[0...24] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2483
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 71
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2053[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41

SINAMICS DCP
72 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p2061
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2053[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send word / IF1 diag send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 73
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2054 PROFIBUS status / PB status

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 -
Description: Status display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Value: 0: OFF
1: No connection (search for baud rate)
2: Connection OK (baud rate found)
3: Cyclic connection with master (data exchange)
4: Cyclic data OK
Note: Re r2054 = 3:
In state 3 (the LED flashes green), a cyclic connection has been established to the PROFIBUS master; however, one
of the following prerequisites is missing for cyclic operation:
- No setpoints are being received as the PROFIBUS master is in the STOP condition.
Only for clock-cycle synchronous operation, the following applies:
- The drive is not in synchronism as the global control (GC) has an error.
Re r2054 = 4:
In the status 4 (LED green), the cyclic connection to the PROFIBUS master has been established and setpoints are
being received. The clock cycle synchronization is OK, the global control (GC) is error-free.
This state does not provide any statement regarding the quality of the clock cycle synchronous sign-of-life characters
on the drive objects.

r2055[0...2] PROFIBUS diagnostics standard / PB diag standard

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Diagnostics display for the PROFIBUS interface.
Index: [0] = Master bus address
[1] = Master input total length bytes
[2] = Master output total length bytes

r2060[0...62] CO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD receive double word / IF1 PZD recv DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 2440, 2460
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect PZD (setpoints) with double word format received from the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9

SINAMICS DCP
74 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: r2050
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r2050 or r2060.
A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 75
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2061[0...62] CI: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD send double word / IF1 PZD send DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) with double word format to be sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58

SINAMICS DCP
76 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: p2051
Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p2051 or p2061.
The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2063[0...62] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics PZD send double word / IF1 diag send DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 2450, 2470
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD (actual values) with double word format sent to the fieldbus controller.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 77
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2064[0...7] PB/PN diagnostics clock cycle synchronism / PB/PN diag clock

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the last parameter received from the PROFIBUS/PROFINET controller for clock synchronism.
The parameters for clock synchronism are created when configuring the bus and are transferred at the start of cyclic
operation from the controller to the device.

SINAMICS DCP
78 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Clock synchronous mode activated

[1] = Bus cycle time (Tdp) [µs]
[2] = Master cycle time (Tmapc) [µs]
[3] = Instant of actual value acquisition (Ti) [µs]
[4] = Instant of setpoint acquisition (To) [µs]
[5] = Data exchange interval (Tdx) [µs]
[6] = PLL window (Tpll-w) [1/12 µs]
[7] = PLL delay time (Tpll-d) [1/12 µs]

r2065 PB/PN controller sign of life diagnostics / PB/PN ctr SoL diag
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays how often the sign-of-life from the clock synchronous PROFIBUS/PROFINET controller last failed.

r2067[0...1] IF1 PZD maximum interconnected / IF1 PZDmaxIntercon

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction
Index 0: receive (r2050, r2060)
Index 1: send (p2051, p2061)

p2072 Response receive value after PZD failure / Resp aft PZD fail
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the response for the receive value (r2090) after PZD failure.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Unconditionally open holding brake (p0855) Freeze value Zero the value -

r2074[0...19] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 79
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2074[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50

SINAMICS DCP
80 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2074[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF1diag addr recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIBUS address of the sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
65535: Not assigned

r2075[0...19] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 81
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2075[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50

SINAMICS DCP
82 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2075[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF1 diag offs recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive receive telegram (controller output).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...24] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 83
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...63] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46

SINAMICS DCP
84 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2076[0...4] IF1 PROFIdrive diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF1 diag offs send
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD byte offset in the PROFIdrive send telegram (controller input).
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF1: Interface 1
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
65535: Not assigned

r2077[0...15] PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses / PB diag peer addr
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the addresses of the slaves (peers) where peer-to-peer data transfer has been configured via PROFIBUS.

p2079 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / IF1 PZD telegr ext
CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
390 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded.
Value: 390: SIEMENS telegram 390, PZD-2/2
391: SIEMENS telegram 391, PZD-3/7
392: SIEMENS telegram 392, PZD-3/15
393: SIEMENS telegram 393, PZD-4/21
394: SIEMENS telegram 394, PZD-3/3

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 85
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

395: SIEMENS telegram 395, PZD-4/25

396: SIEMENS telegram 396, PZD-20/21
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies:
p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are
inhibited.
For p0922 = 999 the following applies:
p2079 can be freely set. If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set.
For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies:
The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended.

p2079 IF1 PROFIdrive PZD telegram selection extended / IF1 PZD telegr ext
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 999 999
Description: Sets the send and receive telegram.
Contrary to p0922, a telegram can be selected using p2079 and subsequently expanded.
Value: 1: Standard telegram 1, PZD-2/2
3: Standard telegram 3, PZD-5/9
4: Standard telegram 4, PZD-6/14
20: Standard telegram 20, PZD-2/6
220: SIEMENS telegram 220, PZD-10/10
352: SIEMENS telegram 352, PZD-6/6
999: Free telegram configuration with BICO
Dependency: Refer to: p0922
Note: For p0922 < 999 the following applies:
p2079 has the same value and is inhibited. All of the interconnections and extensions contained in the telegram are
inhibited.
For p0922 = 999 the following applies:
p2079 can be freely set. If p2079 is also set to 999, then all of the interconnections can be set.
For p0922 = 999 and p2079 < 999 the following applies:
The interconnections contained in the telegram are inhibited. However, the telegram can be extended.

p2080[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 1.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089

SINAMICS DCP
86 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

p2081[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: For clock synchronous operation, bit 12 to 15 to transfer the sign-of-life are reserved in status word 2 - and may not
be freely interconnected.

p2082[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 3.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 87
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2083[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089

p2084[0...15] BI: Binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent to the PROFIdrive controller.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p2088, r2089

p2088[0...4] Invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.

SINAMICS DCP
88 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Status word 1

[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083, r2089

r2089[0...4] CO: Send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2472
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p2080, p2081, p2082, p2083
Note: r2089 together with p2080 to p2084 forms five binector-connector converters.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 89
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2090.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIBUS PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD1 recv bitw
CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2440, 2460,
2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2090.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIBUS PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD1 recv bitw
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

SINAMICS DCP
90 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2091.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD2 recv bitw
CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2091.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD2 recv bitw
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2092.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD3 recv bitw
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 91
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2092.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD3 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2460
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received from the PROFIdrive controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2093.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD4 recv bitw
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -

SINAMICS DCP
92 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2093.0...15 BO: IF1 PROFIdrive PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF1 PZD4 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2460
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received from the PROFIdrive
controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF1: Interface 1

r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 93
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2094.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial onward interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2440, 2460,
2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

SINAMICS DCP
94 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2095.0...15 BO: Connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received from the PROFIdrive controller.
The PZD is selected via p2099[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p2099

p2098[0...1] Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p2098[0], the signals of connector input p2099[0] are influenced.
Using p2098[1], the signals of connector input p2099[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 95
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2098[0...1] Inverter connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p2098[0], the signals of connector input p2099[0] are influenced.
Using p2098[1], the signals of connector input p2099[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095, p2099

p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2460, 2481
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p2099[0...1] together with r2094.0...15 and r2095.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p2099[0] to binector output in r2094.0...15
Connector input p2099[1] to binector output in r2095.0...15

p2099[0...1] CI: Connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2468
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r2094, r2095
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p2099[0...1] together with r2094.0...15 and r2095.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p2099[0] to binector output in r2094.0...15
Connector input p2099[1] to binector output in r2095.0...15

SINAMICS DCP
96 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2100[0...19] Change fault response fault number / Chng resp F_no

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2101
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2100[0...19] Change fault response fault number / Chng resp F_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the fault response should be changed
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2101
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 0 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 7 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
1: OFF1
2: OFF2
3: OFF3
5: Reserved
6: Reserved
7: Reserved
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Refer to: p2100

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 97
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The fault response can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification (see the List Manual, chapter
"Faults and alarms").
Example:
F12345 and fault response = OFF3 (OFF1, OFF2, NONE)
--> The default fault response OFF3 can be changed to OFF1, OFF2 or NONE.
Re value = 1 (OFF1):
Braking along the ramp-function generator down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
Re value = 2 (OFF2):
Internal/external pulse inhibit.
Re value = 3 (OFF3):
Braking along the OFF3 down ramp followed by a pulse inhibit.
Parameter values designated as "reserved", act just like the value = 2 (OFF2)

p2101[0...19] Change fault response response / Chng resp resp

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 0 0
Description: Sets the fault response for the selected fault.
Value: 0: NONE
Dependency: The fault is selected and the required response is set under the same index.
Notice: For the following cases, it is not possible to re-parameterize the fault response to a fault:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Fault response is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2102 BI: Acknowledge all faults / Ackn all faults

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to acknowledge all faults at all drive objects of the drive system.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2103 BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

SINAMICS DCP
98 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2103[0...n] BI: 1. Acknowledge faults / 1. Acknowledge

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the first signal source to acknowledge faults.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2104 BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2104[0...n] BI: 2. Acknowledge faults / 2. Acknowledge

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the second signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2105 BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the third signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2105[0...n] BI: 3. Acknowledge faults / 3. Acknowledge

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the third signal source to acknowledge faults.
Note: A fault acknowledgement is triggered with a 0/1 signal.

p2106 BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1.
Dependency: Refer to: F07860
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 99
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2106[0...n] BI: External fault 1 / External fault 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 1.
Dependency: Refer to: F07860
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2107 BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 2.
Dependency: Refer to: F07861
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2107[0...n] BI: External fault 2 / External fault 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 2.
Dependency: Refer to: F07861
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2108 BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p3110, p3111, p3112
Refer to: F07862
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

p2108[0...n] BI: External fault 3 / External fault 3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external fault 3.

SINAMICS DCP
100 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:

- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p3110, p3111, p3112
Refer to: F07862
Note: An external fault is triggered with a 1/0 signal.
If this fault is output at the Control Unit, then it is transferred to all existing drive objects.

r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r2109[0...63] Fault time removed in milliseconds / t_flt resolved ms

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2114, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r2110[0...63] Alarm number / Alarm number

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is identical to r2122.

p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset.
Dependency: When p2111 is set to 0, the following is initiated:
- all of the alarms of the alarm buffer that have gone [0...7] are transferred into the alarm history [8...63].
- the alarm buffer [0...7] is deleted.
Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125
Note: The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 101
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2111 Alarm counter / Alarm counter

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Number of alarms that have occurred after the last reset.
Dependency: When p2111 is set to 0, the following is initiated:
- all of the alarms of the alarm buffer that have gone [0...7] are transferred into the alarm history [8...63].
- the alarm buffer [0...7] is deleted.
Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125
Note: The parameter is reset to 0 at POWER ON.

p2112 BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1.
Dependency: Refer to: A07850
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2112[0...n] BI: External alarm 1 / External alarm 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 1.
Dependency: Refer to: A07850
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

r2114[0...1] System runtime total / Sys runtime tot

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the total system runtime for the drive unit.
The time comprises r2114[0] (milliseconds) and r2114[1] (days).
After r2114[0] has reached a value of 86.400.000 ms (24 hours) this value is reset and r2114[1] is incremented.
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r0948, r2109, r2123, r2125, r2130, r2136, r2145, r2146
Note: The time in r2114 is used to display the times for faults and alarms.
When the electronic power supply is switched out, the counter values are saved.
After the drive unit is powered up, the counter continues to run with the last value that was saved.

p2116 BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2.
Dependency: Refer to: A07851

SINAMICS DCP
102 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2116[0...n] BI: External alarm 2 / External alarm 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 2.
Dependency: Refer to: A07851
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2117 BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 3.
Dependency: Refer to: A07852
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2117[0...n] BI: External alarm 3 / External alarm 3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for external alarm 3.
Dependency: Refer to: A07852
Note: An external alarm is triggered with a 1/0 signal.

p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2119
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.

p2118[0...19] Change message type message number / Chng type msg_no

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects faults or alarms for which the message type should be changed.
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2119
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 103
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p2119[0...19] Change message type type / Change type type

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm.
Value: 1: Fault (F)
2: Alarm (A)
3: No message (N)
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2118
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.
The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0).
Example:
F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345.
In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically
removed.

p2119[0...19] Change message type type / Change type type

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the message type for the selected fault or alarm.
Value: 1: Fault (F)
2: Alarm (A)
3: No message (N)
Dependency: Selects the fault or alarm selection and sets the required type of message realized under the same index.
Refer to: p2118
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a message is present. The change only becomes effective after the message
has gone.
The message type can only be changed for messages with the appropriate identification (exception, value = 0).
Example:
F12345(A) --> Fault F12345 can be changed to alarm A12345.
In this case, the message number that may be possibly entered in p2100[0...19] and p2126[0...19] is automatically
removed.

r2120 CO: Sum of fault and alarm buffer changes / Sum buffer changed
All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sum of all of the fault and alarm buffer changes in the drive unit.
Dependency: Refer to: r0944, r2121

r2121 CO: Counter alarm buffer changes / Alrm buff changed

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This counter is incremented every time the alarm buffer changes.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125

SINAMICS DCP
104 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Alarm buffer structure (general principle):
r2122[0], r2124[0], r2123[0], r2125[0] --> alarm 1 (the oldest)
...
r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest)
When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history:
r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest)
...
r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest)

r2122[0...63] Alarm code / Alarm code

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of alarms that have occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The properties of the alarm buffer should be taken from the corresponding product documentation.
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
Alarm buffer structure (general principle):
r2122[0], r2124[0], r2123[0], r2125[0] --> alarm 1 (the oldest)
...
r2122[7], r2124[7], r2123[7], r2125[7] --> Alarm 8 (the latest)
When the alarm buffer is full, the alarms that have gone are entered into the alarm history:
r2122[8], r2124[8], r2123[8], r2125[8] --> Alarm 1 (the latest)
...
r2122[63], r2124[63], r2123[63], r2125[63] --> alarm 56 (the oldest)

r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2123[0...63] Alarm time received in milliseconds / t_alarm recv ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm occurred.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 105
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2124[0...63] Alarm value / Alarm value

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm (as integer number).
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

r2125[0...63] Alarm time removed in milliseconds / t_alarm res ms

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the system runtime in milliseconds when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed

SINAMICS DCP
106 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2127
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2126[0...19] Change acknowledge mode fault number / Chng ackn F_no

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Selects the faults for which the acknowledge mode is to be changed
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2127
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.

p2127[0...19] Change acknowledge mode mode / Chng ackn mode

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
Value: 1: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON
2: Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed
3: Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2126
Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.
Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
--> The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON.

p2127[0...19] Change acknowledge mode mode / Chng ackn mode

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8075
Min Max Factory setting
1 3 1
Description: Sets the acknowledge mode for selected fault.
Value: 1: Acknowledgment only using POWER ON
2: Ack IMMEDIATELY after the fault cause has been removed
3: Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT
Dependency: Selects the faults and sets the required acknowledge mode realized under the same index
Refer to: p2126
Notice: It is not possible to re-parameterize the acknowledge mode for a fault in the following cases:
- Fault number does not exist (exception value = 0).
- Message type is not "fault" (F).
- Acknowledge mode is not permissible for the set fault number.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 107
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re-parameterization is also possible if a fault is present. The change only becomes effective after the fault has been
resolved.
The acknowledge mode can only be changed for faults with the appropriate identification.
Example:
F12345 and acknowledge mode = IMMEDIATELY (POWER ON)
--> The acknowledge mode can be changed from IMMEDIATELY to POWER ON.

p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8070
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15.
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: r2129

p2128[0...15] Faults/alarms trigger selection / F/A trigger sel

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8050, 8070
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the faults/alarms for which a trigger signal should be generated in r2129.0...15.
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: r2129

r2129.0...15 CO/BO: Faults/alarms trigger signal / F/A trigger signal

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8070
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the trigger signals of the faults/alarms set in p2128[0...15].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Trigger signal p2128[0] ON OFF -
01 Trigger signal p2128[1] ON OFF -
02 Trigger signal p2128[2] ON OFF -
03 Trigger signal p2128[3] ON OFF -
04 Trigger signal p2128[4] ON OFF -
05 Trigger signal p2128[5] ON OFF -
06 Trigger signal p2128[6] ON OFF -
07 Trigger signal p2128[7] ON OFF -
08 Trigger signal p2128[8] ON OFF -
09 Trigger signal p2128[9] ON OFF -
10 Trigger signal p2128[10] ON OFF -
11 Trigger signal p2128[11] ON OFF -
12 Trigger signal p2128[12] ON OFF -
13 Trigger signal p2128[13] ON OFF -
14 Trigger signal p2128[14] ON OFF -
15 Trigger signal p2128[15] ON OFF -
Dependency: If the fault/alarm set in p2128[0...15] occurs, then the particular binector output r2129.0...15 is set.
Refer to: p2128
Note: CO: r2129 = 0 --> None of the selected messages has occurred.
CO: r2129 > 0 --> At least one of the selected messages has occurred.

SINAMICS DCP
108 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2130[0...63] Fault time received in days / t_fault recv days

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2133, r2136, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2130 (days) and r0948 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2131 CO: Actual fault code / Act fault code

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the code of the oldest active fault.
Dependency: Refer to: r3131, r3132
Note: 0: No fault present.

r2132 CO: Actual alarm code / Actual alarm code

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the code of the last alarm that occurred.
Note: 0: No alarm present.

r2133[0...63] Fault value for float values / Fault val float

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the fault that occurred for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2136, r3115
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2134[0...63] Alarm value for float values / Alarm value float

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays additional information about the active alarm for float values.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2145, r2146, r3121, r3123
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2135.0...2 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2548
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 109
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Fault encoder 1 Yes No -
01 Fault encoder 2 Yes No -
02 Fault encoder 3 Yes No -

r2135.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 2 / ZSW fault/alarm 2

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2548
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the second status word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault encoder 1 Yes No -
01 Fault encoder 2 Yes No -
02 Fault encoder 3 Yes No -
12 Fault motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
13 Fault power unit thermal overload Yes No 8014
14 Alarm motor overtemperature Yes No 8016
15 Alarm power unit thermal overload Yes No 8014

r2136[0...63] Fault time removed in days / t_flt resolv days

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the fault was removed.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2114, r2130, r2133, r3115, r3120, r3122
Notice: The time comprises r2136 (days) and r2109 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2546, 8060,
8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060
10 External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Yes No 8065
11 External alarm 2 (A07851) effective Yes No 8065
12 External alarm 3 (A07852) effective Yes No 8065
13 External fault 1 (F07860) effective Yes No 8060
14 External fault 2 (F07861) effective Yes No 8060
15 External fault 3 (F07862) effective Yes No 8060
Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112

r2138.7...15 CO/BO: Control word faults/alarms / STW fault/alarm

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the control word of faults and alarms.

SINAMICS DCP
110 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

07 Acknowledge fault Yes No 8060
10 External alarm 1 (A07850) effective Yes No 8065
11 External alarm 2 (A07851) effective Yes No 8065
12 External alarm 3 (A07852) effective Yes No 8065
13 External fault 1 (F07860) effective Yes No 8060
14 External fault 2 (F07861) effective Yes No 8060
15 External fault 3 (F07862) effective Yes No 8060
Dependency: Refer to: p2103, p2104, p2105, p2106, p2107, p2108, p2112, p2116, p2117, p3110, p3111, p3112

r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2548, 8060,
8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Being acknowledged Yes No -
01 Acknowledgment required Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No 8060
05 Safety message present Yes No -
06 Internal message 1 present Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No 8065
08 Internal message 2 present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -
Note: Re bit 03, 05, 07:
These bits are set if at least one fault/alarm occurs. Data is entered into the fault/alarm buffer with delay. This is the
reason that the fault/alarm buffer should only be read if, after "fault present" or "alarm present" has occurred, a
change in the buffer was also detected (r0944, r9744, r2121).
Re bit 06, 08:
These status bits are used for internal diagnostic purposes only.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

r2139.0...15 CO/BO: Status word faults/alarms 1 / ZSW fault/alarm 1

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 2
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2548
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for status word 1 of faults and alarms.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Being acknowledged Yes No -
01 Acknowledgment required Yes No -
03 Fault present Yes No 8060
05 Safety message present Yes No -
06 Internal message 1 present Yes No -
07 Alarm present Yes No 8065
08 Internal message 2 present Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -
14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -
15 Fault gone/can be acknowledged Yes No -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 111
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Re bit 03, 05, 07:

These bits are set if at least one fault/alarm occurs. Data is entered into the fault/alarm buffer with delay. This is the
reason that the fault/alarm buffer should only be read if, after "fault present" or "alarm present" has occurred, a
change in the buffer was also detected (r0944, r9744, r2121).
Re bit 06, 08:
These status bits are used for internal diagnostic purposes only.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.

r2145[0...63] Alarm time received in days / t_alarm recv days

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2146, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2145 (days) and r2123 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

r2146[0...63] Alarm time removed in days / t_alarm res days

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the system runtime in days when the alarm was cleared.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2114, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r3121, r3123
Notice: The time comprises r2146 (days) and r2125 (milliseconds).
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).

p2147 Delete fault buffer of all drive objects / Del fault buffer
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to delete the fault buffer of all existing drive objects.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start to delete the fault buffer of all drive objects
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136
Note: p2147 is automatically set to 0 after execution.

r2197.3...7 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 1 / ZSW monitor 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2534
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the first status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
03 n_act >= 0 Yes No 8011
07 Speed setp - act val deviation in tolerance Yes No 8011
t_off

SINAMICS DCP
112 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r2199.1 CO/BO: Status word monitoring 3 / ZSW monitor 3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2537
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the third status word of the monitoring functions.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
01 f or n comparison value reached or Yes No 8010
exceeded

r2706 CO: Reference temp / Reference temp

TM150, TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output of the reference quantity for temperatures.
All temperatures specified as relative value are referred to this reference quantity.
The reference quantity corresponds to 100% or 4000 hex (word) or 4000 0000 hex (double word).
This parameter has the unit degree Celsius.
Note: This BICO parameter provides the numerical value of the reference quantity for the temperature as a connector
output for interconnection with Drive Control Chart (DCC). The numerical value can be adopted unchanged from this
connector output in DCC. This BICO parameter is not suitable for interconnecting for cyclic communication.

p2900[0...n] CO: Fixed value 1 [%] / Fixed value 1 [%]

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2901, r2902, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the main setpoint)

p2901[0...n] CO: Fixed value 2 [%] / Fixed value 2 [%]

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed percentage value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2930
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can be used to interconnect a scaling function (e.g. scaling of the supplementary setpoint)

r2902[0...14] CO: Fixed values [%] / Fixed values [%]

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for frequently used percentage values.
Index: [0] = Fixed value +0 %
[1] = Fixed value +5 %
[2] = Fixed value +10 %
[3] = Fixed value +20 %

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 113
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[4] = Fixed value +50 %

[5] = Fixed value +100 %
[6] = Fixed value +150 %
[7] = Fixed value +200 %
[8] = Fixed value -5 %
[9] = Fixed value -10 %
[10] = Fixed value -20 %
[11] = Fixed value -50 %
[12] = Fixed value -100 %
[13] = Fixed value -150 %
[14] = Fixed value -200 %
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, p2930
Note: The signal sources can, for example, be used to interconnect scalings.

p2930[0...n] CO: Fixed value M [Nm] / Fixed value M [Nm]

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-100000.00 [Nm] 100000.00 [Nm] 0.00 [Nm]
Description: Setting and connector output for a fixed torque value.
Dependency: Refer to: p2900, p2901, r2902
Notice: A BICO interconnection to a parameter that belongs to a drive data set always acts on the effective data set.
Note: The value can, for example, be used to interconnect a supplementary torque.

p3100 RTC time stamp mode / RTC t_stamp mode

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 2
Description: Sets the mode for the time stamp
p3100 = 0: Time stamp, operating hours
p3100 = 1: Time stamp, UTC format
p3100 = 2: Time stamp, operating hours + 01.01.2000
Notice: The realtime format (p3100 = 1), once selected, remains until the next time that the system is switched off. Switching
back to operating hours (p3100 = 0) or operating hours + 01.01.2000 (p3100=2) is prevented.
Note: RTC: Real-time clock
UTC: Universal Time Coordinates
The UTC time started, according to the definition on 01.01.1970 at 00:00:00 and is output in days and milliseconds.

p3101[0...1] RTC set UTC time / RTC set UTC

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Setting the UTC time.
This means that the drive system is synchronized to the time specified by the time master.
To start p3101[1] must be written to followed by p3101[0]. After writing to p3101[0], the UTC time is accepted.
p3101[0]: Milliseconds
p3101[1]: Days

SINAMICS DCP
114 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3102[0...1] RTC read UTC time / RTC read UTC

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual UTC time in the drive system.
p3102[0]: Milliseconds
p3102[1]: Days

p3103 RTC synchronization source / RTC sync_source

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the synchronization source/technique.
Value: 0: PROFIBUS
1: PROFINET
2: PPI
3: PROFINET PTP

p3104 BI: RTC real time synchronization PING / RTC PING

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the PING event to set the UTC time.
Notice: The parameter may be protected as a result of p0922 or p2079 and cannot be changed.

r3107[0...3] RTC synchronizing time / RTC t_sync

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the last synchronizing event in the drive system.
3107[0, 1]: synchronizing event after synchronization
r3107[0]: milliseconds
r3107[1]: days
3107[2, 3]: synchronizing event before synchronization
r3107[2]: milliseconds
r3107[3]: days

r3108[0...1] RTC last synchronization deviation / RTC sync_dev

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the absolute value of the last synchronization deviation that was determined.
r3108[0]: Milliseconds
r3108[1]: Days

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 115
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3109 RTC real time synchronization tolerance window / RTC sync tol
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the tolerance window for time synchronization.
When this tolerance window is exceeded, an appropriate alarm is output.
Dependency: Refer to: A01099

p3110 External fault 3 power-up delay / Ext fault 3 t_on

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for external fault 3.
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3111, p3112
Refer to: F07862

p3111 BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3112
Refer to: F07862

p3111[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable / Ext fault 3 enab

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3112
Refer to: F07862

p3112 BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg
CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2546
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the negated enable signal of external fault 3.

SINAMICS DCP
116 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:

- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3111
Refer to: F07862

p3112[0...n] BI: External fault 3 enable negated / Ext flt 3 enab neg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the negated enable signal of external fault 3.
External fault 3 is initiated by the following AND logic operation:
- BI: p2108 negated
- BI: p3111
- BI: p3112 negated
Dependency: Refer to: p2108, p3110, p3111
Refer to: F07862

r3113.0...15 CO/BO: NAMUR message bit bar / NAMUR bit bar

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the NAMUR message bit bar.
The faults and alarms are assigned to the appropriate signaling/message classes and influence a specific message
bit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fault converter information Yes No -
electronics/software error
01 Network fault Yes No -
02 DC link overvoltage Yes No -
03 Fault drive converter power electronics Yes No -
04 Drive converter overtemperature Yes No -
05 Ground fault Yes No -
06 Motor overload Yes No -
07 Bus error Yes No -
08 External safety-relevant shutdown Yes No -
09 Mot encoder fault Yes No -
10 Error communication internal Yes No -
11 Fault infeed Yes No -
15 Other faults Yes No -
Note: Re bit 00:
Hardware or software malfunction was identified. Carry out a POWER ON of the component involved. If it occurs
again, contact the hotline.
Re bit 01:
A line supply fault has occurred (phase failure, voltage level, ...). Check the line supply / fuses. Check the supply
voltage. Check the wiring.
Re bit 02:
The DC link voltage has assumed an inadmissibly high value. Check the dimensioning of the system (line supply,
reactor, voltages). Check the infeed settings.
Re bit 03:
An inadmissible operating state of the power electronics was identified (overcurrent, overtemperature, IGBT failure,
...). Check that the permissible load cycles are maintained. Check the ambient temperatures (fan).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 117
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 04:
The temperature in the component has exceeded the highest permissible limit. Check the ambient temperature /
control cabinet cooling.
Re bit 05:
A ground fault / inter-phase short-circuit was detected in the power cables or in the motor windings. Check the power
cable (connection). Check the motor.
Re bit 06:
The motor was operated outside the permissible limits (temperature, current, torque, ...). Check the load cycles and
limits that have been set. Check the ambient temperature / motor cooling.
Re bit 07:
The communication to the higher-level control system (internal coupling, PROFIBUS, PROFINET, ...) is faulted or
interrupted. Check the state of the higher-level control system. Check the communication connection/wiring. Check
the bus configuration / clock cycles.
Re bit 08:
A safety operation monitoring function (Safety) has detected an error.
Re bit 09:
When evaluating the encoder signals (track signals, zero marks, absolute values, ...) an illegal signal state was
detected. Check the encoder / state of the encoder signals. Observe the maximum frequencies.
Re bit 10:
The internal communication between the SINAMICS components is faulted or interrupted. Check the DRIVE-CLiQ
wiring. Ensure an EMC-compliant design. Observe the maximum permissible quantity structure / clock cycles.
Re bit 11:
The infeed is faulted or has failed. Check the infeed and the surroundings (line supply, filter, reactors, fuses, ...).
Check the closed-loop infeed control.
Re bit 15:
Group fault. Determine the precise cause of the fault using the commissioning tool.

r3114.9...11 CO/BO: Messages status word global / Msg ZSW global

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the global status word for messages.
The appropriate bit is set if at least one message is present at the drive objects.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
09 Group alarm present Yes No 8065
10 Group fault present Yes No 8060
11 Safety group message present Yes No -
Note: The status bits are displayed with delay.

r3115[0...63] Fault drive object initiating / F DO initiating

CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive object number of the initiating drive object for this fault as integer number.
Value = 63:
The fault was initiated by the drive object itself.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

SINAMICS DCP
118 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3115[0...63] Fault drive object initiating / F DO initiating

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8050, 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the drive object number of the initiating drive object for this fault as integer number.
Value = 63:
The fault was initiated by the drive object itself.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120, r3122
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

p3116 BI: Acknowledgement automatically suppressed / Ackn suppress

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the automatic acknowledgement on the device drive object.
BI: p3116 = 0 signal
Faults present are automatically acknowledged on the device drive object. Local device faults are forwarded to the
first active drive object.
BI: p3116 = 1 signal
Faults present are not automatically acknowledged on the device drive object. Local device faults are not forwarded.
Dependency: Refer to: p2102, p2103, p2104, p2105, p3981
Note: When selecting a standard telegram, the BICO interconnection for control signal STW1.10 (master control by PLC) is
automatically established.

r3120[0...63] Component fault / Comp fault

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component of the fault which has occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3122
Note: Value = 0: Assignment to a component not possible.
The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.

r3121[0...63] Component alarm / Comp alarm

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component of the alarm which has occurred.
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3123
Note: Value = 0: Assignment to a component not possible.
The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 119
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3122[0...63] Diagnostic attribute fault / Diag_attr fault

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the fault which has occurred.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r0945, r0947, r0948, r0949, r2109, r2130, r2133, r2136, r3120
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the fault buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r0945.
Re bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 20: auxiliary unit faulted

r3123[0...63] Diagnostic attribute alarm / Diag_attr alarm

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostic attribute of the alarm which has occurred.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Hardware replacement recommended Yes No -
11 Alarm class bit 0 High Low -
12 Alarm class bit 1 High Low -
13 Maintenance required Yes No -

SINAMICS DCP
120 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 Maintenance urgently required Yes No -

15 Message has gone Yes No -
16 PROFIdrive fault class bit 0 High Low -
17 PROFIdrive fault class bit 1 High Low -
18 PROFIdrive fault class bit 2 High Low -
19 PROFIdrive fault class bit 3 High Low -
20 PROFIdrive fault class bit 4 High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r2110, r2122, r2123, r2124, r2125, r2134, r2145, r2146, r3121
Note: The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
The structure of the alarm buffer and the assignment of the indices is shown in r2122.
Re bit 12, 11:
These status bits are used for the classification of internal alarm classes and are intended for diagnostic purposes
only on certain automation systems with integrated SINAMICS functionality.
Re bits 20 ... 16:
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 0: not assigned
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 1: hardware fault/software error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 2: line fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 3: supply voltage fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 4: DC link fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 5: power electronics faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 6: overtemperature electronic components
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 0, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 7: ground fault/phase fault detected
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 8: motor overload
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 9: communication error to the higher-level control
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 10: safe monitoring channel has identified an
error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 11: incorrect position actual value/speed actual
value or not available
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 12: internal (DRIVE-CLiQ) communication error
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 13: infeed unit faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 14: braking controller/Braking Module faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 15: line filter faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 16: external measured value/signal state outside
the permissible range
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 0, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 17: application/technology function faulted
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 18: error in the
parameterization/configuration/commissioning sequence
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 1, 0, 0, 1, 1 --> PROFIdrive message class 19: general drive fault
Bits 20, 19, 18, 17, 16 = 0, 1, 1, 0, 0 --> PROFIdrive message class 20: auxiliary unit faulted

r3131 CO: Actual fault value / Act fault val

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the fault value of the oldest active fault.
Dependency: Refer to: r2131, r3132

r3132 CO: Actual component number / Comp_no act

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the component number of the oldest fault that is still active.
Dependency: Refer to: r2131, r3131

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 121
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p3135 Suppress active fault / Supp act flt

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the suppression of r2139.3 "Fault present" for certain fault responses.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
08 Suppression of fault response ENCODER ON OFF -
10 Suppression of fault response NONE ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r2139
Note: Depending on the suppression of a fault reaction in this parameter, r2139.1 "Acknowledgement required" is set when
at least one fault occurs.
Re bit 08:
The suppression is only effective if p0491 = 1.

p3950 Service parameter / Serv par

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1, U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: For service personnel only.

r3974 Drive unit status word / Drv_unit ZSW

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status word for the drive unit.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Software reset active Yes No -
01 Writing of parameters disabled as Yes No -
parameter save in progress
02 Writing of parameters disabled as macro is Yes No -
running

r3977 BICO counter topology / BICO counter topo

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the BICO interconnections that have been parameterized in the complete (overall) topology.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.
Dependency: Refer to: r3978, r3979

r3978 BICO CounterDevice / BICO CounterDevice

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this device.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.

SINAMICS DCP
122 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r3979 BICO counter drive object / BICO counter DO

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the counter reading for modified BICO interconnections on this drive object.
The counter is incremented by one for each modified BICO interconnection.

p3981 Faults acknowledge drive object / Faults ackn DO

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8060
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to acknowledge all active faults of a drive object.
Notice: Safety messages cannot be acknowledged using this parameter.
Note: Parameter should be set from 0 to 1 to acknowledge.
After acknowledgement, the parameter is automatically reset to 0.

p3985 Master control mode selection / PcCtrl mode select

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the mode to change over the master control / LOCAL mode.
Value: 0: Change master control for STW1.0 = 0
1: Change master control in operation
Danger: When changing the master control in operation, the drive can manifest undesirable behavior - e.g. it can accelerate
up to another setpoint.

r3986 Parameter count / Parameter No.

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of parameters for this drive unit.
The number comprises the device-specific and the drive-specific parameters.
Dependency: Refer to: r0980, r0981, r0989

r3988[0...1] Boot state / Boot_state

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 10800 -
Description: Index 0:
Displays the boot state.
Index 1:
Displays the partial boot state
Value: 0: Not active
1: Fatal fault
10: Fault
20: Reset all parameters
30: Drive object modified
40: Download using commissioning software

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 123
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

50: Parameter download using commissioning software

90: Reset Control Unit and delete drive objects
100: Start initialization
110: Instantiate Control Unit basis
150: Wait until actual topology determined
160: Evaluate topology
170: Instantiate Control Unit reset
180: Initialization YDB configuration information
200: First commissioning
210: Create drive packages
250: Wait for topology acknowledge
325: Wait for input of drive type
350: Determine drive type
360: Write into topology-dependent parameters
370: Wait until p0009 = 0 is set
380: Check topology
550: Call conversion functions for parameter
625: Wait non-cyclic starting DRIVE-CLiQ
650: Start cyclic operation
660: Evaluate drive commissioning status
670: Autom. FW update DRIVE-CLiQ components
680: Wait for CU LINK slaves
690: Wait non-cyclic starting DRIVE-CLiQ
700: Save parameters
725: Wait until DRIVE-CLiQ cyclic
740: Check the ability to operate
745: Start of the time slices
750: Interrupt enable
800: Initialization finished
10050: Wait for synchronization
10100: Wait for CU LINK slaves
10150: Wait until actual topology determined
10200: Evaluation component status
10250: Call conversion functions for parameter
10300: Preparation cyclic operation
10350: Autom. FW update DRIVE-CLiQ components
10400: Wait for slave properties
10450: Check CX/NX status
10500: Wait until DRIVE-CLiQ cyclic
10550: Carry out warm start
10600: Evaluate, encoder status
10800: Partial boot completed
Index: [0] = System
[1] = Partial boot

r3996[0...1] Parameter write inhibit status / Par_write inhib st

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays whether writing to parameters is inhibited.
r3996[0] = 0:
Parameter write not inhibited.
0 < r3996[0] < 100:
Parameter write inhibited. The value shows how the calculations are progressing.
Index: [0] = Progress calculations
[1] = Cause
Note: Re index 1:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
124 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4021 TM15DI/DO digital inputs terminal actual value / TM15D DI act val
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual value at the digital inputs.
This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x or DI/DO x prior to switching from the
simulation mode (p4095.x = 1) to terminal mode (p4095.x = 0).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Note: If a DI/DO is parameterized as output (p4028.x = 1), then r4021.x = 0 is displayed.
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4021 TM31 digital inputs terminal actual value / TM31 DI act value
TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual value at the digital inputs.
This means that the actual input signal can be checked at terminal DI x or DI/DO x prior to switching from the
simulation mode (p4095.x = 1) to terminal mode (p4095.x = 0).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 125
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: If a DI/DO is parameterized as output (p4028.x = 1), then r4021.x = 0 is displayed.

DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4022.0...23 CO/BO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs status / TM15D DI status

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4023, r4024, r4025
Notice: For the BICO interconnection of the connector output (CO) only bit 00 ... 15 are transferred.
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4022.0...11 CO/BO: TM31 digital inputs status / TM31 DI status

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -

SINAMICS DCP
126 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4023

Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4023.0...23 CO/BO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs status inverted / TM15D DI stat inv
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4024, r4025
Notice: For the BICO interconnection of the connector output (CO) only bit 00 ... 15 are transferred.
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4023.0...11 CO/BO: TM31 digital inputs status inverted / TM31 DI status inv
TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 127
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4022

Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4024 CO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs 16 ... 23 status / TM15D DI 16-23 St

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of digital inputs 16 ... 23 of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) ON OFF -
01 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) ON OFF -
02 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) ON OFF -
03 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) ON OFF -
04 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) ON OFF -
05 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) ON OFF -
06 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) ON OFF -
07 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4023, r4025
Note: DI: Digital Input

r4025 CO: TM15DI/DO digital inputs 16 ... 23 status inverted / TM15D DI 16-23 inv
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of digital inputs 16 ... 23 of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) ON OFF -
01 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) ON OFF -
02 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) ON OFF -
03 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) ON OFF -
04 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) ON OFF -
05 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) ON OFF -
06 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) ON OFF -
07 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r4022, r4023, r4024
Note: DI: Digital Input

p4028 TM15DI/DO set input or output / TM15D DI or DO

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9399, 9400,
9401, 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the bidirectional digital inputs/outputs on the Terminal Module 15 (TM15) as input or output.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Output Input -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Output Input -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Output Input -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Output Input -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Output Input -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Output Input -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Output Input -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Output Input -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Output Input -

SINAMICS DCP
128 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Output Input -

10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Output Input -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Output Input -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Output Input -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Output Input -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Output Input -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Output Input -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Output Input -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Output Input -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Output Input -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Output Input -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Output Input -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Output Input -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Output Input -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Output Input -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4028 TM31 set input or output / TM31 DI or DO

TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9560,
9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the bidirectional digital inputs/outputs as input or output on the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Output Input -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Output Input -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Output Input -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Output Input -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4030 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 0 / TM15D S_src DI/DO0
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9399, 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 0 (X520.2) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.0 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4030 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DO 0 / TM31 s_src DO 0

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9549, 9556
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the digital output DO 0 (X542.1, X542.2, X542.3) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Digital output 0 of TM31 is a relay output.
If the signal at the binector input p4030 is low, then terminal COM 0 (X542.2) is connected to NC 0 (X542.1). This
connection also matches the mechanical quiescent setting of the relay.
If the signal at the binector input p4030 is high, then terminal COM 0 (X542.2) is connected to NO 0 (X542.3).
Note: DO: Digital Output
NC: Normally Closed contact
NO: Normally Open contact

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 129
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4031 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 1 / TM15D S_src DI/DO1
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 1 (X520.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.1 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4031 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DO 1 / TM31 s_src DO 1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9549, 9556
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the digital output DO 1 (X542.4, X542.5, X542.6) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Digital output 1 of TM31 is a relay output.
If the signal at the binector input p4031 is low, then terminal COM 1 (X542.5) is connected to NC 1 (X542.4). This
connection also matches the mechanical quiescent setting of the relay.
If the signal at the binector input p4031 is high, then terminal COM 1 (X542.5) is connected to NO 1 (X542.6).
Note: DO: Digital Output
NC: Normally Closed contact
NO: Normally Open contact

p4032 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 2 / TM15D S_src DI/DO2
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 2 (X520.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.2 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4033 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 3 / TM15D S_src DI/DO3
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 3 (X520.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.3 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4034 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 4 / TM15D S_src DI/DO4
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 4 (X520.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.4 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCP
130 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4035 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 5 / TM15D S_src DI/DO5
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 5 (X520.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.5 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4036 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 6 / TM15D S_src DI/DO6
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 6 (X520.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.6 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4037 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 7 / TM15D s_src DI/DO7
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9400
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 7 (X520.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.7 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4038 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 / TM15D s_src DI/DO8
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 (X521.2) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.8 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4038 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 / TM31 S_src DI/DO8
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9549, 9560
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 8 (X541.2) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.8 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4039 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 / TM15D s_src DI/DO9
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 (X521.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 131
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.9 = 1).

DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4039 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 / TM31 S_src DI/DO9
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9560
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 9 (X541.3) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.9 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4040 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO10
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 (X521.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.10 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4040 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 / TM31 S_src DI/DO10
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 10 (X541.4) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.10 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4041 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO11
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 (X521.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.11 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4041 BI: TM31 signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 / TM31 S_src DI/DO11
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9549, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 11 (X541.5) of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.11 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCP
132 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4042 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 12 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO12
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 12 (X521.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.12 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4043 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 13 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO13
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 13 (X521.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.13 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4044 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 14 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO14
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 14 (X521.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.14 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4045 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 15 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO15
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9401
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 15 (X521.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.15 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4046 TM31 digital outputs limit current / TM31 DO limit curr

TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9560
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the limit for the total output voltage of terminals X541.1, X541.2, X541.3 and X541.4 (DI/DO 8 ... 11) of Terminal
Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: 0.1 A total current limit DI/DO 8 ... 11
1: 1.0 A total current limit DI/DO 8 ... 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4028
Warning: Since the sum of the output currents at terminals X541.1, X541.2, X541.3 and X541.4 is limited, an overcurrent or
short circuit at one output terminal can cause a dip in the signal at the other terminals.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 133
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4047 TM15DI/DO digital outputs status / TM15D DO status

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Note: Inversion using p4048 has been taken into account.
The setting of the DI/DO as either input or output is of no significance (p4028).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4047 TM31 digital outputs status / TM31 DO status

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9556, 9560,
9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the digital outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X542.1 - 3) High Low -
01 DO 1 (X542.4 - 6) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Note: Inversion using p4048 has been taken into account.
The setting of the DI/DO as either input or output is of no significance (p4028).
DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCP
134 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4048 TM15DI/DO invert digital outputs / TM15D DO inv

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Inverted Not inverted -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Inverted Not inverted -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Inverted Not inverted -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Inverted Not inverted -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Inverted Not inverted -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Inverted Not inverted -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Inverted Not inverted -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Inverted Not inverted -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Inverted Not inverted -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Inverted Not inverted -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Inverted Not inverted -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Inverted Not inverted -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Inverted Not inverted -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Inverted Not inverted -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Inverted Not inverted -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Inverted Not inverted -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Inverted Not inverted -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Inverted Not inverted -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Inverted Not inverted -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Inverted Not inverted -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Inverted Not inverted -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Inverted Not inverted -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Inverted Not inverted -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Inverted Not inverted -
Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4048 TM31 invert digital outputs / TM31 DO inv

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9556, 9560,
9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the signals at the digital outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X542.1 - 3) Inverted Not inverted -
01 DO 1 (X542.4 - 6) Inverted Not inverted -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Inverted Not inverted -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Inverted Not inverted -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Inverted Not inverted -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Inverted Not inverted -
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

r4052[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs current input voltage/current / TM31 AI U/I_inp
TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual input voltage in V when set as voltage input.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 135
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Displays the actual input current in mA when set as current input and with the load resistor switched in.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The type of analog input AI x (voltage or current input) is set using p4056.
Refer to: p4056
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4053[0...1] TM31 analog inputs smoothing time constant / TM31 AI T_smooth

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st-order low pass filter for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

r4055[0...1] CO: TM31 analog inputs actual value in percent / TM31 AI value in %
TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9566,
9568
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the currently referred input value of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
When interconnected, the signals are referred to the reference quantities p200x and p205x.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4056[0...1] TM31 analog inputs type / TM31 AI type

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 4
Description: Sets the type of analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
p4056[x] = 0, 4 correspond to a voltage input (r4052, p4057, p4059 are displayed in V).
p4056[x] = 2, 3, 5 correspond to a current input (r4052, p4057, p4059 are displayed in mA).
In addition, the associated switch S5 must be appropriately set.
AI 0: S5.0 = V --> voltage input, S5.0 = I --> current input (burden resistor = 250 Ohm)
AI 1: S5.1 = V --> voltage input, S5.1 = I --> current input (burden resistor = 250 Ohm)
Value: 0: Unipolar voltage input (0 V ... +10 V)
2: Unipolar current input (0 mA ... +20 mA)
3: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA to +20 mA)
4: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
5: Bipolar current input (-20 mA to +20 mA)
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Warning: The maximum voltage difference between the analog input terminals AI+, AI- and the ground of the TM31 (X520.6,
X530.3) may not exceed 35 V.
For operation with the load resistor switched in, the voltage between the differential inputs AI+ and AI- may not
exceed 15 V or the impressed current of 60 mA; if this is not carefully observed, the input will be damaged.
Notice: For operation as a voltage input/current input, switch S5.0 or S5.1 must be appropriately set.

SINAMICS DCP
136 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: When changing p4056, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p4057, p4058, p4059, p4060) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p4056 = 0, 4, p4057 is set to 0.0 V, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 10.0 V and p4060 to 100.0 %.
For p4056 = 2, 5, p4057 is set to 0.0 mA, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 20.0 mA and p4060 to 100.0 %.
For p4056 = 3, p4057 is set to 4.0 mA, p4058 to 0.0 %, p4059 to 20.0 mA and p4060 to 100.0 %.

p4057[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value x1 / TM31 AI char x1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (input voltage in V or input current in mA) of the 1st value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4056
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4058[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y1 / TM31 AI char y1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4059[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value x2 / TM31 AI char x2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 10.000
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (input voltage in V or input current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4056
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 137
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4060[0...1] TM31 analog inputs characteristic value y2 / TM31 AI char y2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog inputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when the analog input type (p4056) is modified.
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4061[0...1] TM31 analog inputs wire breakage monitoring response threshold /

TM31 WireBrkThresh
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [mA] 20.00 [mA] 2.00 [mA]
Description: Sets the response threshold for wire-breakage monitoring of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA))
Refer to: p4056

p4062[0...1] TM31 analog inputs wire breakage monitoring delay time / TM31 wirebrk t_del
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for wire-breakage monitoring of the analog inputs on Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4063[0...1] TM31 analog inputs offset / TM31 AI offset

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the offset for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The offset is added to the input signal before the scaling characteristic.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4066[0...1] TM31 analog inputs activate absolute value generation / TM31 AI absVal act
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog input signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: No absolute value generation
1: Absolute value generation switched in

SINAMICS DCP
138 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)

[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4067[0...1] BI: TM31 analog inputs invert signal source / TM31 AI inv s_src
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog inputs signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4068[0...1] TM31 analog inputs window to suppress noise / TM31 AI window

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the noise suppression window of the analog inputs for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Changes less than the window are suppressed.
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p4069[0...1] BI: TM31 analog inputs signal source for enable / TM31 AI enable
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the enable signal of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

p4071[0...1] CI: TM31 analog outputs signal source / TM31 AO s_src

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Note: AO: Analog Output

r4072[0...1] TM31 analog outputs output value currently referred / TM31 AO outp_val
TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the actual referred output value of the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 139
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4073[0...1] TM31 analog outputs smoothing time constant / TM31 AO T_smooth

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [ms] 1000.0 [ms] 0.0 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant of the 1st-order low pass filter for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31
(TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

r4074[0...1] TM31 analog outputs current output voltage/current / TM31 AO U/I_outp

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual output voltage in V when set as voltage output.
Displays the actual output voltage in mA when set as current output.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The type of the analog output AO x (voltage or current output) is set using p4076.
Refer to: p4076
Note: AO: Analog Output

p4075[0...1] TM31 analog outputs activate absolute value generation / TM31 AO absVal act
TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activates the absolute value generation for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: No absolute value generation
1: Absolute value generation switched in
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

p4076[0...1] TM31 analog outputs type / TM31 AO type

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 4
Description: Sets the type of analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
p4076[x] = 1, 4 correspond to a voltage output (p4074, p4078, p4080, p4083 are displayed in V).
p4076[x] = 0, 2, 3 correspond to a current output (p4074, p4078, p4080, p4083 are displayed in mA).
Value: 0: Current output (0 mA ... +20 mA)
1: Voltage output (0 V ... +10 V)
2: Current output (+4 mA ... +20 mA)
3: Current output (-20 mA ... +20 mA)
4: Voltage output (-10 V ... +10 V)
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4077, p4078, p4079, p4080
Note: When changing p4076, the parameters of the scaling characteristic (p4077, p4078, p4079, p4080) are overwritten
with the following default values:
For p4076 = 0, 3, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 0.0 mA, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 20.0 mA.
For p4076 = 1, 4, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 0.0 V, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 10.0 V.
For p4076 = 2, p4077 is set to 0.0 %, p4078 to 4.0 mA, p4079 to 100.0 % and p4080 to 20.0 mA.

SINAMICS DCP
140 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4077[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value x1 / TM31 AO char x1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 1st value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4078[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value y1 / TM31 AO char y1

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 0.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 1st value pair of the
characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4079[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value x2 / TM31 AO char x2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.00 [%] 1000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the x coordinate (percentage) of the 2nd value pair of the characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4080[0...1] TM31 analog outputs characteristic value y2 / TM31 AO char y2

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 [V] 20.000 [V] 10.000 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling characteristic for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The scaling characteristic for the analog outputs is defined using 2 points.
This parameter specifies the y coordinate (output voltage in V or output current in mA) of the 2nd value pair of the
characteristic.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 141
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)

[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog output type.
Refer to: p4076
Notice: This parameter is automatically overwritten when changing p4076 (type of analog outputs).
Note: The parameters for the characteristic do not have a limiting effect.

p4082[0...1] BI: TM31 analog outputs invert signal source / TM31 AO inv s_src
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source to invert the analog output signals of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)

p4083[0...1] TM31 analog outputs offset / TM31 AO offset

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9572
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the offset for the analog outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The offset is added to the output signal after the scaling characteristic.
Index: [0] = AO 0 (X522.1, X522.2, X522.3)
[1] = AO 1 (X522.4, X522.5, X522.6)
Dependency: The unit of this parameter (V or mA) depends on the analog input type.
Refer to: p4076
Note: This means, for example, the offset of a downstream isolating amplifier can be compensated.

p4086 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 16 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO16
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 16 (X522.2) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.16 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4087 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 17 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO17
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 17 (X522.3) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.17 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4088 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 18 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO18
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 18 (X522.4) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).

SINAMICS DCP
142 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.18 = 1).

DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4089 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 19 / TM15D s_srcDI/DO19
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 19 (X522.5) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.19 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4090 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 20 / TM15D S_srcDI/DO20
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 20 (X522.6) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.20 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4091 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 21 / TM15D S_srcDI/DO21
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 21 (X522.7) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.21 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4092 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 22 / TM15D S_srcDI/DO22
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 22 (X522.8) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.22 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4093 BI: TM15DI/DO signal source for terminal DI/DO 23 / TM15D S_srcDI/DO23
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for terminal DI/DO 23 (X522.9) of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Note: Prerequisite: The DI/DO must be set as an output (p4028.23 = 1).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 143
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4094.0...23 BO: TM15 digital inputs status inverted raw data internal / TM15 DI st raw dat
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the inverted status of the raw data of the digital inputs of the Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Notice: The raw data of the digital inputs is directly displayed (e.g. without any debounce).
Note: Should only used for internal Siemens purposes (alternative r4022, r4023).

p4095 TM15DI/DO digital inputs simulation mode / TM15D DI sim_mode

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) Simulation Terminal eval -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) Simulation Terminal eval -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) Simulation Terminal eval -

SINAMICS DCP
144 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) Simulation Terminal eval -

18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) Simulation Terminal eval -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) Simulation Terminal eval -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) Simulation Terminal eval -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) Simulation Terminal eval -
Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p4096.
Refer to: p4096
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while the Terminal
Module is being activated or de-activated.

Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4095 TM31 digital inputs simulation mode / TM31 DI sim_mode

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) Simulation Terminal eval -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) Simulation Terminal eval -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) Simulation Terminal eval -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) Simulation Terminal eval -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) Simulation Terminal eval -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) Simulation Terminal eval -
Dependency: The setpoint for the input signals is specified using p4096.
Refer to: p4096
Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while the Terminal
Module is being activated or de-activated.

Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4096 TM15DI/DO digital inputs simulation mode, setpoint / TM15D DI sim setp
TM15DI_DO Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9400, 9401,
9402
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the simulation mode of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI/DO 0 (X520.2) High Low -
01 DI/DO 1 (X520.3) High Low -
02 DI/DO 2 (X520.4) High Low -
03 DI/DO 3 (X520.5) High Low -
04 DI/DO 4 (X520.6) High Low -
05 DI/DO 5 (X520.7) High Low -

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 145
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

06 DI/DO 6 (X520.8) High Low -

07 DI/DO 7 (X520.9) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X521.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X521.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X521.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X521.5) High Low -
12 DI/DO 12 (X521.6) High Low -
13 DI/DO 13 (X521.7) High Low -
14 DI/DO 14 (X521.8) High Low -
15 DI/DO 15 (X521.9) High Low -
16 DI/DO 16 (X522.2) High Low -
17 DI/DO 17 (X522.3) High Low -
18 DI/DO 18 (X522.4) High Low -
19 DI/DO 19 (X522.5) High Low -
20 DI/DO 20 (X522.6) High Low -
21 DI/DO 21 (X522.7) High Low -
22 DI/DO 22 (X522.8) High Low -
23 DI/DO 23 (X522.9) High Low -
Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p4095.
Refer to: p4095
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4096 TM31 digital inputs simulation mode setpoint / TM31 DI sim setp
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550,
9552, 9560, 9562
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input signals in the simulation mode of the digital inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X520.1) High Low -
01 DI 1 (X520.2) High Low -
02 DI 2 (X520.3) High Low -
03 DI 3 (X520.4) High Low -
04 DI 4 (X530.1) High Low -
05 DI 5 (X530.2) High Low -
06 DI 6 (X530.3) High Low -
07 DI 7 (X530.4) High Low -
08 DI/DO 8 (X541.2) High Low -
09 DI/DO 9 (X541.3) High Low -
10 DI/DO 10 (X541.4) High Low -
11 DI/DO 11 (X541.5) High Low -
Dependency: The simulation of a digital input is selected using p4095.
Refer to: p4095
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output

p4097[0...1] TM31 analog inputs simulation mode / TM31 AI sim_mode

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the simulation mode for the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Value: 0: Terminal evaluation for analog input x
1: Simulation for analog input x
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)

SINAMICS DCP
146 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The setpoint for the input voltage is specified via p4098.
Refer to: p4098
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
AI: Analog Input

p4098[0...1] TM31 analog inputs simulation mode setpoint / TM31 AI sim setp
TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9566, 9568
Min Max Factory setting
-20.000 20.000 0.000
Description: Sets the setpoint for the input value in simulation mode of the analog inputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = AI 0 (X521.1/X521.2, S5.0)
[1] = AI 1 (X521.3/X521.4, S5.1)
Dependency: The simulation of an analog input is selected using p4097.
If AI x is parameterized as voltage input (p4056), then the setpoint is a voltage in V.
If AI x is parameterized as current input (p4056), then the setpoint is a current in mA.
Refer to: p4056, p4097
Note: This parameter is not saved when data is backed-up (p0971, p0977).
AI: Analog Input

p4099 TM15DI/DO inputs/outputs sampling time / TM15D I/O t_sampl

TM15DI_DO Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9399, 9400
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 5000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the inputs and outputs of Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Dependency: The parameter can only be modified for p0009 = 3, 29.
The following applies for the sampling time:
The sampling times at a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be integral multiples of one another.
The sampling times of this TM must be an integral multiple of a servo or vector drive that exists in the system.
The minimum permissible sampling time is 125 µs.
Refer to: p0009, r0110, r0111
Note: The changed sampling time is immediately effective after a completed sub-boot (p0009 -> 0).
Parameter p4099[0] must never be equal to zero.

p4099[0...2] TM31 inputs/outputs sampling time / TM31 I/O t_sample

TM31 Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9550
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [µs] 5000.00 [µs] 4000.00 [µs]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the inputs and outputs of Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Index: [0] = Digital inputs/outputs (DI/DO)
[1] = Analog inputs (AI)
[2] = Analog outputs (AO)
Dependency: The parameter can only be modified for p0009 = 3, 29.
The following applies for the sampling time:
The sampling times at a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be integral multiples of one another.
The sampling times of this TM must be an integral multiple of a servo or vector drive that exists in the system.
The minimum permissible sampling time is 125 µs.
The sampling times entered in index 0 (digital inputs/outputs) and index 2 (analog outputs) must always be greater
than or equal to the sampling time in index 1 (analog inputs).
Refer to: p0009, r0110, r0111
Notice: The sampling times entered in index 0 (digital inputs/outputs) and index 2 (analog outputs) must always be greater
than or equal to the sampling time in index 1 (analog inputs).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 147
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The changed sampling time is immediately effective after a completed sub-boot (p0009 -> 0).
Parameter p4099[0] must never be equal to zero.

p4100[0...11] TM150 sensor type / TM150 sensor type

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 5
Description: Sets the sensor type for Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
This means that the temperature sensor type is selected and the evaluation is switched in.
Value: 0: Evaluation disabled
1: PTC thermistor
2: KTY84
4: Bimetallic NC contact
5: PT100
6: PT1000
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Notice: For p4102[0...23] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...23] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Details on the wiring are included in the parameter description for p4108.

p4100 TM31 sensor type / TM31 sensor type

TM31 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9576
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the sensor type for Terminal Module 31 (TM31)
This means that the temperature sensor type is selected and the evaluation is switched in.
Value: 0: Evaluation disabled
1: PTC thermistor
2: KTY84
Notice: For p4102[0...1] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...1] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

SINAMICS DCP
148 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4101[0...11] TM150 sensor resistance / TM150 R_sensor

TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual resistance value of the temperature sensor connected at the Terminal Module.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Note: The maximum measurable resistance value is approx. 2500 Ohm.
For 1x2 and 2x2 wire evaluation:
The actual sensor resistance is displayed in this parameter(i.e. the wire resistance (p4110) is taken into account).
The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Details on the wiring are included in the parameter description for p4108.

r4101 TM31 sensor resistance / TM31 R_sensor

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9576
Min Max Factory setting
- [ohm] - [ohm] - [ohm]
Description: Displays the actual resistance value of the temperature sensor connected at the Terminal Module.
Note: The maximum measurable resistance value is approx. 2170 Ohm.
The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

p4102[0...23] TM150 fault threshold/alarm threshold / TM150 F/A_thresh

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
-99 [°C] 251 [°C] 251 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold/alarm threshold for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
For alarms (even indices [0, 2, 4 ... 22]), the following applies:
- The corresponding alarm is initiated, if the temperature actual value associated with a temperature channel
exceeds the associated alarm threshold (r4105[x] > p4102[2x]. In addition, the timer is started (p4103[x]).
- The alarm remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value
(p4102[2x] - hysteresis (p4118[x]).
For faults (uneven indices [1, 3, 5 ... 23]), the following applies:
- The corresponding fault is initiated, if the temperature actual value associated with a temperature channel exceeds
the associated fault threshold (r4105[x] > p4102[2x+1] or the associated timer (p4103[x] has expired.
- The fault remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value
(p4102[2x+1]) - hysteresis (p4118[x]) and the fault has been acknowledged.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 149
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Channel 0 alarm threshold (A35211)

[1] = Channel 0 fault threshold (F35207)
[2] = Channel 1 alarm threshold (A35212)
[3] = Channel 1 fault threshold (F35208)
[4] = Channel 2 alarm threshold (A35213)
[5] = Channel 2 fault threshold (F35209)
[6] = Channel 3 alarm threshold (A35214)
[7] = Channel 3 fault threshold (F35210)
[8] = Channel 4 alarm threshold (A35410)
[9] = Channel 4 fault threshold (F35400)
[10] = Channel 5 alarm threshold (A35411)
[11] = Channel 5 fault threshold (F35401)
[12] = Channel 6 alarm threshold (A35412)
[13] = Channel 6 fault threshold (F35402)
[14] = Channel 7 alarm threshold (A35413)
[15] = Channel 7 fault threshold (F35403)
[16] = Channel 8 alarm threshold (A35414)
[17] = Channel 8 fault threshold (F35404)
[18] = Channel 9 alarm threshold (A35415)
[19] = Channel 9 fault threshold (F35405)
[20] = Channel 10 alarm threshold (A35416)
[21] = Channel 10 fault threshold (F35406)
[22] = Channel 11 alarm threshold (A35417)
[23] = Channel 11 fault threshold (F35407)
Dependency: Refer to: p4103, r4104, r4105, p4118
Notice: Faults F35207 ... F35210 and F35400 ... F35407 only result in the drive being shut down if at least one BICO
interconnection exists between the drive and the TM150.
For p4102[0...23] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100[0...11] = 1), the following applies:
To activate the corresponding alarm or fault, p4102[0...23] must be set <= 250 °C.
Note: The hysteresis can be set in p4118[0...11].

p4102[0...1] TM31 fault threshold/alarm threshold / TM31 F/A_thresh

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9576
Min Max Factory setting
-48 [°C] 251 [°C] [0] 100 [°C]
[1] 120 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold/alarm threshold for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
A35211 is initiated, if the temperature actual value r4105[0] > p4102[0]
F35207 is initiated if the temperature actual value r4105[0] > p4102[1] or timer p4103[0] has expired
For alarm A35211 the following applies:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105) reaches or falls below the value (p4102[0] - hysteresis).
For fault F35207 the following applies:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105) reaches or falls below the value (p4102[1] - hysteresis) and the
fault has been acknowledged.
- The hysteresis value is 5 K and cannot be changed by the user.
Index: [0] = Alarm threshold
[1] = Fault threshold
Dependency: Refer to: r4104
Notice: Fault F35207 only causes the drive to be shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive
and TM31.
For p4102[0...1] = 251 °C, evaluation of the corresponding threshold is deactivated.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
To activate the alarm or fault, p4102[0...1] must be set <= 250 °C.

SINAMICS DCP
150 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4103[0...11] TM150 delay time / TM150 t_delay

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 600.0 [s] 0.0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for the output of the fault for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
The timer is started when the alarm threshold (e.g. p4102[0]) is exceeded.
If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then the
corresponding fault is output.
The fault can be acknowledged, if, after the delay time has expired, the alarm threshold is again fallen below.
For sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- If the fault threshold (e.g. p4102[1]) is exceeded before the delay time has expired, then the corresponding fault is
immediately output.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor", "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- Alarm and fault threshold simultaneously respond. The fault is only issued after the delay time has expired.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, r4104, r4105, p4118
Warning: The fault F35207 ... F35210 and F35400 ... 35407 only results in the drive being shut down if at least one BICO
interconnection exists between the drive and the TM150.

Note: For p4103 = 0 s and sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- The corresponding fault can only be initiated via the fault threshold (output of the timer is always a logical 0).
For p4103 = 0 s and sensor type "PTC thermistor", "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following
applies:
- The corresponding alarm and fault are simultaneously output (delay time = 0 s).

p4103 TM31 temperature evaluation delay time / TM31 temp t_delay

TM31 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9576
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ms] 600000.000 [ms] 0.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for the output of the fault for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
The timer is started when the alarm threshold (p4102[0]) is exceeded.
If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has, in the meantime, not been fallen below, then fault F35207
is output.
The fault can be acknowledged, if, after the delay time has expired, the alarm threshold is again fallen below.
For sensor type "KTY84" (p4100 = 2), the following applies:
If the fault threshold (p4102[1]) is exceeded before the delay time has expired, then fault F35207 is immediately
output.
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
- Alarm and fault threshold simultaneously respond. The fault is only issued after the delay time has expired.
Dependency: Refer to: r4104
Warning: Fault F35207 only causes the drive to be shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive
and TM31.

Note: With p4103 = 0 ms, the timer is de-activated and only the fault threshold is effective.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 151
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4104.0...23 BO: TM150 temperature evaluation status / TM150 temp status

TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Channel 0 alarm present Yes No 9626
01 Channel 0 fault present Yes No 9626
02 Channel 1 alarm present Yes No 9626
03 Channel 1 fault present Yes No 9626
04 Channel 2 alarm present Yes No 9626
05 Channel 2 fault present Yes No 9626
06 Channel 3 alarm present Yes No 9626
07 Channel 3 fault present Yes No 9626
08 Channel 4 alarm present Yes No 9626
09 Channel 4 fault present Yes No 9626
10 Channel 5 alarm present Yes No 9626
11 Channel 5 fault present Yes No 9626
12 Channel 6 alarm present Yes No 9627
13 Channel 6 fault present Yes No 9627
14 Channel 7 alarm present Yes No 9627
15 Channel 7 fault present Yes No 9627
16 Channel 8 alarm present Yes No 9627
17 Channel 8 fault present Yes No 9627
18 Channel 9 alarm present Yes No 9627
19 Channel 9 fault present Yes No 9627
20 Channel 10 alarm present Yes No 9627
21 Channel 10 fault present Yes No 9627
22 Channel 11 alarm present Yes No 9627
23 Channel 11 fault present Yes No 9627
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, p4103, r4105, p4118

r4104.0...1 BO: TM31 temperature evaluation status / TM31 temp status

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9549, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and binector output for the status for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Alarm is present Yes No -
01 Fault is present Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p4102

r4105[0...11] CO: TM150 temperature actual value / TM150 temp_act val

TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the temperature actual value for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7

SINAMICS DCP
152 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[8] = Temperature channel 8

[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- below the nominal response temperature, r4105[0...11] = -50 °C.
- above the nominal response temperature, r4105[0...11] = 250 °C.
For sensor type "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6) the following applies:
- the displayed value corresponds to the temperature actual value.
Refer to: p4100, p4111, r4112, r4113, r4114
Note: r4105[0...11] = -300 °C is displayed in the following cases:
- temperature actual value invalid (F35920 ... F35931 output).
- no sensor selected (p4100[0...11] = 0).
The temperature actual values can be grouped using p4111[0...2] and the maximum value, minimum value as well as
the average value for each group evaluated (r4112[0...2], r4113[0...2], r4114[0...2]).

r4105 CO: TM31 temperature actual value / TM31 temp_act val

TM31 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9549, 9576
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Displays the temperature actual value for the Terminal Module 31 (TM31)
Dependency: For sensor type "PTC thermistor" (p4100 = 1), the following applies:
- below the nominal response temperature, r4105 = -50°C.
- above the nominal response temperature, r4105 = 250 °C.
For sensor type "KTY84" (p4100 = 2), the following applies:
- the displayed value corresponds to the temperature actual value.
Refer to: p4100
Note: r4105 = -300 °C is displayed in the following cases:
- temperature actual value invalid (F35920 output).
- no sensor selected (p4100 = 0).
The temperature sensor is connected at terminals X522.7(+) and X522.8(-).

p4108[0...5] TM150 terminal block measuring method / TM150 meas method

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9625, 9626,
9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 1
Description: Sets the measuring method for the terminal block X531 ... X536 for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Re p4108[0...5] = 0 (1x2 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).
Re p4108[0...5] = 1 (2x2 wire evaluation):
- The first temperature sensor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).
- The second temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
Re p4108[0...5] = 2 (3 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
- the measuring conductor is connected at terminal 1(+).
- terminals 2(-) and 4(-) must be jumpered.
Re p4108[0...5] = 3 (4 wire evaluation):
- the temperature sensor is connected at terminals 3(+) and 4(-).
- the measuring conductor is connected at terminals 1(+) and 2(-).
Value: 0: 1x2 wire evaluation
1: 2x2 wire evaluation
2: 3 wire evaluation
3: 4 wire evaluation

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 153
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = X531

[1] = X532
[2] = X533
[3] = X534
[4] = X535
[5] = X536
Note: The temperature sensors are connected to the following terminals:
X531 = channel 0 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 6)
X532 = channel 1 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 7)
X533 = channel 2 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 8)
X534 = channel 3 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 9)
X535 = channel 4 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 10)
X536 = channel 5 (for 2x2 wire evaluation, additionally channel 11)
Re p4108[0...5] = 0, 2, 3 (1x2, 3, 4 wire evaluation):
The temperature channel belonging to the terminal block with the higher number is automatically deactivated (e.g. for
X531 with 3-wire evaluation, channel 6 is deactivated).

p4109[0...11] TM150 wire resistance measurement / TM150 R_wire meas

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to start the measurement of the wire resistance for a channel for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
For a 2 wire evaluation, the total wire resistance is measured and saved. During the temperature evaluation, the
temperature actual value is automatically calibrated using the measured wire resistance.
Procedure:
1. Select the measuring method (1x2/2x2) for the corresponding terminal block (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
2. Set the required sensor type for the corresponding channel (p4100[x] = 1 ... 6, x = 0...5 or 0...11).
3. Jumper the sensor to be connected (short-circuit the sensor conductor close to the sensor).
4. Connect the sensor conductors to the appropriate terminals 1(+), 2(-) or 3(+), 4(-).
5. For the corresponding channel, start the measurement of the wire resistance (p4109[x] = 1).
6. After p4109[x] = 0, check the measured resistance value in p4110[x].
7. Remove the jumper across the temperature sensor.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4100, p4108, p4110
Notice: Wire resistance measurement is only possible for 1x2 or 2x2 wire evaluation (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
Note: The wire resistance value can be also directly entered into p4110[0...11].
The automatic conductor calibration for 1x2 and 2x2 wire evaluation is always performed with the value in
p4110[0...11].

SINAMICS DCP
154 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4110[0...11] TM150 wire resistance value / TM150 R_wire value

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ohm] 3000.00 [ohm] 0.00 [ohm]
Description: Sets and displays the wire resistance for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
The value is used for the automatic conductor calibration.
The value is automatically set by starting the wire resistance measurement (p4109[0...11]) of the corresponding
channel.
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4109
Notice: Wire resistance measurement is only possible for 1x2 or 2x2 wire evaluation (p4108[0...5] = 0, 1).
Note: Automatic conductor calibration is deactivated using p4110[0...11] = 0.

p4111[0...2] TM150 group channel assignment / TM150 grp channel

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9625
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Assigns the temperature channels to groups for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150)
For each group, the following calculated values are provided from the temperature actual values (r4105[0...11]):
- Maximum value (r4112[0...2])
- Minimum value (r4113[0...2])
- average value (r4114[0...2])
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Temperature channel 0 Yes No -
01 Temperature channel 1 Yes No -
02 Temperature channel 2 Yes No -
03 Temperature channel 3 Yes No -
04 Temperature channel 4 Yes No -
05 Temperature channel 5 Yes No -
06 Temperature channel 6 Yes No -
07 Temperature channel 7 Yes No -
08 Temperature channel 8 Yes No -
09 Temperature channel 9 Yes No -
10 Temperature channel 10 Yes No -
11 Temperature channel 11 Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, r4112, r4113, r4114

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 155
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When forming groups, it must be ensured that in one particular group, only temperature channels with the following
sensor types are included:
- "KTY84", "PT100", "PT1000" (p4100[0...11] = 2, 5, 6), real temperature actual value
or alternatively
- "PTC thermistor", "bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0...11] = 1, 4), fictitious temperature actual value (-50 °C, 250 °C)
If these sensor types are combined within one group, then the calculated values for maximum, minimum and average
value will be falsified.
Note: Active and inactive temperature channels can be included in one group. However, when calculating the values
(r4112, r4113, r4114) only the active temperature channels with valid actual value are taken into account
(r4105[0...11] not equal to -300 °C).

r4112[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature actual value maximum value / TM150 grp temp max
TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9625
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the maximum value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.
Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4113, r4114

r4113[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature actual value minimum value / TM150 grp temp min
TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9625
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the minimum value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.
Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4114

r4114[0...2] CO: TM150 group temperature average actual value / TM150 grp temp av
TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9625
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the average value of each group for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
This value is calculated from the actual temperature values (r4105[0...11]) of each group.

SINAMICS DCP
156 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Recommendation: The following connector inputs can use these connector outputs for interconnection:
- CI: p0603
- CI: p0608[0...3]
- CI: p0609[0...3]
- CI: p2051
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113
Note: If one group is assigned sensor type "PTC" or "bimetal NC contact", then the average value -300 °C is output.

p4117[0...2] TM150 group sensor error effect / TM150 error effect

TM150 Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9625
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the effect for an error of a sensor of a group for Terminal Module TM150 (TM150).
For p4117 = 0, the following applies:
The defective temperature sensor assigned to a group is not take into account when forming the group.
For p4117 = 1, the following applies:
For a sensor error, for the maximum value, minimum value and average value of the corresponding group, a value of
-300 °C is output.
Value: 0: Skip sensor
1: Output value = -300 °C
Index: [0] = Group 0
[1] = Group 1
[2] = Group 2
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113, r4114

p4118[0...11] TM150 fault threshold/alarm threshold hysteresis / TM150 thresh hyst

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 [K] 50 [K] 5 [K]
Description: Sets the hysteresis for the fault threshold/alarm threshold (p4102[0...23]) for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: p4102, p4103, r4104, r4105
Note: The following applies for a corresponding alarm:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value (p4102[2x] -
hysteresis (p4118[x]).
The following applies for a corresponding fault:
- Remains until the temperature actual value (r4105[x]) reaches or falls below the threshold value (p4102[2x+1]) -
hysteresis (p4118[x]) and the fault has been acknowledged.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 157
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4119[0...11] TM150 activate/deactivate smoothing / TM150 smooth act

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate/deactivate the filter to smooth the temperature signal for the Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
The smoothing is realized with a 1st order lowpass filter
The effective smoothing time constant depends on the number of channels that are simultaneously active and is
displayed in r4120.
Value: 0: Filter deactivated
1: Filter activated
Index: [0] = Temperature channel 0
[1] = Temperature channel 1
[2] = Temperature channel 2
[3] = Temperature channel 3
[4] = Temperature channel 4
[5] = Temperature channel 5
[6] = Temperature channel 6
[7] = Temperature channel 7
[8] = Temperature channel 8
[9] = Temperature channel 9
[10] = Temperature channel 10
[11] = Temperature channel 11
Dependency: Refer to: r4120

r4120 TM150 temperature filter time constant / TM150 temp_filt T

TM150 Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
- [ms] - [ms] - [ms]
Description: Displays the smoothing time constant for the temperature filter for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Dependency: Refer to: r4105, p4111, r4112, r4113
Note: The time constant lies in the range from 80 to 1000 ms and depends on the number of channels that are
simultaneously active.

p4121 TM150 filter rated line frequency / TM150 filt f_line

TM150 Can be changed: T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9626, 9627
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the rated line frequency for the filter to skip the line frequency for Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Value: 0: 50 Hz
1: 60 Hz

p4641[0...2] OEM encoder diagnostic signal selection / OEM enc diag sel
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Trace functionality for OEM encoder manufacturers.
Index: [0] = Encoder 1
[1] = Encoder 2
[2] = Encoder 3

SINAMICS DCP
158 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4700[0...1] Trace control / Trace control

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting to control the trace function.
Value: 0: Stop trace
1: Start trace
2: Start trace and save values
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4701 Measuring function control / Meas fct ctrl

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Setting to control the measurement function.
Value: 0: Stop measuring function
1: Start measuring function
2: Measuring function check parameterization
3: Start measuring function without enable signals

p4703[0...1] Trace options / Trace options

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Sets the options for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Automatically start trace with time slices Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p4700
Note: Re bit 00:
0: The trace starts with p4700 as before.
1: When powering up, the trace starts immediately with the saved parameter settings with the start of the time slices.

r4705[0...1] Trace status / Trace status

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4 -
Description: Displays the actual status of the trace.
Value: 0: Trace inactive
1: Trace is recording presamples
2: Trace is waiting for trigger event
3: Trace is recording
4: Recording (trace) ended
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 159
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4706 Measuring function status / Meas fct status

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 5 -
Description: Displays the actual status of the measuring function.
Value: 0: Measurement function inactive
1: Measuring function parameterization checked
2: Measuring function waits for stabilizing time
3: Measuring function recording (tracing)
4: Measuring function trace ended with error
5: Measuring function trace successfully completed

p4707 Measurement function configuration / Meas fct config

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to configure the measurement function.
Value: 0: Standard
1: Free meas fct
Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed when the measurement function has been started (r4706 = 2, 3).
Note: This parameter involves the free measuring functions and is only active for p4810=6.
For value = 0:
The free measuring function is parameterized with master control.
For value = 1:
The free measuring function is parameterized without master control.

r4708[0...1] Trace memory space required / Trace mem required

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the required memory in bytes for the actual parameterization.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: r4799

r4709[0...1] Trace memory space required for measuring functions / Trace mem required
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the required memory in bytes for the actual parameterization.
This applies, if the trace for the measurement functions is used.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: r4799

SINAMICS DCP
160 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4710[0...1] Trace trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 8 2
Description: Sets the trigger condition for the trace.
Value: 1: Immediate trace start
2: Positive edge
3: Negative edge
4: Entry to hysteresis band
5: Leaving hysteresis band
6: Trigger at bit mask
7: Start with function generator
8: Trigger at bit mask with edge
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4711[0...5] Trace trigger signal / Trace trig_signal

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the trigger signal for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 does not equal 1.
Note: It only makes sense to trace the PINs using the commissioning software.
For index 2(4) and 3(5) equal to zero, index 0(1) can only be written and vice versa.
Re index 0 ... 1:
Here, the trigger signal for trace 0 or 1 is entered as parameter in the BICO format.
For trace with a physical address (p4789), the data type of the trigger signal is set here.
Re index 2 ...3:
The triggering PIN for trace 0 is entered here.
Index 2 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the Drive Object (DO), bit 15 ... 0: Number of the chart
Index 3 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the block, bit 15 ... 0: Number of the PIN
Re index 4 ... 5:
The triggering PIN for trace 1 is entered here.
Index 4 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the Drive Object (DO), bit 15 ... 0: Number of the chart
Index 5 bit 31 ... 16: Number of the block, bit 15 ... 0: Number of the PIN

p4712[0...1] Trace trigger threshold / Trace trig_thresh

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the trigger threshold for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 2, 3.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 161
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4713[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 1 / Trace trig thr 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the first trigger threshold for trigger via tolerance band.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 4, 5.

p4714[0...1] Trace tolerance band trigger threshold 2 / Trace trig thr 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 340.28235E36 0.00
Description: Sets the second trigger threshold for trigger via tolerance band
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 4, 5.

p4715[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger, bit mask / Trace trig mask
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the bit mask for the bit mask trigger.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 6.

p4716[0...1] Trace bit mask trigger trigger condition / Trace Trig_cond

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the trigger condition for bit mask trigger.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only effective when p4710 = 6.

r4719[0...1] Trace trigger index / Trace Trig_index

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trigger index in the trace buffer. The trigger event occurred at this point.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only valid when p4705 = 4.

SINAMICS DCP
162 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4720[0...1] Trace recording cycle / Trace record_cyc

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ms] 60000.000 [ms] 1.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the recording cycle for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4721[0...1] Trace recording time / Trace record_time

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [ms] 3600000.000 [ms] 1000.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the recording time for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4722[0...1] Trace trigger delay / Trace trig_delay

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-3600000.000 [ms] 3600000.000 [ms] 0.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the trigger delay for the trace.
Trigger delay < 0:
Pretrigger: Tracing (recording) starts the selected time before the trigger event actually occurs.
Trigger delay > 0:
Post trigger: Tracing does not start until the set time after the trigger event.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4723[0...1] Trace time slice cycle / Trace cycle

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.03125 [ms] 4.00000 [ms] 0.12500 [ms]
Description: Sets the time slice cycle in which the trace is called.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4724[0...1] Trace average in the time range / Trace average

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 0001 bin 0000 bin
Description: Sets the averaging in the time range for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 163
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4725[0...1] Trace data type 1 traced / Trace rec type 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 1 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4726[0...1] Trace data type 2 traced / Trace rec type 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 2 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4727[0...1] Trace data type 3 traced / Trace rec type 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 3 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4728[0...1] Trace data type 4 traced / Trace rec type 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 4 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4729[0...1] Trace number of recorded values / Trace rec values

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of traced values for each signal.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Only valid when p4705 = 4.

p4730[0...5] Trace record signal 0 / Trace record sig 0

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the first signal to be traced.

SINAMICS DCP
164 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format

[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4731[0...5] Trace record signal 1 / Trace record sig 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the second signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4732[0...5] Trace record signal 2 / Trace record sig 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the third signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4733[0...5] Trace record signal 3 / Trace record sig 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the fourth signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4734[0...5] Trace record signal 4 / Trace record sig 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the fifth signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 165
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4735[0...5] Trace record signal 5 / Trace record sig 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the sixth signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4736[0...5] Trace record signal 6 / Trace record sig 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the seventh signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

p4737[0...5] Trace record signal 7 / Trace record sig 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the eighth signal to be traced.
Index: [0] = Trace 0 parameter in BICO format
[1] = Trace 1 parameter in BICO format
[2] = Trace 0 PINx with DO Id and chart Id
[3] = Trace 0 PINx with block Id and PIN Id
[4] = Trace 1 PINy with DO Id and chart Id
[5] = Trace 1 PINy with block Id and PIN Id

r4740[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 0

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 0.
The trace (record) buffer is sub-divided into memory banks, each containing 16384 values. Parameter p4795 can be
used to toggle between the individual banks.
Example A:
The first 16384 values of signal 0, trace 0 are to be read out.
In this case, memory bank 0 is set with p4795 = 0. The first 16384 values can now be read out using r4740[0] to
r4740[16383].
Example B:
The values 16385 to 32768 from signal 0, trace 0 are to be read out.
In this case, memory bank 1 is set with p4795 = 1. The values can now be read out in r4740[0] to r4740[16383].
Dependency: Refer to: p4795

SINAMICS DCP
166 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4741[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 1 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4742[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 2 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4743[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 3 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4744[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 4 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 4.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4745[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 5 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 5.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4746[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 6 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 6.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 167
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4747[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 7 floating point / Trace 0 tr sig 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 7.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4750[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 0 floating point / Trace 1 trace sig0
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 0.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4751[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 1 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4752[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 2 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4753[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 3 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4754[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 4 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 4.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

SINAMICS DCP
168 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4755[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 5 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 5.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4756[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 6.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4757[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 7 floating point / Trace 1 tr sig 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 7.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, p4795

r4760[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 0 / Trace 0 tr sig 0

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 0 as integer number.
Note: For signals, data type I32 or U32, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 0
r4760[1] = value 1
...
r4760[8191] = value 8191
For signals, data type I16 or U16, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 1 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 0 (bit 15 ... 0)
r4760[1] = value 3 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 2 (bit 15 ... 0)
...
r4760[8191] = value 16383 (bit 31 ... 16) and value 16382 (bit 15 ... 0)
For signals, data type I8 or U8, the trace buffer is assigned as follows:
r4760[0] = value 3 (bit 31 ... 24) value 2 (bit 23 ... 16) value 1 (bit 15 ... 8) value 0 (bit 7 ... 0)
r4760[1] = value 7 (bit 31 ... 24) value 6 (bit 23 ... 16) value 5 (bit 15 ... 8) value 4 (bit 7 ... 0)
...
r4760[8191] = value 32767 (bit 31 ... 24) value 32766 (bit 23 ... 16) value 32765 (bit 15 ... 8) value 32764 (bit 7 ... 0)

r4761[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 1 / Trace 0 tr sig 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 1.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 169
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4762[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 2 / Trace 0 tr sig 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4763[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 3 / Trace 0 tr sig 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4764[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 4 / Trace 0 tr sig 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 4.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4765[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 5 / Trace 0 tr sig 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 5.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4766[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 6 / Trace 0 tr sig 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 6.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4767[0...16383] Trace 0 trace buffer signal 7 / Trace 0 tr sig 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 0 and signal 7.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

SINAMICS DCP
170 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4770[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 0 / Trace 1 trace sig0

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 0.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4771[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 1 / Trace 1 tr sig 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4772[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 2 / Trace 1 tr sig 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4773[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 3 / Trace 1 tr sig 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4774[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 4 / Trace 1 tr sig 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 4.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4775[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 5 / Trace 1 tr sig 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 5.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 171
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4776[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 6 / Trace 1 tr sig 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 6.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

r4777[0...16383] Trace 1 trace buffer signal 7 / Trace 1 tr sig 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the trace buffer (record buffer) for trace 1 and signal 7.
Dependency: Refer to: r4760

p4780[0...1] Trace physical address signal 0 / Trace PhyAddr Sig0

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the first signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4730.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4781[0...1] Trace physical address signal 1 / Trace PhyAddr Sig1

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the second signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4731.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4782[0...1] Trace physical address signal 2 / Trace PhyAddr Sig2

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the third signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4732.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

SINAMICS DCP
172 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4783[0...1] Trace physical address signal 3 / Trace PhyAddr Sig3

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the fourth signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4733.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4784[0...1] Trace physical address signal 4 / Trace PhyAddr Sig4

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the fifth signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4734.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4785[0...1] Trace physical address signal 5 / Trace PhyAddr Sig5

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the sixth signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4735.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4786[0...1] Trace physical address signal 6 / Trace PhyAddr Sig6

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the seventh signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4736.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4787[0...1] Trace physical address signal 7 / Trace PhyAddr Sig7

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 1111 0000 bin
1111 1111 bin
Description: Sets the physical address for the eighth signal to be traced.
The data type is defined using p4737.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 173
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4789[0...1] Trace physical address trigger signal / Trace PhyAddr Trig

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Sets the physical address for the trigger signal.
The data type is defined by making the appropriate selection in p4711.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4790[0...1] Trace data type 5 traced / Trace rec type 5

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 5 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4791[0...1] Trace data type 6 traced / Trace rec type 6

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 6 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4792[0...1] Trace data type 7 traced / Trace rec type 7

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 7 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

r4793[0...1] Trace data type 8 traced / Trace rec type 8

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the recorded data type 8 for the trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1

p4795 Trace memory bank changeover / Trace mem changeov

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 500 0
Description: Changes over the memory bank to read out the contents of the trace buffer.
Dependency: Refer to: r4740, r4741, r4742, r4743, r4750, r4751, r4752, r4753

SINAMICS DCP
174 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4797[0...1] Trace 0 trigger instant / Trace 0 t_trigger

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the instant in time for fulfilling the trigger condition for trace recorder 0.
The time comprises milliseconds (index 0) and days (index 1).
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r2114, r3102, r4719
Notice: The accuracy of the trigger instant depends on the accuracy of the underlying basis time.
For clarification:
The trigger instant is calculated with a µs accuracy. If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy,
then as a result of rounding effects, an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur.
When referred to r4719, the trigger instant can therefore deviate somewhat.
Note: If the time calculation of the drive can be synchronized with a higher-level control, then this time can be taken from
the actual UTC time (r3102 ). Otherwise, the time is based on the system runtime (r2114).

r4798[0...1] Trace 1 trigger instant / Trace 1 t_trigger

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the instant in time for fulfilling the trigger condition for trace recorder 1.
The time comprises milliseconds (index 0) and days (index 1).
Index: [0] = Milliseconds
[1] = Days
Dependency: Refer to: r2114, r3102, r4719
Notice: The accuracy of the trigger instant depends on the accuracy of the underlying basis time.
For clarification:
The trigger instant is calculated with a µs accuracy. If the underlying basis time is only available with ms accuracy,
then as a result of rounding effects, an inaccuracy of 1 ms can occur.
When referred to r4719, the trigger instant can therefore deviate somewhat.
Note: If the time calculation of the drive can be synchronized with a higher-level control, then this time can be taken from
the actual UTC time (r3102 ). Otherwise, the time is based on the system runtime (r2114).

r4799 Trace memory location free / Trace mem free

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the free memory for the trace in bytes.
Dependency: Refer to: r4708

p4800 Function generator control / FG control

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: The function generator is started with p4800 = 1.
The signal is only generated for a 1 signal of binector input p4819.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 175
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Stop function generator

1: Start function generator
2: Check function generator parameterization
3: Start function generator without enable signals
Dependency: Refer to: p4819

r4805 Function generator status / FG status

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 6 -
Description: Displays the actual status of the function generator.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Generate accelerating ramp to offset
2: Generate parameterized signal shape
3: Generate braking ramp
4: Function generator stopped due to missing enable signals
5: Function generator waits for BI: p4819
6: Function generator parameterization has been checked
Dependency: Refer to: p4800, p4819

r4806.0 BO: Function generator status signal / FG status signal

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the function generator.
0 signal: Function generator inactive
1 signal: Function generator running
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -

p4810 Function generator mode / FG operating mode

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 0
Description: Sets the operating mode of the function generator.
Value: 0: Connection at connector output r4818
1: Connection at current setpoint after filter and r4818
2: Connection as disturbing torque and r4818
3: Connection at speed setpoint after filter and r4818
4: Connection at current setpoint before filter and r4818
5: Connection at speed setpoint before filter and r4818
6: Connection for free measurement function r4818 and r4834
99: Connection at physical address and r4818

p4812 Function generator physical address / FG phys address

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the physical address where the function generator is to be connected.
Dependency: Only effective when p4810 = 99.

SINAMICS DCP
176 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4813 Function generator physical address reference value / FG phys addr ref
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 1000000.00 1.00
Description: Sets the reference value for 100 % for referred inputs.
Dependency: Only effective when p4810 = 99.

p4816 Function generator output signal integer number scaling / FG outp integ scal
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-2147483648 2147483647 0
Description: Sets the scaling for the integer number of the output signal for the function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: r4805, r4817
Note: The parameter can only be changed in the following operating states:
r4805 = 0, 4, 6

r4817 CO: Function generator output signal integer number / FG outp integ no.
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the integer number of the output signal for the function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p4816
Note: The value is output independent of the function generator operating mode.

r4818 CO: Function generator output signal / FG outp_sig

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the output signal for the function generator.
Dependency: Refer to: p4810
Note: The value is displayed independently of the function generator mode.

p4819 BI: Function generator control / FG control

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to control the function generator.
When the function generator is running, signal generation is stopped with a 0 signal from BI: p4819 and p4800 is set
to 0.
Dependency: Refer to: p4800

p4820 Function generator signal shape / FG signal shape

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 5 1
Description: Sets the signal to be generated for the function generator.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 177
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 1: Square-wave
2: Staircase
3: Delta
4: Binary noise - PRBS (Pseudo Random Binary Signal)
5: Sine-wave

p4821 Function generator period / FG period duration

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 60000.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the period of the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Ineffective when p4820 = 4 (PRBS).

p4822 Function generator pulse width / FG pulse width

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 60000.00 [ms] 500.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the pulse width for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Only effective when p4820 = 1 (square-wave).

p4823 Function generator bandwidth / FG bandwidth

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.0025 [Hz] 16000.0000 [Hz] 4000.0000 [Hz]
Description: Sets the bandwidth for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Only effective when p4820 = 4 (PRBS).
Refer to: p4830
Refer to: A02041

p4824 Function generator amplitude / FG amplitude

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 5.00 [%]
Description: Sets the amplitude for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed).

p4825 Function generator 2nd amplitude / FG 2nd amplitude

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 7.00 [%]
Description: Sets the second amplitude for the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Only effective for p4820 = 2 (staircase).
Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The amplitude is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The amplitude is referred to p2000 (reference speed).

SINAMICS DCP
178 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4826 Function generator offset / FG offset

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-1600.00 [%] 1600.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset (DC component) of the signal to be generated for the function generator.
Dependency: Units are dependent on p4810.
If p4810 = 1, 2, 4: The offset is referred to p2002 (reference current).
If p4810 = 3, 5: The offset is referred to p2000 (reference speed).
If p4810 = 2: In order to avoid the undesirable effects of play (backlash), the offset does not act on the current
setpoint, but instead on the speed setpoint.

p4827 Function generator ramp-up time to offset / FG ramp-up offset

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100000.00 [ms] 32.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time to the offset for the function generator.

p4828 Function generator lower limit / FG lower limit

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-10000.00 [%] 0.00 [%] -100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the lower limit for the function generator.
Dependency: For p4810 = 2 the limit only applies to the current setpoint, but not the speed setpoint (offset).

p4829 Function generator upper limit / FG upper limit

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 10000.00 [%] 100.00 [%]
Description: Sets the upper limit for the function generator.
Dependency: For p4810 = 2 the limit only applies to the current setpoint, but not the speed setpoint (offset).

p4830 Function generator time slice cycle / FG time slice

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.03125 [ms] 2.00000 [ms] 0.12500 [ms]
Description: Sets the time slice cycle in which the function generator is called.

p4831 Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0.00000 [%] 200.00000 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the amplitude of the signal waveforms for all output channels.
The value can be changed while the function generator is running.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 179
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p4832[0...2] Function generator amplitude scaling / FG amplitude scal

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the amplitude of the signal waveforms separately for each output channel.
The value cannot be changed while the function generator is running.
Index: [0] = First drive for connection
[1] = Second drive for connection
[2] = Third drive for connection

p4833[0...2] Function generator offset scaling / FG offset scal

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-340.28235E36 [%] 340.28235E36 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for the offset of the signal waveforms separately for each output channel.
The value cannot be changed while the function generator is running.
Index: [0] = First drive for connection
[1] = Second drive for connection
[2] = Third drive for connection

r4834[0...4] CO: Function generator free measurement output signal / FG fr MeasFct outp
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the output signal for the free measurement function.
Index: [0] = Signal 1
[1] = Signal 2
[2] = Signal 3
[3] = Signal 4
[4] = Signal 5
Dependency: Refer to: p4810
Note: The signals are only output in the "free measurement function" operating mode (p4810 = 6)

p4835[0...4] Function generator free measurement function scaling / FG fr MeasFct scal

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00000 [%] 200.00000 [%] 100.00000 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling of the output signals for the free measurement function.
Index: [0] = Signal 1
[1] = Signal 2
[2] = Signal 3
[3] = Signal 4
[4] = Signal 5
Note: The parameter cannot be changed when the measurement function has been started (r4706 = 2, 3).

p4840[0...1] MTrace cycle number setting / Cycle number

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the number of cycles of a multiple trace.

SINAMICS DCP
180 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The multiple trace is de-activated with a value = 0.

Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: r4841, p4844
Refer to: A02097, A02098
Notice: A multiple trace can have a negative impact on the total system performance.
From their inherent principle of operation, flash memory cards are subject to wear as a result of write operations. As
a consequence, the lifetime of flash memory cards is reduced when using the multiple trace functionality.

r4841[0...1] MTrace cycle actual display / Cycle act display

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the currently running cycle (including deadtime) of the multiple trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: p4840, p4844

p4844[0...1] MTrace ring buffer files number / Ring buff file qty
CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
5 5 5
Description: Sets the number of ring buffer files for the measurement results of the multiple trace.
Index: [0] = Trace 0
[1] = Trace 1
Dependency: Refer to: p4840, r4841

r4950 OA DO-specific number / OA DO qty

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 -
Description: Displays the number of OA applications installed on this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: DO: Drive Object
OA: Open Architecture (OA application)

r4951 OA DO-specific identifier total length / OA DO id tot_lgth

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 144 -
Description: Displays the total length of the identifiers of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: The identifier of an OA application comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator.

r4952 OA DO-specific GUID total length / OA DO GUID length

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 288 -
Description: Displays the total length of the GUIDs of the OA applications installed on this drive object.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 181
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Note: The GUID of an OA application comprises 16 characters plus 1 character major information plus 1 character, minor
information.
GUID: Globally Unique IDentifier

r4955[0...n] OA DO-specific identifier / OA DO ident

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the identifier of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4955[0...8]: Identifier of OA application 1
r4955[9...17]: Identifier of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

p4956[0...n] OA DO-specific activation / OA DO act

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: C1, T Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4956[0]: Activates OA application 1
r4956[1]: Activates OA application 2, ...
Value: 0: OA application inactive
1: OA application active
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, r4957, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4957[0...n] OA DO-specific version / OA DO version

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 -
Description: Displays the version of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4957[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4957[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4958, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r4958[0...n] OA DO-specific interface version / OA DO interf_vers

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the interface version of OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4958[0]: Interface version of OA application 1
r4958[1]: Interface version of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4959, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

SINAMICS DCP
182 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4959[0...n] OA DO-specific GUID / OA DO GUID

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUIDs of the OA applications installed on this drive object.
r4959[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4959[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4959[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4959[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4959[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4959[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4960
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4960[0...n] OA DO-specific GUID drive object / OA DO GUID DO

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUIDs of this drive object of the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4960[0...15]: GUID of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[16]: Major information of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[17]: Minor information of this drive object of OA application 1
r4960[18...33]: GUID of this drive object of OA application 2
r4960[34]: Major information of this drive object of OA application 2
r4960[35]: Minor information of this drive object of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4950, r4951, r4952, r4955, p4956, r4957, r4958, r4959
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

p4961[0...n] OA DO-specific logbook module selection / OA DO log module

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: T Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex 0000 hex
Description: Only for service purposes.

r4985 OA number / OA no
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 16 -
Description: Displays the number of OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: OA: Open Architecture (OA application)

r4986 OA identifier total length / OA id tot_length

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 144 -
Description: Displays the total length of the IDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 183
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: The identifier of an OA application comprises a maximum of 8 characters plus separator.

r4987 OA GUID total length / OA GUID tot_length

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 288 -
Description: Displays the total length of the GUIDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Note: The GUID of an OA application comprises 16 characters plus 1 character major information plus 1 character, minor
information.
GUID: Globally Unique IDentifier

r4988[0...n] OA identifier / OA ID
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the IDs of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4988[0...8]: Identifier of OA application 1
r4988[9...17]: Identifier of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4989[0...n] OA version / OA version

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4989[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4989[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

r4990[0...n] OA interface version / OA interf_vers

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the interface version of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4990[0]: Interface version of OA application 1
r4990[1]: Interface version of OA applications 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4991, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

SINAMICS DCP
184 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r4991[0...n] OA GUID / OA GUID

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUID of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4991[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4991[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4991[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4991[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4991[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4991[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4992, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4992[0...n] OA GUID ES / OA GUID ES

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the GUID of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4992[0...15]: GUID of OA application 1
r4992[16]: Major information of OA application 1
r4992[17]: Minor information of OA application 1
r4992[18...33]: GUID of OA application 2
r4992[34]: Major information of OA application 2
r4992[35]: Minor information of OA application 2, ...
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4993, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4993[0...n] OA activation status / OA act stat

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 -
Description: Displays the activation status of the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4993[0]: Activates OA application 1
r4993[1]: Activates OA application 2, ...
Value: 0: OA application inactive
1: OA application active
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4994
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.

r4994[0...n] OA properties / OA property

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the properties of all the OA applications installed on the memory card/device memory.
r4994[0]: Version of OA application 1
r4994[1]: Version of OA application 2, ...

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 185
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Properties diagnostics bit 0 Yes No -
01 Properties diagnostics bit 1 Yes No -
02 Properties diagnostics bit 2 Yes No -
03 OEM No Yes -
04 Properties diagnostics bit 4 Yes No -
05 Properties diagnostics bit 5 Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: r4985, r4986, r4987, r4988, r4989, r4990, r4991, r4992, r4993
Notice: If there is no OA application, then it is not possible to access an index.
Note: The parameter is only for internal Siemens diagnostics.

r7760 Write protection/know-how protection status / Wr_prot/KHP stat

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status for the write protection and know-how protection.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Write protection active Yes No -
01 Know-how protection active Yes No -
02 Know-how protection temporarily withdrawn Yes No -
03 Know-how protection cannot be deactivated Yes No -
04 Extended copy protection is active Yes No -
05 Basic copy protection is active Yes No -
06 Trace and measuring functions for Yes No -
diagnostic purposes active
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Re bit 00:
Write protection can be activated/deactivated via p7761 on the Control Unit.
Re bit 01:
The know-how protection can be activated by entering a password (p7766 ... p7768).
Re bit 02:
If it has already been activated, know-how protection can be temporarily deactivated by entering the valid password
in p7766. In this case, bit 1 = 0 and bit 2 = 1 offset.
Re bit 03:
Know-how protection cannot be deactivated, as p7766 is not entered in the OEM exception list (only the factory
setting is possible). This bit is only set if know-how protection is active (bit 1 = 1) and p7766 has not been entered in
the OEM exception list.
Re bit 04:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards/Control Units. This bit is only set if know-how
protection is active and p7765 bit 00 is set.
Re bit 05:
When know-how protection has been activated, the contents of the memory card (parameter and DCC data) can be
additionally protected against being used with other memory cards. This bit is only set if know-how protection is
active and in p7765 bit 01 is set and not bit 00.
Re bit 06:
When know-how protection is activated, the drive data can be traced using the device trace function. This bit is only
set if know-how protection is active and in p7765.2 is set.

p7763 KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764 / KHP OEM qty p7764
CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1 500 1
Description: Sets the number of parameters for the OEM exception list (p7764[0...n]).
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: Refer to: p7764

SINAMICS DCP
186 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: KHP: Know-How Protection

Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7764[0...n] KHP OEM exception list / KHP OEM excep list

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: OEM exception list (p7764[0...n] for setting parameters that should be excluded from know-how protection.
p7764[0...n], with n = p7763 - 1
Dependency: The number of indices depends on p7763.
Refer to: p7763
Note: KHP: Know-How Protection
Even if know-how protection is set, parameters in this list can be read and written to.

p7770 NVRAM action / NVRAM action

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the action to be executed for NVRAM data.
At the end of the action the value is automatically set to 0.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Load NVRAM data to parameters
2: Load parameters to NVRAM
3: Reset
Notice: After action p7770 = 1 no more pulses may be enabled.
After action p7770 = 2, it is essential that parameters are backed up (p0977 = 1) and that a warm restart is then
performed (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3). This will apply the values written.
Note: If value = 1:
This action loads the NVRAM data to the parameters.
If value = 2:
This action loads the parameters to the NVRAM.
If value = 3:
This action sets parameters p7771 ... p7774 to the factory setting.
It is recommended to avoid placing unnecessary load on the subsequent upload/download operation.

r7843[0...20] Memory card serial number / Mem_card ser.no

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the actual serial number of the memory card.
The individual characters of the serial number are displayed in the ASCII code in the indices.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Note: Example: displaying the serial number for a memory card:
r7843[0] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 1
r7843[1] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 2
r7843[2] = 49 dec --> ASCII characters = "1" --> serial number, character 3
r7843[3] = 57 dec --> ASCII characters = "9" --> serial number, character 4
r7843[4] = 50 dec --> ASCII characters = "2" --> serial number, character 5
r7843[5] = 51 dec --> ASCII characters = "3" --> serial number, character 6
r7843[6] = 69 dec --> ASCII characters = "E" --> serial number, character 7
r7843[7] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 8
...

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 187
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r7843[19] = 0 dec --> ASCII characters = " " --> serial number, character 20
r7843[20] = 0 dec
Serial number = 111923E

r7844[0...2] Device memory firmware version / Dev_mem FW

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the version of the firmware stored on the device memory.
Index: [0] = Internal
[1] = External
[2] = Parameter backup
Note: Re index 0:
Displays the internal firmware version (e.g. 01402315).
This firmware version is the version of the device memory and not the CU firmware (r0018), however, normally they
have the same versions.
Re index 1:
Displays the external firmware version (e.g. 01040000 -> 1.4).
Re index 2:
Displays the internal CU firmware version (r0018) of the parameter backup.
With this CU firmware version, the parameter backup was saved, which was used when powering up.

r7850[0...n] Drive object operational/not operational / DO ready for oper

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-32786 32767 -
Description: Displays whether, for an activated drive object, all activated topology components are available or not (or whether
these can be addressed).
0: Drive object not ready for operation
1: Drive object ready for operation

p7857 Sub-boot mode / Sub-boot mode

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the mode for the sub-boot.
Value: 0: Sub-boot manual
1: Sub-boot automatic
Note: For p7857 = 0 (manual sub-boot) the following applies:
The parameter should be set to 1 to start the sub-boot.

r7871[0...15] Configuration changes drive object / Config_chng DO

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the configuration changes on the drive object.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = p0010, p0107, p0108
[2] = Drive object name (p0199)
[3] = Structure-relevant parameters (e.g. p0180)
[4] = BICO interconnections

SINAMICS DCP
188 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[5] = Activate/de-activate drive object

[6] = Data backup required
[7] = Reserved
[8] = Reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000)
[9] = Parameter count through Drive Control Chart (DCC)
[10] = p0107, p0108
[11] = Reserved
[12] = Write protection and know-how protection status
[13] = Reserved
[14] = Reserved
[15] = Reserved
Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object commissioning: When changing p0010, p0107 or p0108, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object name. When changing p0199, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 3:
Drive object structure. When changing a parameter that is relevant for the structure (e.g. number of data sets), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 4:
Drive object BICO interconnections. When changing r3977, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 5:
Drive object activity: When changing p0105, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 6:
Drive object, data save.
0: There are no parameter changes to save.
1: There are parameter changes to save.
Re index 8:
Drive object changeover of units. When changing reference or changeover parameters (e.g. p2000, p0304), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 9:
Drive object parameter count. When changing the number of parameters by loading Drive Control Chart (DCC), the
value in this index is incremented.
Re index 10:
Drive object configuration. When changing either p0107 or p0108, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 12:
Drive object configuration. When activating/deactivating write protection or know-how protection, the value in this
index is incremented.

r7872[0...3] Drive object status changes / DO stat_chng

CU_DCP, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 4
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status changes on the drive object.
Index: [0] = Sum of the following indices
[1] = Faults (r0944)
[2] = Alarms (r2121)
[3] = Safety messages (r9744)
Note: Re index 0:
When changing one of the following indices, then the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 1:
Drive object faults. When changing r0944, the value in this index is incremented.
Re index 2:
Drive object alarms. When changing r2121, the value in this index is incremented.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 189
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 3:
Drive object safety messages. When changing r9744, the value in this index is incremented.

p8550 AOP LOCAL/REMOTE / AOP LOCAL/REMOTE

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 1001 bin
Description: Setting for saving the actual configuration of the Advanced Operator Panel (AOP).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 LOCAL save Yes No -
01 Start in LOCAL Yes No -
02 Change in oper Yes No -
03 OFF acts like OFF1 Yes No -
04 OFF acts like OFF2 Yes No -
05 OFF acts like OFF3 Yes No -
06 Reserved Yes No -
07 CW/CCW active Yes No -
08 Jog active Yes No -
09 Save speed setpoint Yes No -
14 Inhibit operation Yes No -
15 Inhibit parameterization Yes No -

r8570[0...39] Macro drive object / Macro DO

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the macro file saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card/device memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8571[0...39] Macro Binector Input (BI) / Macro BI

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p0700
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8572[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints / Macro CI n_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p1000
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

SINAMICS DCP
190 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8573[0...39] Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for torque setpoints / Macro CI M_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the ACX file saved in the appropriate directory in the non-volatile memory.
Dependency: Refer to: p1500
Note: For a value = 9999999, the following applies: The read operation is still running.

r8585 Macro execution actual / Macro executed

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the macro currently being executed on the drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570, r8571, r8572, r8573

p8805 Identification and maintenance 4 configuration / I&M 4 config

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the configuration for the content of identification and maintenance 4 (I&M 4, p8809).
Value: 0: Standard value for I&M 4 (p8809)
1: User value for I&M 4 (p8809)
Dependency: For p8805 = 0, if the user writes at least one value in p8809[0...53], then p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
When p8805 is reset = 0, then the content of the factory setting is set in p8809.
Note: Re p8805 = 0:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the information for the SI change tracking.
Re p8805 = 1:
PROFINET I&M 4 (p8809) contains the values written by the user.

p8806[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 1 / I&M 1

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 1" (I&M 1).
This information is known as "System identifier" and "Location identifier".
Dependency: Refer to: p8807, p8808
Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec).
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8806[0...31]:
System identifier.
Re p8806[32...53]:
Location identifier.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 191
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8807[0...15] Identification and Maintenance 2 / I&M 2

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 2" (I&M 2).
This information is known as "Installation date".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8808
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8807[0...15]:
Dates of installation or first commissioning of the (ASCII) device with the following format options.
YYYY-MM-DD
or
YYYY-MM-DD hh:mm
- YYYY: year
- MM: month 01 ... 12
- DD: day 01 ... 31
- hh: hours 00 ... 23
- mm: minutes 00 ... 59
Separators must be placed between the individual data, i.e. a hyphen '-', space ' ' and colon ':'.

p8808[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 3 / I&M 3

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- -
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 3" (I&M 3).
This information is known as "Supplementary information".
Dependency: Refer to: p8806, p8807
Notice: Only characters belonging to the standard ASCII character set may be used (32 dec to 126 dec).
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
Re p8808[0...53]:
Any supplementary information and comments (ASCII).

p8809[0...53] Identification and Maintenance 4 / I&M 4

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 bin 1111 1111 bin 0000 bin
Description: Parameters for the PROFINET data set "Identification and Maintenance 4" (I&M 4).
This information is known as "Signature".
Dependency: This parameter is preassigned as standard (see note).
After writing information to p8809, p8805 is automatically set to = 1.
Refer to: p8805
Note: For p8805 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies:
Parameter p8809 contains the information described below.
Re p8809[0...3]:
Contains the value from r9781[0] "SI change tracking checksum functional".
Re p8809[4...7]:
Contains the value from r9782[0] "SI change tracking time stamp checksum functional".
Re p8809[8...53]:
Reserved.

SINAMICS DCP
192 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8837 IF2 STW1.10 = 0 mode / IF2 STW1.10=0

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 2
Description: Sets the processing mode for PROFIdrive STW1.10 "master control by PLC".
Generally, control world 1 is received with the first receive word (PZD1) (this is in conformance to the PROFIdrive
profile). The behavior of STW1.10 = 0 corresponds to that of the PROFIdrive profile. For other applications that
deviate from this, the behavior can be adapted using this particular parameter.
Value: 0: Freeze setpoints and continue to process sign-of-life
1: Freeze setpoints and sign-of-life
2: Do not freeze setpoints
Recommendation: Do not change the setting p2037 = 0.
Note: If the STW1 is not transferred according to the PROFIdrive with PZD1 (with bit 10 "master control by PLC"), then
p2037 should be set to 2.

p8839[0...1] PZD interface hardware assignment / PZD IF HW assign

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(1) Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2198
Min Max Factory setting
0 99 99
Description: Assignment of the hardware for cyclic communications via PZD interface 1 (IF1) and interface 2 (IF2).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Control Unit onboard
2: COMM BOARD
99: Automatic
Index: [0] = Interface 1
[1] = Interface 2
Dependency: Refer to: p2030
Note: For value = 99 (automatic) the following applies:
- if a COMM BOARD is not inserted, then the integrated communication interface (PROFIBUS/USS) communicates
via IF1.
- if a CBE20 is inserted, then PROFINET CBE20 communicates via IF1 and PROFIBUS/USS via IF2.
For a value not equal to 99 (automatic) the following applies:
- both indices must be set to a number not equal to 99 (automatic).
A new setting only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset or download.

p8840 COMM BOARD monitoring time / CB t_monit

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 65535000 [ms] 500 [ms]
Description: Sets the monitoring time to monitor the process data received via COMM BOARD.
If, during this time, the Control Unit does not receive any process data from the COMM BOARD, then an appropriate
message is output.
Dependency: Refer to: F08501
Note: This monitoring function only monitors the connection between the Control Unit and COMM BOARD and not the data
traffic on the fieldbus.
Value = 0: Monitoring is de-activated.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 193
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8841[0...239] COMM BOARD send configuration data / CB s config_dat

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Sets the send configuration data for the COMM BOARD.
The setting is activated with p8842.
Dependency: Refer to: p8842
Note: The configuration data are specific to the inserted COMM BOARD.
For CBE20, the configuration data are not relevant.

p8842 Activate COMM BOARD send configuration / CB s config act

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Activate a modified send configuration for COMM BOARD.
With p8842 = 1, the values in p8841 are transferred to the COMM BOARD and activated. After this, p8842 is
automatically set to zero.
Dependency: Refer to: p8841
Note: For CBE20, certain SINAMICS parameters are newly evaluated and activated. An existing, cyclic bus connection is
interrupted.

r8843.0...2 BO: IF2 PZD state / IF2 PZD state

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFIdrive PZD state.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint failure Yes No -
02 Fieldbus oper Yes No -
Dependency: Refer to: p2044
Note: When using the "setpoint failure" signal, the bus can be monitored and an application-specific response triggered
when the setpoint fails.

p8844 IF2 fault delay / IF2 F delay

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
0 [s] 100 [s] 0 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time to initiate fault F01910 after a setpoint failure.
The time until the fault is initiated can be used by the application. This means that is is possible to respond to the
failure while the drive is still operational (e.g. emergency retraction).
Dependency: Refer to: r2043
Refer to: F01910

p8848 IF2 PZD sampling time / IF2 PZD t_sample

CU_DCP Can be changed: C1(3) Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [ms] 16.00 [ms] 4.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the sampling time for the cyclic interface 2 (IF2).

SINAMICS DCP
194 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The system only permits certain sampling times and after writing to this parameter, displays the value that has
actually been set.
For clock cycle synchronous operation, the specified bus cycle time applies (Tdp).

r8849[0...139] COMM BOARD receive configuration data / CB r config_dat

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the receive configuration data for the COMM BOARD.

r8850[0...4] CO: IF2 PZD receive word / IF2 PZD recv word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2491
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for interconnecting the PZD (setpoints) received via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF2: Interface 2
PZD1 to PZD2 are displayed bit-serially in r8890 to r8891.

p8851[0...63] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2487, 9208
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 195
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Dependency: Refer to: p8861
Note: IF2: Interface 2

p8851[0...4] CI: IF2 PZD send word / IF2 PZD send word
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2493, 9210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8853[0...63] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2487, 9208,
9210
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sent PZD (actual values) sent via interface 2.

SINAMICS DCP
196 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = PZD 1

[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 197
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8861
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8853[0...4] IF2 diagnostics PZD send / IF2 diag PZD send

TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2493
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the sent PZD (actual values) sent via interface 2.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8854 COMM BOARD state / CB state

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Status display for COMM BOARD.
Value: 0: No initialization
1: Fatal fault
2: Initialization
3: Send configuration
4: Receive configuration

SINAMICS DCP
198 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

5: Non-cyclic communication
6: Cyclic communications but no setpoints (stop/no clock cycle)
255: Cyclic communication

r8858[0...39] COMM BOARD read diagnostics channel / CB diag_chan read

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the COMM BOARD diagnostics data.
Note: The display depends on the COMM BOARD being used.
Example for CBE20:
r8858[0] = 4201 --> Siemens CBE20
r8858[1] = 1 --> firmware type = PROFINET device (see p8835)
r8858[2] = x --> state of cyclic communication
r8858[3] = y --> state of the IP configuration
r8858[4] = 1281 --> device ID 0501 hex = SINAMICS S120/S150
r8858[5 ... 39] --> only for internal Siemens diagnostics.

r8859[0...7] COMM BOARD identification data / CB ident data

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the COMM BOARD identification data
Index: [0] = Version interface structure
[1] = Version interface driver
[2] = Company (Siemens = 42)
[3] = CB type
[4] = Firmware version
[5] = Firmware date (year)
[6] = Firmware date (day/month)
[7] = Firmware patch/hot fix
Note: Example for CBE20:
r8859[0] = 100 --> version of the interface structure V1.00
r8859[1] = 111 --> version of the interface driver V1.11
r8859[2] = 42 --> SIEMENS
r8859[3] = 0 --> CBE20
r8859[4] = 1200 --> first part, firmware version V12.00 (second part, see index 7)
r8859[5] = 2010 --> year 2010
r8859[6] = 2306 --> 23rd June
r8859[7] = 1300 --> second part, firmware version (complete version: V12.00.13.00)

r8860[0...62] CO: IF2 PZD receive double word / IF2 PZD recv DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output for interconnecting the PZD (setpoints) received via interface 2 in the double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 199
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Notice: Where there is a multiple interconnection of a connector output, all the connector inputs must either have Integer or
FloatingPoint data types.
A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on r8850 or r8860.
A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCP
200 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8861[0...62] CI: IF2 PZD send double word / IF2 PZD send DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer32 Func. diagram: 2487, 9208,
9210
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects the PZD (actual values) to be sent via interface 2 in the double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47
[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 201
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Dependency: Refer to: p8851
Notice: A BICO interconnection for a single PZD can only take place either on p8851 or p8861.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8863[0...62] IF2 diagnostics PZD send double word / IF2 diag send DW
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 2487
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PZD sent via interface 2 (actual values) with double word format.
Index: [0] = PZD 1 + 2
[1] = PZD 2 + 3
[2] = PZD 3 + 4
[3] = PZD 4 + 5
[4] = PZD 5 + 6
[5] = PZD 6 + 7
[6] = PZD 7 + 8
[7] = PZD 8 + 9
[8] = PZD 9 + 10
[9] = PZD 10 + 11
[10] = PZD 11 + 12
[11] = PZD 12 + 13
[12] = PZD 13 + 14
[13] = PZD 14 + 15
[14] = PZD 15 + 16
[15] = PZD 16 + 17
[16] = PZD 17 + 18
[17] = PZD 18 + 19
[18] = PZD 19 + 20
[19] = PZD 20 + 21
[20] = PZD 21 + 22
[21] = PZD 22 + 23
[22] = PZD 23 + 24
[23] = PZD 24 + 25
[24] = PZD 25 + 26
[25] = PZD 26 + 27
[26] = PZD 27 + 28
[27] = PZD 28 + 29
[28] = PZD 29 + 30
[29] = PZD 30 + 31
[30] = PZD 31 + 32
[31] = PZD 32 + 33
[32] = PZD 33 + 34
[33] = PZD 34 + 35
[34] = PZD 35 + 36
[35] = PZD 36 + 37
[36] = PZD 37 + 38
[37] = PZD 38 + 39
[38] = PZD 39 + 40
[39] = PZD 40 + 41
[40] = PZD 41 + 42
[41] = PZD 42 + 43
[42] = PZD 43 + 44
[43] = PZD 44 + 45
[44] = PZD 45 + 46
[45] = PZD 46 + 47

SINAMICS DCP
202 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[46] = PZD 47 + 48
[47] = PZD 48 + 49
[48] = PZD 49 + 50
[49] = PZD 50 + 51
[50] = PZD 51 + 52
[51] = PZD 52 + 53
[52] = PZD 53 + 54
[53] = PZD 54 + 55
[54] = PZD 55 + 56
[55] = PZD 56 + 57
[56] = PZD 57 + 58
[57] = PZD 58 + 59
[58] = PZD 59 + 60
[59] = PZD 60 + 61
[60] = PZD 61 + 62
[61] = PZD 62 + 63
[62] = PZD 63 + 64
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
16 Bit 16 ON OFF -
17 Bit 17 ON OFF -
18 Bit 18 ON OFF -
19 Bit 19 ON OFF -
20 Bit 20 ON OFF -
21 Bit 21 ON OFF -
22 Bit 22 ON OFF -
23 Bit 23 ON OFF -
24 Bit 24 ON OFF -
25 Bit 25 ON OFF -
26 Bit 26 ON OFF -
27 Bit 27 ON OFF -
28 Bit 28 ON OFF -
29 Bit 29 ON OFF -
30 Bit 30 ON OFF -
31 Bit 31 ON OFF -
Notice: A maximum of 4 indices of the "trace" function can be used.
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8867[0...1] IF2 PZD maximum interconnected / IF2 PZDmaxIntercon

DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display for the maximum interconnected PZD in the receive/send direction
Index 0: receive (r8850, r8860)
Index 1: send (p8851, p8861)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 203
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8870[0...15] SINAMICS Link receive telegram word PZD / Recv link word
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
(PROFINET CBE20), Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
TM150 (PROFINET
Min Max Factory setting
CBE20), TM15DI_DO
(PROFINET CBE20), 0 16 0
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Assignment of a PZD to a telegram word from a SINAMICS Link receive telegram.
For p8839[0] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 1), the following applies:
- PZD p2050[index] is assigned by means of p8870[index], p8872[index].
For p8839[1] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 2), the following applies:
- PZD p8850[index] is assigned by means of p8870[index], p8872[index].
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p8872
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 16: Telegram word
A pair of values p8870[index], p8872[index] may only be used once in single a device.
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

p8871[0...15] SINAMICS Link send telegram word PZD / Send link word
TM150 (PROFINET Can be changed: T Access level: 3
CBE20), TM15DI_DO Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
Min Max Factory setting
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20) 0 16 0
Description: Assigns a PZD to a telegram word in the SINAMICS Link send telegram.
For p8839[0] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 1), the following applies:
- p8871[index] assigns PZD p2051[index].
For p8839[1] = 2 (COMM BOARD via interface 2), the following applies:
- p8871[index] assigns PZD p8851[index].
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13

SINAMICS DCP
204 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p2051, p8851
Refer to: A50002
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 16: Send telegram word
A specific telegram word send may only be used once within a single device.
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

p8872[0...15] SINAMICS Link address receive PZD / Link addr recv

TM150 (PROFINET Can be changed: T Access level: 3
CBE20), TM15DI_DO Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET Min Max Factory setting
CBE20) 0 64 0
Description: Selects the address of the SINAMICS Link sender from which the process data (PZD) is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
Dependency: Refer to: p8870
Note: Value range:
0: Not used
1 ... 64: Address
A change only becomes effective after POWER ON, reset, project download or p8842 = 1.

r8874[0...63] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bus address of sender from which the PZD is received.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 205
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 125: Bus address of the sender
255: Not assigned

r8874[0...4] IF2 diagnostics bus address PZD receive / IF2 diag addr recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the bus address of sender from which the PZD is received.

SINAMICS DCP
206 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = PZD 1

[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

r8875[0...63] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the receive telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26
[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 207
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
255: Not assigned

r8875[0...4] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD receive / IF diag offs recv
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the receive telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

r8876[0...63] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the send telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5
[5] = PZD 6
[6] = PZD 7
[7] = PZD 8
[8] = PZD 9
[9] = PZD 10
[10] = PZD 11
[11] = PZD 12
[12] = PZD 13
[13] = PZD 14
[14] = PZD 15
[15] = PZD 16
[16] = PZD 17
[17] = PZD 18
[18] = PZD 19
[19] = PZD 20
[20] = PZD 21
[21] = PZD 22
[22] = PZD 23
[23] = PZD 24
[24] = PZD 25
[25] = PZD 26

SINAMICS DCP
208 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[26] = PZD 27
[27] = PZD 28
[28] = PZD 29
[29] = PZD 30
[30] = PZD 31
[31] = PZD 32
[32] = PZD 33
[33] = PZD 34
[34] = PZD 35
[35] = PZD 36
[36] = PZD 37
[37] = PZD 38
[38] = PZD 39
[39] = PZD 40
[40] = PZD 41
[41] = PZD 42
[42] = PZD 43
[43] = PZD 44
[44] = PZD 45
[45] = PZD 46
[46] = PZD 47
[47] = PZD 48
[48] = PZD 49
[49] = PZD 50
[50] = PZD 51
[51] = PZD 52
[52] = PZD 53
[53] = PZD 54
[54] = PZD 55
[55] = PZD 56
[56] = PZD 57
[57] = PZD 58
[58] = PZD 59
[59] = PZD 60
[60] = PZD 61
[61] = PZD 62
[62] = PZD 63
[63] = PZD 64
Note: IF2: Interface 2
Value range:
0 - 242: Byte offset
255: Not assigned

r8876[0...4] IF2 diagnostics telegram offset PZD send / IF2 diag offs send
TM150, TM15DI_DO, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the byte offset of the PZD in the send telegram.
Index: [0] = PZD 1
[1] = PZD 2
[2] = PZD 3
[3] = PZD 4
[4] = PZD 5

p8880[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 1 / Bin/con ZSW1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 209
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The individual bits are combined to form status word 1.

Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8881[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 2 / Bin/con ZSW2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form status word 2.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8882[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 3 / Bin/con ZSW3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 3.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9

SINAMICS DCP
210 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8883[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 4 / Bin/con ZSW4

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 4.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

p8884[0...15] BI: IF2 binector-connector converter status word 5 / Bin/con ZSW5

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Selects bits to be sent via interface 2.
The individual bits are combined to form free status word 5.
Index: [0] = Bit 0
[1] = Bit 1
[2] = Bit 2
[3] = Bit 3
[4] = Bit 4
[5] = Bit 5
[6] = Bit 6
[7] = Bit 7
[8] = Bit 8
[9] = Bit 9
[10] = Bit 10
[11] = Bit 11
[12] = Bit 12
[13] = Bit 13
[14] = Bit 14
[15] = Bit 15
Dependency: Refer to: p8888, r8889

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 211
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8888[0...4] IF2 invert binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW inv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2489
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector inputs of the binector connector converter.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: p8880, p8881, p8882, p8883, p8884, r8889

r8889[0...4] CO: IF2 send binector-connector converter status word / Bin/con ZSW send
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Connector output to interconnect the status words to a PZD send word.
Index: [0] = Status word 1
[1] = Status word 2
[2] = Free status word 3
[3] = Free status word 4
[4] = Free status word 5
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8851, p8880, p8881, p8882, p8883, p8884, p8888

SINAMICS DCP
212 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: r8889 together with p8880 to p8884 forms five binector-connector converters.

r8890.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD1 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD1 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491,
9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD1 (normally control word 1) received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8891.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD2 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD2 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL, TM150, Can be changed: - Access level: 3
TM15DI_DO, TM31 Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491,
9204, 9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD2 received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 213
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8892.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD3 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD3 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD3 received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

r8893.0...15 BO: IF2 PZD4 receive bit-serial / IF2 PZD4 recv bitw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 9204,
9206
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of PZD4 (normally control word 2) received via interface 2.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: r8850
Note: IF2: Interface 2

SINAMICS DCP
214 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8894.0...15 BO: IF2 connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received via interface 2.
The PZD is selected via p8899[0].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8899

r8895.0...15 BO: IF2 connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Binector output for bit-serial interconnection of a PZD word received via interface 2.
The PZD is selected via p8899[1].
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 ON OFF -
01 Bit 1 ON OFF -
02 Bit 2 ON OFF -
03 Bit 3 ON OFF -
04 Bit 4 ON OFF -
05 Bit 5 ON OFF -
06 Bit 6 ON OFF -
07 Bit 7 ON OFF -
08 Bit 8 ON OFF -
09 Bit 9 ON OFF -
10 Bit 10 ON OFF -
11 Bit 11 ON OFF -
12 Bit 12 ON OFF -
13 Bit 13 ON OFF -
14 Bit 14 ON OFF -
15 Bit 15 ON OFF -
Dependency: Refer to: p8898, p8899

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 215
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p8898[0...1] IF2 invert connector-binector converter binector output / Con/bin outp inv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin
Description: Setting to invert the individual binector outputs of the connector-binector converter.
Using p8898[0], the signals of CI: p8899[0] are influenced.
Using p8898[1], the signals of CI: p8899[1] are influenced.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Bit 0 Inverted Not inverted -
01 Bit 1 Inverted Not inverted -
02 Bit 2 Inverted Not inverted -
03 Bit 3 Inverted Not inverted -
04 Bit 4 Inverted Not inverted -
05 Bit 5 Inverted Not inverted -
06 Bit 6 Inverted Not inverted -
07 Bit 7 Inverted Not inverted -
08 Bit 8 Inverted Not inverted -
09 Bit 9 Inverted Not inverted -
10 Bit 10 Inverted Not inverted -
11 Bit 11 Inverted Not inverted -
12 Bit 12 Inverted Not inverted -
13 Bit 13 Inverted Not inverted -
14 Bit 14 Inverted Not inverted -
15 Bit 15 Inverted Not inverted -
Dependency: Refer to: r8894, r8895, p8899

p8899[0...1] CI: IF2 connector-binector converter signal source / Con/bin S_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Func. diagram: 2485, 2491
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the connector-binector converter.
A PZD receive word can be selected as signal source. The signals are available to be serially passed-on
(interconnection).
Dependency: Refer to: r8850, r8894, r8895, p8898
Note: From the signal source set via the connector input, the corresponding lower 16 bits are converted.
p8899[0...1] together with r8894.0...15 and r8895.0...15 forms two connector-binector converters:
Connector input p8899[0] to binector output in r8894.0...15
Connector input p8899[1] to binector output in r8895.0...15

r8909 PN device ID / PN device ID

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the PROFINET Device ID.
Every SINAMICS device type has its own PROFINET Device ID and its own PROFINET GSD.
Note: List of the SINAMICS Device IDs:
0501 hex: S120/S150
0504 hex: G130/G150
050A hex: DC MASTER
050C hex: MV
050F hex: G120P
0510 hex: G120C
0511 hex: G120 CU240E-2

SINAMICS DCP
216 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

0512 hex: G120D

0513 hex: G120 CU250S-2 Vector
0514 hex: G110M

p8940[0...239] CBE2x Name of Station / CBE2x Name Stat

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Sets the station name for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8941, p8942, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8941[0...3] CBE2x IP Address of Station / CBE2x IP of Stat

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the IP address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8942, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8942[0...3] CBE2x Default Gateway of Station / CBE2x Def Gateway

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the standard gateway for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8943, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8943[0...3] CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station / CBE2x Subnet Mask

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the subnet mask for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8944, p8945
Note: The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p8944 CBE2x DHCP Mode / CBE2x DHCP Mode

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the DHCP mode for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8943, p8945

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 217
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8944 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible!
However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: The active DHCP mode is displayed in parameter r8954.
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is activated with p8945.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.
If value = 0:
DHCP deactivated.
If value = 1:
Reserved.
If value = 2:
DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification.
If value = 3:
DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification.

p8945 CBE2x interface configuration / CBE2x int config

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the activation of the interface configuration for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
p8945 is automatically set to 0 at the end of an operation.
Value: 0: No function
2: Save and activate configuration
3: Delete configuration
Dependency: Refer to: p8940, p8941, p8942, p8943, p8944
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (p8944 > 0), then PROFINET communication via this interface is no longer possible!
However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: For CBE20, the parameter is only valid for firmware version "PROFINET Device" (p8835 = 1) or "Ethernet/IP" (p8835
= 4). Otherwise, it is locked.
This restriction is not applicable for the CBE25.
Re p8945 = 2:
The interface configuration (p8940 and following) is saved and activated after the next POWER ON.
Re p8945 = 3:
The factory setting of the interface configuration is loaded after the next POWER ON.

r8950[0...239] CBE2x Name of Station active / CBE2x Name act

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the active station name for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

r8951[0...3] CBE2x IP Address of Station active / CBE2x IP act

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active IP address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

SINAMICS DCP
218 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8952[0...3] CBE2x Default Gateway of Station active / CBE2x def GW act

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active standard gateway for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

r8953[0...3] CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station active / CBE2x Sub Mask act
CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active subnet mask for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

r8954 CBE2x DHCP Mode active / CBE2x DHCP act

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the active DHCP mode for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
Notice: When the DHCP mode is active (parameter value greater than 0), PROFINET communication via this interface is no
longer possible! However, the interface can be used by the STARTER/SCOUT commissioning tool.
Note: If value = 0:
DHCP deactivated.
If value = 2:
DHCP activated. The MAC address of this interface is used for client identification.
If value = 3:
DHCP activated. The station name of this interface is used for client identification.

r8955[0...5] CBE2x MAC Address of Station / CBE2x MAC Addr

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00FF hex -
Description: Displays the MAC address for the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).

r8959 CBE2x DAP ID / CBE2x DAP ID

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex FFFF FFFF hex -
Description: Displays the DAP ID for PROFINET via the Communication Board Ethernet 20/25 (CBE20/CBE25).
The combination of device ID (r8909) and DAP ID (r8959) uniquely identifies a PROFINET access point.
Note: DAP ID: Device Access Point ID
DAP ID = 20007 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.5
DAP ID = 20008 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.6
DAP ID = 20009 hex: SINAMICS CBE20 V4.7
DAP ID = 20209 hex: SINAMICS CBE25 V4.7

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 219
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r8960[0...2] PN subslot controller assignment / PN subslot assign

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 -
Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
Index: [0] = Subslot 2 PROFIsafe
[1] = Subslot 3 PZD telegram
[2] = Subslot 4 PZD supplementary data
Note: Example:
If the parameter contains the value 2 in index [1], then this means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2.

r8970[0...2] CBE2x subslot controller assignment / CBE2x subslot

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20), DCP_CTRL Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
(PROFINET CBE20),
Min Max Factory setting
TM150 (PROFINET
CBE20), TM15DI_DO 0 8 -
(PROFINET CBE20),
TM31 (PROFINET
CBE20)
Description: Displays the controller assignment of a PROFINET subslot on the actual drive object.
Index: [0] = Subslot 2 PROFIsafe
[1] = Subslot 3 PZD telegram
[2] = Subslot 4 PZD supplementary data
Dependency: Refer to: r8971, r8972
Note: Example:
If the parameter contains the value 2 in index [1], then this means that subslot 3 is assigned to controller 2.

r8971[0...3] CBE2x IP Address Remote Controller 1 / CBE2x IP Rem Ctrl1

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the IP address of the first PROFINET controller connected with the device via CBE20/CBE25.

r8972[0...3] CBE2x IP Address Remote Controller 2 / CBE2x IP Rem Ctrl2

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 -
Description: Displays the IP address of the second PROFINET controller connected with the device via CBE20/CBE25.

p9206[0...2] Topology direct access / Topo access

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Data setting to read topology properties.
The result is displayed depending on the property in r9207 or r9208.
Re index 0:
0: actual topology, 1: target topology
Re index 1:
Sets the component number of the component involved.

SINAMICS DCP
220 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re index 2:
7: Name (r9208)
8: Component type (r9207)
9: Number of DRIVE-CLiQ connections (r9207)
11: Manufacturer (upper byte) and version (lower byte) (r9207)
12: Serial number (r9208)
13: Index (r9207)
15: Comparison level (r9207)
23: Order number (r9207)
24: Hardware serial number (r9208)
25: Collective order number (r9207)
28: Firmware version (r9207)
29: EEPROM version (r9207)
30: Hardware version (r9207)
1000: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 0 (r9208)
1001: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 1 (r9208)
...
1015: Name of DRIVE-CLiQ connection 15 (r9208)
Index: [0] = Actual topology/target topology
[1] = Component number
[2] = Identifier/property
Dependency: Refer to: r9207, r9208

r9207 Topology direct access integer value / Topo access int

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the value for the property set in p9206.
A value is only displayed for integer type properties.
Dependency: Refer to: p9206, r9208

r9208[0...50] Topology direct access string / Topo access string

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the value for the property set in p9206.
A value is only displayed for string type properties.
Dependency: Refer to: p9206, r9207
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

p9210 Flashing component number / Flash comp_no

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 499 0
Description: Sets the component number for a component to get its status LED to flash.
Dependency: Refer to: p9211

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 221
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9211 Flash function / Flash fct.

CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
-1 1 -1
Description: Sets the function for the component selected in p9210.
After initiating a function, the parameter is automatically reset again.
Example:
- Set the component number (p9210).
- Select the "flashing on" function (set p9211 = 1).
Value: -1: Select function
0: Flashing off
1: Flashing on
Dependency: Refer to: p9210
Notice: If a task cannot be executed (e.g. the component number in p9210 does not exist), the following applies:
- There is no negative feedback signal.
- The value is reset anyway.

r9220 Statistic number of entries / Statistic size

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Supplies the number of entries in p9222.
Dependency: In p9221, the component Id is set whose statistic entries are to be displayed.
Refer to: p9221

p9221 Statistic components Id / Statistic compId

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0000 hex 00FF hex 0002 hex
Description: Selects the component Id whose statistics are to be displayed in p9222.

r9222[0...n] Statistic Drive-CLiQ acyclic communication / Statistic

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Represents the statistic of acyclic Drive-CLiQ communication.

The component is preset in p9221.

The entry comprises the following elements:

Index 0: Parameter Id
Index 1: Number of messages sent.
Index 2: Minimum time of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).
Index 3: Maximum time of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).
Index 4: Average of all acyclic requests referred to the parameter Id (index 0).

The time unit is 10us.

SINAMICS DCP
222 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The number of statistic entries is displayed in p9220.

In p9221, the component Id can be set whose statistic is to be displayed.
Refer to: r9220, p9221
Note: As a statistic entry comprises 5 data, when calling the entries via the terminal, a size that represents a multiple of 5
must be specified.

Example: the 2nd entry must be called:

rdp 1 9222 5 5
or
rdpa 1 9222 5 5.

p9400 Safely remove memory card / Mem_card rem

CU_DCP Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 100 0
Description: Setting and display when memory card is "removed safely".
Procedure:
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 3
--> The memory card can be removed safely. After removal the value sets itself to 0 automatically.
Setting p9400 = 2 results in a value of 100
--> The memory card cannot be removed safely. Removal may destroy the file system on the memory card. It may be
necessary to set p9400 = 2 again.
Value: 0: No memory card inserted
1: Memory card inserted
2: Request "safe removal" of the memory card
3: "Safe removal" possible
100: "Safe removal" not possible due to access
Dependency: Refer to: r9401
Notice: Removing the memory card without a request (p9400 = 2) and confirmation (p9400 = 3) may destroy the file system
on the memory card. The memory card will then no longer work properly and must be replaced.
Note: The status when the memory card is being "removed safely" is shown in r9401.
Re value = 0, 1, 3, 100:
These values can only be displayed, not set.

r9401 Safely remove memory card status / Mem_card rem stat

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status of the memory card.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Memory card inserted Yes No -
01 Memory card activated Yes No -
02 SIEMENS memory card Yes No -
03 Memory card as USB data storage medium Yes No -
from the PC used
Dependency: Refer to: p9400
Note: Re bit 01, 00:
Bit 1/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 0).
Bit 1/0 = 0/1: "Safe removal" possible (corresponds to p9400 = 3).
Bit 1/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 1/0 = 1/1: Memory card inserted (corresponds to p9400 = 1, 2, 100).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 223
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Re bit 02, 00:

Bit 2/0 = 0/0: No memory card inserted.
Bit 2/0 = 0/1: Memory card inserted, but not a SIEMENS memory card.
Bit 2/0 = 1/0: Status not possible.
Bit 2/0 = 1/1: SIEMENS memory card inserted.

r9406[0...19] PS file parameter number parameter not transferred / PS par_no n transf

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the parameters that were not able to be transferred when reading the parameter back-up files (PS files)
from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[0...x] > 0
--> indicates the parameter number in the following cases:
- parameter, whose value was not able to be completely accepted.
- indexed parameter, where at least 1 index was not able to be accepted. The first index that is not transferred is
displayed in r9407.
Dependency: Refer to: r9407, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9407[0...19] PS file parameter index parameter not transferred / PS parameter index

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the parameters that could not be transferred when the parameter backup files (PS files)
were read from the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
If, from an indexed parameter, at least one index was not able to be transferred, then the parameter number is
displayed in r9406[n] and the first index that was not transferred is displayed in r9407[n].
r9406[0] = 0
--> All of the parameter values were able to be transferred error-free.
r9406[n] > 0
--> Displays r9407[n] the first index of the parameter number r9406[n] that was not transferred.
Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9408
Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9408[0...19] PS file fault code parameter not transferred / PS fault code

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Only for internal Siemens service purposes.
Dependency: Refer to: r9406, r9407

SINAMICS DCP
224 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: All indices from r9406 to r9408 designate the same parameter.
r9406[x] parameter number, parameter not accepted
r9407[x] parameter index, parameter not accepted
r9408[x] fault code, parameter not accepted

r9409 Number of parameters to be saved / Qty par to save

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of modified parameters and those that have still not be saved for this drive object.
Dependency: Refer to: p0971, p0977
Notice: Inherent to the system, the list of the parameters to be backed up is empty after the following actions:
- Download
- Warm restart
- Factory setting
In these cases, a new parameter backup must be initiated, which is then the starting point for the list of modified
parameters.
Note: The modified parameters that still need to be saved are internally listed in r9410 ... r9419.

r9481 Number of BICO interconnections / BICO count

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections (signal sinks).
Dependency: Refer to: r9482, r9483
Note: The selected BICO interconnections should be entered into r9482 and r9483.

r9482[0...n] BICO interconnections BI/CI parameters / BICO BI/CI par

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal sinks (binector/connector inputs, BI/CI parameters).
The number of BICO interconnections is displayed in r9481.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9483
Note: The list is sorted according to signal sources and is structured as follows:
r9842[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal source, BICO coded)
r9842[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal source, BICO coded)
...

r9483[0...n] BICO interconnections BO/CO parameters / BICO BO/CO par

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal sources (binector/connector outputs, BO/CO parameters).
The number of BICO interconnections is displayed in r9481.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482
Note: The list is sorted according to signal sources and is structured as follows:
r9842[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[0]: Interconnection 1 (signal source, BICO coded)
r9842[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal sink, BICO coded), r9843[1]: Interconnection 2 (signal source, BICO coded)
...

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 225
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9484 BICO interconnections search signal source / BICO S_src srch

All objects Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 4294967295 0
Description: Sets the signal source (BO/CO parameter, BICO coded) to search in the signal sinks.
The question is answered:
How often is a connection made to a signal source in the drive object and from which index are these
interconnections saved (r9482 and r9483)?
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, r9485, r9486

r9485 BICO interconnections signal source search count / BICO S_src srchQty
All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of BICO interconnections to the signal sink being searched for.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, p9484, r9486
Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).
The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

r9486 BICO interconnections signal source search first index / BICO S_src srchIdx
All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the first index of the signal source being searched for.
Dependency: Refer to: r9481, r9482, r9483, p9484, r9485
Note: The signal source to be searched is set in p9484 (BICO-coded).
The search result is contained in r9482 and r9483 and is specified by the count (r9485) and the first index (r9486).

r9490 Number of BICO interconnections to other drives / Qty BICO to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the number of signal sources from this drive to other drives/drive objects (Binector Output/Connector
Output, BO/CO).
Dependency: Refer to: r9491, r9492, p9493

r9491[0...9] BI/CI of BICO interconnections to other drives / BI/CI to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal receiver list (Binector Input/Connector Input, BI/CI) for the first interconnections between this
drive and other drives/drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9492, p9493
Notice: A drive cannot be deleted if this list is not empty!
Otherwise, another drive would continue to attempt to read a signal from a drive that no longer existed.
Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.
r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

SINAMICS DCP
226 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9492[0...9] BO/CO of BICO interconnections to other drives / BO/CO to drive

All objects Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the signal source list (Binector Output/Connector Output, BO/CO) for the first interconnections between this
drive and other drives/drive objects.
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9491, p9493
Notice: A drive cannot be deleted if this list is not empty!
Otherwise, another drive would continue to attempt to read a signal from a drive that no longer existed.
Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.
r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

p9493[0...9] Reset BICO interconnections to other drives / Reset BICO to drv

All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 15
Description: Setting to reset the BICO interconnections to other drives.
Each interconnection can be individually reset.
Value: 0: Set connection to 0
1: Set connection to 1 (100 %)
2: Set connection to factory setting
15: Finished
Dependency: Refer to: r9490, r9491, r9492
Note: All indices of r9491 to p9493 designate the same interconnection.
r9491[x] contains the signal receiver and r9492[x] the matching signal source; p9493[x] can be set to modify the
interconnection.

p9495 BICO behavior for de-activated drive objects / Behav for deact DO
All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the behavior for BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have been
deactivated.
BO/CO parameters are on the drive object that is either not capable of operation or has been deactivated (signal
source).
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Save interconnections
2: Save interconnections and establish the factory setting
Dependency: Refer to: p9496, p9497, p9498, p9499
Refer to: A01318, A01507
Note: For p9495 = 0, the following applies:
- the number of interconnections is zero (p9497 = 0).
For p9495 not equal to 0, the following applies:
- the BI/CI parameters involved are listed in p9498[0...29] (signal sink).
- the associated BO/CO parameters are listed in p9499[0...29] (signal source).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 227
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p9496 BICO behavior when activating drive objects / Behav when act DO
All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the behavior when activating BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or
have been deactivated.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Restore the interconnections from the list
2: Delete the interconnections from the list
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9497, p9498, p9499
Refer to: A01318, A01507
Note: The BI/CI parameters involved are listed in p9498[0...29] (signal sink).
The associated BO/CO parameters are listed in p9499[0...29] (signal source).
After p9496 = 1, 2 the following applies:
- p9497 = 0
- p9496 = 0

p9497 BICO interconnections to de-activated drive objects number / Interconn obj qty
All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: Displays the number of saved BICO interconnections to drive objects that are either not capable of operation or have
been deactivated.
BO/CO parameters are on the drive object that is either not capable of operation or has been deactivated (signal
source).
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9498, p9499
Refer to: A01318, A01507

p9498[0...29] BICO BI/CI parameters to de-activated drive objects / BI/CI to deact obj
All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the saved BI/CI parameters (signal sink), whose source is located on drive objects that are either not
capable of operation or have been deactivated.
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9497, p9499
Refer to: A01318, A01507
Note: A BICO interconnection (signal sink, signal source) is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499.

p9499[0...29] BICO BO/CO parameters to de-activated drive objects / BO/CO to deact obj
All objects Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Displays the saved BO/CO parameters (signal source), which are located on drive objects that are either not capable
of operation or have been deactivated.
Dependency: Refer to: p9495, p9496, p9497, p9498
Refer to: A01318, A01507
Note: A BICO interconnection (signal sink, signal source) is displayed in the same index of p9498 and p9499.

SINAMICS DCP
228 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9925[0...99] Firmware file incorrect / FW file incorr

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the directory and name of the file whose status as shipped from the factory was identified as impermissible.
Dependency: Refer to: r9926
Refer to: A01016
Note: The directory and name of the file is displayed in the ASCII code.

r9926 Firmware check status / FW check status

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the status when the firmware is checked when the system is booted.
0: Firmware not yet checked.
1: Check running.
2: Check successfully completed.
3: Check indicates an error.
Dependency: Refer to: r9925
Refer to: A01016

r9975[0...7] System utilization measured / Sys util meas

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the measured system utilization.
The higher the value displayed, the higher the system utilization.
Index: [0] = Computing time utilization (min)
[1] = Computing time utilization (averaged)
[2] = Computing time utilization (max)
[3] = Largest total utilization (min)
[4] = Largest total utilization (averaged)
[5] = Largest total utilization (max)
[6] = Reserved
[7] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r9976, r9979, r9980, r9981
Refer to: F01054, F01205
Note: Re index 3 ... 5:
The total utilizations are determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilizations are mapped here.
The sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9976[0...7] System utilization / Sys util

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the system utilization.
If the utilization is greater than 100%, fault F01054 is output.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 229
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Reserved

[1] = Computing time utilization
[2] = Reserved
[3] = Reserved
[4] = Reserved
[5] = Largest total utilization
[6] = Reserved
[7] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: r9979, r9980
Refer to: F01054, F01205
Note: Re index 1:
The value shows the total computing time load of the system.
Re index 5:
The total utilization is determined using all sampling times used. The largest total utilization is mapped here. The
sampling time with the largest total utilization is displayed in r9979.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9979 Sampling time with largest total utilization / t_sampl lg total

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [µs] - [µs] - [µs]
Description: Displays the sampling time with the largest total utilization.
Dependency: Refer to: r9976
Refer to: F01054
Note: The largest total utilization is displayed in r9976[5].
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9980[0...165] Sampling times utilization calculated / t_sampl util calc

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated utilizations for the active sampling times based on the existing target topology.
Index: [0] = Net utilization 0
[1] = Total utilization 0
[2] = Net utilization 1
[3] = Total utilization 1
[4] = Net utilization 2
[5] = Total utilization 2
[6] = Net utilization 3
[7] = Total utilization 3
[8] = Net utilization 4
[9] = Total utilization 4
[10] = Net utilization 5
[11] = Total utilization 5
[12] = Net utilization 6
[13] = Total utilization 6
[14] = Net utilization 7
[15] = Total utilization 7
[16] = Net utilization 8
[17] = Total utilization 8
[18] = Net utilization 9
[19] = Total utilization 9
[20] = Net utilization 10
[21] = Total utilization 10
[22] = Net utilization 11

SINAMICS DCP
230 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[23] = Total utilization 11

[24] = Net utilization 12
[25] = Total utilization 12
[26] = Net utilization 13
[27] = Total utilization 13
[28] = Net utilization 14
[29] = Total utilization 14
[30] = Net utilization 15
[31] = Total utilization 15
[32] = Net utilization 16
[33] = Total utilization 16
[34] = Net utilization 17
[35] = Total utilization 17
[36] = Net utilization 18
[37] = Total utilization 18
[38] = Net utilization 19
[39] = Total utilization 19
[40] = Net utilization 20
[41] = Total utilization 20
[42] = Net utilization 21
[43] = Total utilization 21
[44] = Net utilization 22
[45] = Total utilization 22
[46] = Net utilization 23
[47] = Total utilization 23
[48] = Net utilization 24
[49] = Total utilization 24
[50] = Net utilization 25
[51] = Total utilization 25
[52] = Net utilization 26
[53] = Total utilization 26
[54] = Net utilization 27
[55] = Total utilization 27
[56] = Net utilization 28
[57] = Total utilization 28
[58] = Net utilization 29
[59] = Total utilization 29
[60] = Net utilization 30
[61] = Total utilization 30
[62] = Net utilization 31
[63] = Total utilization 31
[64] = Net utilization 32
[65] = Total utilization 32
[66] = Net utilization 33
[67] = Total utilization 33
[68] = Net utilization 34
[69] = Total utilization 34
[70] = Net utilization 35
[71] = Total utilization 35
[72] = Net utilization 36
[73] = Total utilization 36
[74] = Net utilization 37
[75] = Total utilization 37
[76] = Net utilization 38
[77] = Total utilization 38
[78] = Net utilization 39
[79] = Total utilization 39
[80] = Net utilization 40
[81] = Total utilization 40
[82] = Net utilization 41
[83] = Total utilization 41
[84] = Net utilization 42
[85] = Total utilization 42
[86] = Net utilization 43
[87] = Total utilization 43
[88] = Net utilization 44

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 231
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[89] = Total utilization 44

[90] = Net utilization 45
[91] = Total utilization 45
[92] = Net utilization 46
[93] = Total utilization 46
[94] = Net utilization 47
[95] = Total utilization 47
[96] = Net utilization 48
[97] = Total utilization 48
[98] = Net utilization 49
[99] = Total utilization 49
[100] = Net utilization 50
[101] = Total utilization 50
[102] = Net utilization 51
[103] = Total utilization 51
[104] = Net utilization 52
[105] = Total utilization 52
[106] = Net utilization 53
[107] = Total utilization 53
[108] = Net utilization 54
[109] = Total utilization 54
[110] = Net utilization 55
[111] = Total utilization 55
[112] = Net utilization 56
[113] = Total utilization 56
[114] = Net utilization 57
[115] = Total utilization 57
[116] = Net utilization 58
[117] = Total utilization 58
[118] = Net utilization 59
[119] = Total utilization 59
[120] = Net utilization 60
[121] = Total utilization 60
[122] = Net utilization 61
[123] = Total utilization 61
[124] = Net utilization 62
[125] = Total utilization 62
[126] = Net utilization 63
[127] = Total utilization 63
[128] = Net utilization 64
[129] = Total utilization 64
[130] = Net utilization 65
[131] = Total utilization 65
[132] = Net utilization 66
[133] = Total utilization 66
[134] = Net utilization 67
[135] = Total utilization 67
[136] = Net utilization 68
[137] = Total utilization 68
[138] = Net utilization 69
[139] = Total utilization 69
[140] = Net utilization 70
[141] = Total utilization 70
[142] = Net utilization 71
[143] = Total utilization 71
[144] = Net utilization 72
[145] = Total utilization 72
[146] = Net utilization 73
[147] = Total utilization 73
[148] = Net utilization 74
[149] = Total utilization 74
[150] = Net utilization 75
[151] = Total utilization 75
[152] = Net utilization 76
[153] = Total utilization 76
[154] = Net utilization 77

SINAMICS DCP
232 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[155] = Total utilization 77

[156] = Net utilization 78
[157] = Total utilization 78
[158] = Net utilization 79
[159] = Total utilization 79
[160] = Net utilization 80
[161] = Total utilization 80
[162] = Net utilization 81
[163] = Total utilization 81
[164] = Net utilization 82
[165] = Total utilization 82
Dependency: Refer to: r9976, r9979
Refer to: F01054
Note: The corresponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901.
Net utilization:
Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9981[0...165] Sampling times utilization measured / t_sampl util meas

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the utilizations measured for the active sampling times.
Index: [0] = Net utilization 0
[1] = Total utilization 0
[2] = Net utilization 1
[3] = Total utilization 1
[4] = Net utilization 2
[5] = Total utilization 2
[6] = Net utilization 3
[7] = Total utilization 3
[8] = Net utilization 4
[9] = Total utilization 4
[10] = Net utilization 5
[11] = Total utilization 5
[12] = Net utilization 6
[13] = Total utilization 6
[14] = Net utilization 7
[15] = Total utilization 7
[16] = Net utilization 8
[17] = Total utilization 8
[18] = Net utilization 9
[19] = Total utilization 9
[20] = Net utilization 10
[21] = Total utilization 10
[22] = Net utilization 11
[23] = Total utilization 11
[24] = Net utilization 12
[25] = Total utilization 12
[26] = Net utilization 13
[27] = Total utilization 13
[28] = Net utilization 14
[29] = Total utilization 14
[30] = Net utilization 15
[31] = Total utilization 15
[32] = Net utilization 16
[33] = Total utilization 16
[34] = Net utilization 17
[35] = Total utilization 17
[36] = Net utilization 18

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 233
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[37] = Total utilization 18

[38] = Net utilization 19
[39] = Total utilization 19
[40] = Net utilization 20
[41] = Total utilization 20
[42] = Net utilization 21
[43] = Total utilization 21
[44] = Net utilization 22
[45] = Total utilization 22
[46] = Net utilization 23
[47] = Total utilization 23
[48] = Net utilization 24
[49] = Total utilization 24
[50] = Net utilization 25
[51] = Total utilization 25
[52] = Net utilization 26
[53] = Total utilization 26
[54] = Net utilization 27
[55] = Total utilization 27
[56] = Net utilization 28
[57] = Total utilization 28
[58] = Net utilization 29
[59] = Total utilization 29
[60] = Net utilization 30
[61] = Total utilization 30
[62] = Net utilization 31
[63] = Total utilization 31
[64] = Net utilization 32
[65] = Total utilization 32
[66] = Net utilization 33
[67] = Total utilization 33
[68] = Net utilization 34
[69] = Total utilization 34
[70] = Net utilization 35
[71] = Total utilization 35
[72] = Net utilization 36
[73] = Total utilization 36
[74] = Net utilization 37
[75] = Total utilization 37
[76] = Net utilization 38
[77] = Total utilization 38
[78] = Net utilization 39
[79] = Total utilization 39
[80] = Net utilization 40
[81] = Total utilization 40
[82] = Net utilization 41
[83] = Total utilization 41
[84] = Net utilization 42
[85] = Total utilization 42
[86] = Net utilization 43
[87] = Total utilization 43
[88] = Net utilization 44
[89] = Total utilization 44
[90] = Net utilization 45
[91] = Total utilization 45
[92] = Net utilization 46
[93] = Total utilization 46
[94] = Net utilization 47
[95] = Total utilization 47
[96] = Net utilization 48
[97] = Total utilization 48
[98] = Net utilization 49
[99] = Total utilization 49
[100] = Net utilization 50
[101] = Total utilization 50
[102] = Net utilization 51

SINAMICS DCP
234 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

[103] = Total utilization 51

[104] = Net utilization 52
[105] = Total utilization 52
[106] = Net utilization 53
[107] = Total utilization 53
[108] = Net utilization 54
[109] = Total utilization 54
[110] = Net utilization 55
[111] = Total utilization 55
[112] = Net utilization 56
[113] = Total utilization 56
[114] = Net utilization 57
[115] = Total utilization 57
[116] = Net utilization 58
[117] = Total utilization 58
[118] = Net utilization 59
[119] = Total utilization 59
[120] = Net utilization 60
[121] = Total utilization 60
[122] = Net utilization 61
[123] = Total utilization 61
[124] = Net utilization 62
[125] = Total utilization 62
[126] = Net utilization 63
[127] = Total utilization 63
[128] = Net utilization 64
[129] = Total utilization 64
[130] = Net utilization 65
[131] = Total utilization 65
[132] = Net utilization 66
[133] = Total utilization 66
[134] = Net utilization 67
[135] = Total utilization 67
[136] = Net utilization 68
[137] = Total utilization 68
[138] = Net utilization 69
[139] = Total utilization 69
[140] = Net utilization 70
[141] = Total utilization 70
[142] = Net utilization 71
[143] = Total utilization 71
[144] = Net utilization 72
[145] = Total utilization 72
[146] = Net utilization 73
[147] = Total utilization 73
[148] = Net utilization 74
[149] = Total utilization 74
[150] = Net utilization 75
[151] = Total utilization 75
[152] = Net utilization 76
[153] = Total utilization 76
[154] = Net utilization 77
[155] = Total utilization 77
[156] = Net utilization 78
[157] = Total utilization 78
[158] = Net utilization 79
[159] = Total utilization 79
[160] = Net utilization 80
[161] = Total utilization 80
[162] = Net utilization 81
[163] = Total utilization 81
[164] = Net utilization 82
[165] = Total utilization 82
Dependency: Refer to: r9975, r9980
Refer to: F01054

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 235
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Note: The corresponding sampling times can be read out in parameter r7901.
Net utilization:
Computing time load that is only called by the sampling time involved.
Total utilization:
Computing time load of sampling time involved including load from higher-priority sampling times (interrupts).

r9982[0...4] Data memory utilization / Mem_util dat_mem

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated data memory utilization rates based on the existing target topology.
Index: [0] = Fast data memory 1
[1] = Fast data memory 2
[2] = Fast data memory 3
[3] = Fast data memory 4
[4] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: F01068

r9983[0...4] Measured data memory utilization (actual load) / Mem_ut dat_mem ms

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the measured data memory utilization rates based on the existing target topology.
Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1
[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Heap
Dependency: Refer to: F01068

r9984[0...4] Data memory utilization OA / Mem_ut dat_mem OA

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the utilization of the data memory by OA applications.
Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1
[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Reserved
Dependency: Refer to: F01068

r9986[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ system load / DQ system load

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated DRIVE-CLiQ system load based on the existing target topology.
The values are not made available until the RUNUP READY (800) state is adopted (see p3988).
Index 0 ... 7 corresponds to DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 ... X107.
Dependency: Refer to: F01340

SINAMICS DCP
236 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r9987[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ bandwidth load / DQ bandw load

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated DRIVE-CLiQ bandwidth load based on the existing target topology.
The values are not made available until the RUNUP READY (800) state is adopted (see p3988).
Index 0 ... 7 corresponds to DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 ... X107.
Dependency: Refer to: F01340

r9988[0...7] DRIVE-CLiQ DPRAM load / DQ DPRAM load

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Displays the calculated DRIVE-CLiQ DPRAM load based on the existing target topology.
The values are not made available until the RUNUP READY (800) state is adopted (see p3988).
Index 0 ... 7 corresponds to DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 ... X107.
Dependency: Refer to: F01340

p9990 DO memory usage actual value determination selection / Mem_use ActVal sel
CU_DCP Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 65535 0
Description: The meaning of the parameter differs for reading and writing.
Read:
- Returns the number of memory areas monitored.
Write:
- Memory usage of a drive object: Enter drive object number
- Memory usage of the complete system: Enter value 65535

r9991[0...4] Memory usage drive object actual value / Mem_use DO ActVal

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the memory usage for each drive object as actual value.
Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1
[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Heap

r9992[0...4] Memory usage drive object reference value / Mem_use DO ref val
CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the memory usage for each drive object as reference value.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 237
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1

[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Heap

r9993[0...4] Memory usage OA application / Mem_use OA

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the memory usage of an OA application.
Index: [0] = Fast Memory 1
[1] = Fast Memory 2
[2] = Fast Memory 3
[3] = Fast Memory 4
[4] = Heap

r9999[0...99] Software error internal supplementary diagnostics / SW_err int diag

CU_DCP Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Diagnostics parameter to display additional information for internal software errors.
Note: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

r50000 Operating display / Op_display

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2650, 6855
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: o0.0 No current direction switched on
o0.1 Current direction I switched on
o0.2 Current direction II switched on
o1.2 Wait for operating enable (signal source acc. to p0852)
o4.2 Wait until precharging has been completed
o7.1 Wait for switch-on (signal source according to p0840)
o7.5 Wait until offset calibration has been completed
o8.0 Wait for switching-on inhibited to be acknowledged
o8.1 Simulation mode active (see p55270)
o8.2 Wait until the power unit has cooled down (5 min)
o8.3 Contactor test active (p55370)
o9.1 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0848) present
o9.2 Quick stop (OFF3) (signal source acc. to p0849) present
o10.1 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0844) pending
o10.2 Voltage disconnect (OFF2) (signal source acc. to p0845) pending
o11.0 Fault
o12.3 Read-out calibration data
o12.4 Offset calibr. of curr. act. val. sensing being performed
o12.5 Read out data from the power unit
o12.6 Wait until the second processors go into normal operation

SINAMICS DCP
238 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50001 CO: Sequence control quadrant display / Seq_ctrl quad_dis

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Integer32 Func. diagram: 2650, 6830
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the sequence control operating state.
SINAMICS DCP is presently being operated in these quadrants.
Note: Value: significance (quadrant)
0: pulse inhibit
1: step-down, positive current
2: step-up, positive current
-1: step-down, negative current
-2: step-up, negative current

r50047[0...31] Faults additional information / Fault add info

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2650
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays more detailed information about faults which have occurred with numbers 60000 and higher.
[0] = Fault value
[1] = Additional information about the most recent fault which occurred (see corresponding fault)
...
[30] = Additional information about the most recent fault which occurred (see corresponding fault)
[31] = Fault number

r50060[0...14] Software version / SW version

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the existing software versions.
Index: [0] = Complete device version external
[1] = Complete device version internal
[2] = DSAC bootloader version
[3] = BIOS version
[4] = Configuration EEPROM version
[5] = Base system version
[6] = DC/DC converter version
[7] = TMS version
[8] = TMS image version
[9] = TMS bootloader version
[10] = TMS bootloader image version
[11] = Mainboard version
[12] = Mainboard bootloader version
[13] = DCC version
[14] = FBLOCKS version
Note: Some of these software versions are also displayed using the following parameters.
Index 0 <--> r7844[1]
Index 1 <--> r7844[0]
Index 2 <--> r0197
Index 5 <--> r0018
Index 6, 13, 14 <--> r4957[x]

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 239
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50068[0...31] Options / Options

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the options.
Index 0: options character 1
...
Index 31: options character 32
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50069[0...31] Serial number / Serial no.

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the serial number.
Index 0: serial number character 1
...
Index 31: serial number character 32
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50070[0...31] Article number / Article No.

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the article number.
Index 0: article number character 1
...
Index 31: serial number character 32
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50071 Rated voltage / U_rated

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the rated DC current as stamped on the rating plate.

r50072 Rated DC current / I_rated

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the rated DC current as stamped on the rating plate.

SINAMICS DCP
240 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50099 Communication monitoring delay time / Com mon t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 1000.000 [s] 30.000 [s]
Description: Sets the delay time for monitoring the communication interfaces.
Monitoring power unit-related communication interfaces (parallel interface) after switching on the electronics power
supply are only active after the delay time set here has expired.
Note: Switching-on the electronics power supply of the components at different times prevents the interface monitoring
functions from responding.

p50401 Fixed value 1 / Fix val 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 1.
This value is available at connector output r52401 for interconnection.
Dependency: Refer to: r52401

p50402 Fixed value 2 / Fix val 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 2.
This value is available at connector output r52402 for interconnection.
Dependency: Refer to: r52402

p50403 Fixed value 3 / Fix val 3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets fixed value 3.
This value is available at connector output r52403 for interconnection.
Dependency: Refer to: r52403

p50421 Fixed bit 0 / Fix bit 0

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 0.
This value is available at binector output r53230.0 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 241
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50422 Fixed bit 1 / Fix bit 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 1.
This value is available at binector output r53230.1 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50423 Fixed bit 2 / Fix bit 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 2.
This value is available at binector output r53230.2 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50424 Fixed bit 3 / Fix bit 3

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 3.
This value is available at binector output r53230.3 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50425 Fixed bit 4 / Fix bit 4

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 4.
This value is available at binector output r53230.4 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50426 Fixed bit 5 / Fix bit 5

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 5.
This value is available at binector output r53230.5 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High

SINAMICS DCP
242 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50427 Fixed bit 6 / Fix bit 6

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 6.
This value is available at binector output r53230.6 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50428 Fixed bit 7 / Fix bit 7

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the signal level for fixed bit 7.
This value is available at binector output r53230.7 for interconnection.
Value: 0: Low
1: High
Dependency: Refer to: r53230

p50490 Temperature sensor external type / Temp_sens ext typ

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8030
Min Max Factory setting
0 8 0
Description: Sets the external temperature sensor type (terminal X177.53-55).
Value: 0: No sensor
1: KTY84
2: PTC thermistor R_rated 600
3: PTC thermistor R_rated 1200
4: PTC thermistor R_rated 1330
5: PTC thermistor R_rated 2660
6: PT100
7: NTC therm K227
8: PT1000
Note: For value = 2, 3, 4, 5 (PTC thermistor):
- PTC thermistor according to DIN 44081/44082 with specified R at the rated response temperature.
- parameters p50491 and p50492 (alarm and switch-off temperature) are ineffective. The alarm and switch-off
temperatures are defined by the PTC thermistor type being used.
For value = 7 (NTC thermistor K227):
The evaluation electronics on the CUD only allow resistance values of less than approx. 2 kOhm to be measured. As
a consequence, only temperatures greater than approx. 90 °C can be measured when using these temperature
sensors. For lower temperatures, the lowest possible value (approx. 90 °C) is displayed.

p50491 Temperature monitoring external alarm threshold / Ext temp A thresh

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8030
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°C] 200 [°C] 0 [°C]
Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the external temperature (terminal X177.53-55).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 243
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The parameter is only valid for the following temperature sensors with a continuous characteristic:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6).
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)

p50492 Temperature monitoring external fault threshold / Ext temp F thresh

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8030
Min Max Factory setting
0 [°C] 200 [°C] 0 [°C]
Description: Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the external temperature (terminal X177.53-55).
Dependency: The parameter is only valid for the following temperature sensors with a continuous characteristic:
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6).
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)

p50700 CUD analog input 0 type / CUD AI 0 type

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the type for analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
1: Bipolar current input (-20 mA ... +20 mA)
2: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50701[0...n] CUD analog input 0 scaling / CUD AI 0 scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
The value indicates the percentage value for mapping an input voltage of 10 V or an input current of 20 mA at the
analog input.
Example:
p50701 = 90%
--> 10 V or 20 mA is scaled to 90%
--> 5 V or 10 mA is equivalent to 45%
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50702 CUD analog input 0 offset / CUD AI 0 offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
244 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50703 CUD analog input 0 signal processing / CUD AI 0 sig proc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50704 BI: CUD analog input 0 inversion / CUD AI 0 inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
1 signal: inversion
0 signal: no inversion
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50705 CUD analog input 0 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 0 T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50706 BI: CUD analog input 0 signal source for enable / CUD AI 0 ena s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50710 CUD analog input 1 type / CUD AI 1 type

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the type for analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Bipolar voltage input (-10 V ... +10 V)
1: Bipolar current input (-20 mA ... +20 mA)
2: Unipolar current input monitored (+4 mA ... +20 mA)
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 245
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50711[0...n] CUD analog input 1 scaling / CUD AI 1 scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
The value indicates the percentage value for mapping an input voltage of 10 V or an input current of 20 mA at the
analog input.
Example:
p50711 = 90%
--> 10 V or 20 mA is scaled to 90%
--> 5 V or 10 mA is equivalent to 45%
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50712 CUD analog input 1 offset / CUD AI 1 offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50713 CUD analog input 1 signal processing / CUD AI 1 sig proc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50714 BI: CUD analog input 1 inversion / CUD AI 1 inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
1 signal: inversion
0 signal: no inversion
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50715 CUD analog input 1 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 1 T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
246 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50716 BI: CUD analog input 1 signal source for enable / CUD AI 1 ena s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50721[0...n] CUD analog input 2 scaling / CUD AI 2 scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
The value indicates the percentage value for mapping an input voltage of 10 V at the analog input.
Example:
p50721 = 90%
--> 10 V is scaled to 90%
--> 5 V corresponds to 45%
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50722 CUD analog input 2 offset / CUD AI 2 offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50723 CUD analog input 2 signal processing / CUD AI 2 sig proc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing mode for analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50724 BI: CUD analog input 2 inversion / CUD AI 2 inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
1 signal: inversion
0 signal: no inversion
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 247
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50725 CUD analog input 2 smoothing time constant / CUD AI 2 T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50726 BI: CUD analog input 2 signal source for enable / CUD AI 2 ena s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable analog input 2 (AI 2, X177.29/30) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50731[0...3] Fast analog inputs scaling / Fast AI scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
-1000.0 [%] 1000.0 [%] 100.0 [%]
Description: Sets the scaling for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".
The value indicates the percentage value for mapping an input voltage of 10 V at the analog input.
Example:
p50731[2] = 90%
--> 10 V is scaled to 90% for select input 5
--> 5 V corresponds to 45% for select input 5
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50732[0...3] Fast analog inputs offset / Fast AI offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50733[0...3] Fast analog inputs signal processing / Fast AI sig

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the signal processing for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".

SINAMICS DCP
248 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Signal not influenced

1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50734[0...3] BI: Fast analog inputs inversion / Fast AI inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signals for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".
1 signal: inversion
0 signal: no inversion
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50735[0...3] Fast analog inputs smoothing time constant / Fast AI T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signals for fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50736[0...3] BI: Signal source to enable fast analog inputs / Fast AI ena sig s
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2085, 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling fast analog inputs "Select input 3 ... 6".
Index: [0] = Select input 3 (X177.1/2)
[1] = Select input 4 (X177.3/4)
[2] = Select input 5 (X177.5/6)
[3] = Select input 6 (X177.7/8)
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50741[0...n] Analog input main actual value scaling / AI m act scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: C2(1), U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
-270.00 [V] 270.00 [V] 60.00 [V]
Description: Sets the input voltage (8 - 270 V) for scaling to 100%.
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 249
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50742 Analog input main actual value offset / AI m act offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for the "main actual value" (XT1.103/104).
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50743 Analog input main actual value signal processing / AI m act sig
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing for the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50744 BI: Analog input main actual value inversion / AI m act inv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for inverting the signal from the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
0 signal: no inversion
1 signal: inversion
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50745 Analog input main actual value smoothing time constant / AI m act T
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from the "main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

p50746 BI: Signal source to enable analog input main actual value / AI m act ena s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for enabling the analog input for the "main actual value (XT1.103/104).
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
250 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50750 CI: CUD analog output 0 signal source / CUD AO 0 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the output value at analog output 0 (AO 0, X177.49/50).
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50751 CUD analog output 0 signal processing / CUD AO 0 sig proc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing at analog output 0 (AO 0, X177.49/50).
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50752 CUD analog output 0 smoothing time constant / CUD AO 0 T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog output 0 (AO 0, X177.49/50).
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50753 CUD analog output 0 scaling / CUD AO 0 scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [V] 200.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog output 0 (AO 0, X177.49/50).
The value indicates the output value for mapping an input value of 100% at the analog output.
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50754 CUD analog output 0 offset / CUD AO 0 offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
-10.00 [V] 10.00 [V] 0.00 [V]
Description: Sets the offset for analog output 0 (AO 0, X177.49/50).
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50755 CI: CUD analog output 1 signal source / CUD AO 1 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the output value at analog output 1 (AO 1, X177.51/52).
Note: AO: Analog Output

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 251
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50756 CUD analog output 1 signal processing / CUD AO 1 sig proc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the mode for signal processing at analog output 1 (AO 1, X177.51/52).
Value: 0: Signal not influenced
1: Signal absolute value generation
2: Signal inverted
3: Signal absolute value generation inverted
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50757 CUD analog output 1 smoothing time constant / CUD AO 1 T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the signal from analog output 1 (AO 1, X177.51/52).
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50758 CUD analog output 1 scaling / CUD AO 1 scal

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [V] 200.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the scaling for analog output 1 (AO 1, X177.51/52).
The value indicates the output value for mapping an input value of 100% at the analog output.
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50759 CUD analog output 1 offset / CUD AO 1 offs

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
-10.00 [V] 10.00 [V] 0.00 [V]
Description: Sets the offset for analog output 1 (AO 1, X177.51/52).
Note: AO: Analog Output

p50765 CUD digital input 0 delay time / CUD DI 0 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2050
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input 0 (DI 0, X177.11) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI: Digital Input

p50766 CUD digital input 1 delay time / CUD DI 1 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2050
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input 1 (DI 1, X177.12) on the CUD.

SINAMICS DCP
252 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: r53010

Note: DI: Digital Input

p50767 CUD digital input 2 delay time / CUD DI 2 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2050
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input 2 (DI 2, X177.13) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI: Digital Input

p50768 CUD digital input 3 delay time / CUD DI 3 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2050
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 50 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input 3 (DI 3, X177.14) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI: Digital Input

p50770[0...3] CUD digital outputs inversion / CUD DO inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the signal from digital output 0 ... 3 (DO 0 ... DO 3) of the CUD.
Value: 0: Not inverted
1: Inverted
Index: [0] = DO 0 (X177.19)
[1] = DO 1 (X177.20)
[2] = DO 2 (X177.21)
[3] = DO 3 (X177.22)
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50771 BI: CUD digital output 0 signal source / CUD DO 0 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital output 0 (DO 0, X177.19) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50772 BI: CUD digital output 1 signal source / CUD DO 1 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital output 1 (DO 1, X177.20) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 253
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50773 BI: CUD digital output 2 signal source / CUD DO 2 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital output 2 (DO 2, X177.21) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50774 BI: CUD digital output 3 signal source / CUD DO 3 s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital output 3 (DO 3, X177.22) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50775 CUD digital output 0 delay time / CUD DO 0 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 0 (DO 0, X177.19) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50776 CUD digital output 1 delay time / CUD DO 1 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 1 (DO 1, X177.20) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50777 CUD digital output 2 delay time / CUD DO 2 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 2 (DO 2, X177.21) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

p50778 CUD digital output 3 delay time / CUD DO 3 t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2055
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital output 3 (DO 3, X177.22) on the CUD.
Note: DO: Digital Output

SINAMICS DCP
254 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50780[0...3] CUD digital input/output 4 ... 7 inversion / CUD DI/DO inv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2060, 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to invert the signal at digital input/output 4 ... 7 (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 7) of the CUD.
Value: 0: Not inverted
1: Inverted
Index: [0] = DI/DO 4 (X177.15)
[1] = DI/DO 5 (X177.16)
[2] = DI/DO 6 (X177.17)
[3] = DI/DO 7 (X177.18)
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50781 BI: CUD digital input/output 4 signal source / CUD DI/DO 4 s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 4 (DI/DO 4, X177.15) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50782 BI: CUD digital input/output 5 signal source / CUD DI/DO 5 s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 5 (DI/DO 5, X177.16) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[1] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50783 BI: CUD digital input/output 6 signal source / CUD DI/DO 6 s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 6 (DI/DO 6, X177.17) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[2] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50784 BI: CUD digital input/output 7 signal source / CUD DI/DO 7 s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for digital input/output 7 (DI/DO 7, X177.18) on the CUD.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 255
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[3] = 1).

Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50785 CUD digital input/output 4 output delay time / DI/DO 4 t_del_out

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 4 (DI/DO 4, X177.15) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50786 CUD digital input/output 5 output delay time / DI/DO 5 t_del_out

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 5 (DI/DO 5, X177.16) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[1] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50787 CUD digital input/output 6 output delay time / DI/DO 6 t_del_out

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 6 (DI/DO 6, X177.17) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[2] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50788 CUD digital input/output 7 output delay time / DI/DO 7 t_del_out

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for digital input/output 7 (DI/DO 7, X177.18) on the CUD.
Dependency: The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[3] = 1).
Refer to: p50789
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50789[0...3] CUD digital input/output 4 ... 7 type / CUD DI/DO typ

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 2060, 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the type for digital input/output 4 ... 7 (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 7) of the CUD.
Value: 0: Input
1: Output

SINAMICS DCP
256 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index: [0] = DI/DO 4 (X177.15)

[1] = DI/DO 5 (X177.16)
[2] = DI/DO 6 (X177.17)
[3] = DI/DO 7 (X177.18)
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50790 CUD digital input/output 4 input delay time / DI/DO 4 t_del_inp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the input delay time for digital input/output 4 (DI/DO 4, X177.15) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50791 CUD digital input/output 5 input delay time / DI/DO 5 t_del_inp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2060
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the input delay time for digital input/output 5 (DI/DO 5, X177.16) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50792 CUD digital input/output 6 input delay time / DI/DO 6 t_del_inp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the input delay time for digital input/output 6 (DI/DO 6, X177.17) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

p50793 CUD digital input/output 7 input delay time / DI/DO 7 t_del_inp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2065
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 10000 [ms] 0 [ms]
Description: Sets the input delay time for digital input/output 7 (DI/DO 7, X177.18) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r53010
Note: DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

r50810[0...31] Mainboard serial number / Mainb serial no.

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the mainboard serial number.
Index 0: serial number character 1
...
Index 31: serial number character 32
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 257
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r50811[0...31] Mainboard part number / Mainb part no.

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the mainboard part number.
Index 0: part number character 1
...
Index 31: part number character 32
Note: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r50812[0...31] Mainboard calibration values / Mainb calib_values

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the calibration values for the mainboard.
----------
Index 0: voltage side 1 - setpoint voltage 1 [0.1 V]
Index 1: voltage side 1 - actual voltage 1 [0.1 V]
Index 2: voltage side 1 - setpoint voltage 2 [0.1 V]
Index 3: voltage side 1 - actual voltage 2 [0.1 V]
----------
Index 4: voltage side 2 - setpoint voltage 1 [0.1 V]
Index 5: voltage side 2 - actual voltage 1 [0.1 V]
Index 6: voltage side 2 - setpoint voltage 2 [0.1 V]
Index 7: voltage side 2 - actual voltage 2 [0.1 V]
----------
Index 8: current power unit 1 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 9: current power unit 1 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 10: current power unit 1 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 11: current power unit 1 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]
----------
Index 12: averaged current power unit 1 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 13: averaged current power unit 1 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 14: averaged current power unit 1 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 15: averaged current power unit 1 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]
----------
Index 16: current power unit 2 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 17: current power unit 2 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 18: current power unit 2 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 19: current power unit 2 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]
----------
Index 20: averaged current power unit 2 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 21: averaged current power unit 2 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 22: averaged current power unit 2 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 23: averaged current power unit 2 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]
----------
Index 24: current power unit 3 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 25: current power unit 3 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 26: current power unit 3 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 27: current power unit 3 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]
----------

SINAMICS DCP
258 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Index 28: averaged current power unit 3 - setpoint current 1 [0.01 A]

Index 29: averaged current power unit 3 - actual current 1 [0.01 A]
Index 30: averaged current power unit 3 - setpoint current 2 [0.01 A]
Index 31: averaged current power unit 3 - actual current 2 [0.01 A]

r50820[0...1] CO: TMS320 processor utilization / TMS320 util

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the utilization of the TMS320 signal processors.
Index: [0] = TMS320 on CUD
[1] = TMS320 on mainboard

r50823[0...1] Electronic power supply voltage display / Electr supp U_disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8048
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the reference voltages +10 V and -10 V.
Index: [0] = P10 (+10 V)
[1] = N10 (-10 V)
Dependency: Refer to: F60091, F60092
Note: For index 0:
A voltage value outside the permissible deviation triggers fault F60091.
For index 1:
A voltage value outside the permissible deviation triggers fault F60092.

r50827[0...1] Internal diagnostics / Int diag

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: This parameter is only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

r50829[0...55] CUD calibration values / CUD calib. val

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the calibration values for the analog inputs/outputs on the Control Unit (CUD).

p50831 Diagnostics memory trace control word / Diag_mem trace STW

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8056
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the trigger resolution for the trace.
Value: 0: No trigger for start
1: Immediately start trace
2: Start trace together with the commissioning tool

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 259
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p50832 Diagnostics memory copy recorded file to memory card / Diag_mem copy file
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8056
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Setting for starting the procedure to copy the diagnostics file to the memory card.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Start copying
2: Copy file to User\Data folder

p50837[0...11] Reset thyristor load data / Reset ThyrLoadData

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to reset the load data for a thyristor.
Value: 0: Do not reset data
1: Reset data
Index: [0] = Thyristor X11
[1] = Thyristor X12
[2] = Thyristor X13
[3] = Thyristor X14
[4] = Thyristor X15
[5] = Thyristor X16
[6] = Thyristor X21
[7] = Thyristor X22
[8] = Thyristor X23
[9] = Thyristor X24
[10] = Thyristor X25
[11] = Thyristor X26

p50838[0...2] Diagnostics memory message number / Diag_mem msg_no

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8056
Min Max Factory setting
60000 60999 60000
Description: Sets message numbers for the diagnostics memory.
A trace is saved in the diagnostics file if one of these messages occurs.

p50839[0...5] CI: Diagnostics memory trace signal source / Diag_mem tr s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8056
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the signals to be recorded in the diagnostics memory.

r50850 CO: Trace status / Trace stat

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the status of the trace.
In the least significant byte, the parameter value contains the status of trace 0 – and in the most significant byte, the
status of trace 1.

SINAMICS DCP
260 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

The status values have the following meaning:

0: trace inactive.
1: trace records pre-samples.
2: trace waits for trigger event.
3: trace is being recorded.
4: Recording (trace) ended.

p51800 Power unit topology position / PU topo pos

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
0 11 0
Description: Sets the position of the power unit in the converter topology.
Value: 0: Parallel interface not active
10: Master
11: Slave
Note: If value = 0:
The parallel interface is inactive, the hardware does not have to be connected. The power unit operates alone.

p51805 Parallel interface bus terminator / Par_IF bus term

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate/deactivate the bus terminator for the parallel interface.
Value: 0: Bus terminator off
1: Bus terminator on
Note: If value = 0:
The parallel interface is inactive, the hardware does not have to be connected. The power unit operates alone.

p51806 Parallel interface bus address / Par IF bus addr

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
0 15 1
Description: Sets the bus address for connecting devices in parallel.

p51807 Parallel interface telegram monitoring failure time / Telegr mon t_fail
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 100.000 [s] 0.100 [s]
Description: Sets the permissible telegram failure time for the parallel interface.
This setting means that every device connected to the parallel interface can monitor whether it is connected to the
parallel interface.
If a telegram is not received from other devices connected to the parallel interface for longer than the set time, then
BICO output r53310.0 is set = 1 - and for the factory setting, fault F60014 is also output.
Value = 0.0:
Telegram monitoring is deactivated.
Value = 0.001 ... 100.000:
Telegram monitoring is activated.
Note: Telegram monitoring is active in the following cases:
- from the first telegram received error-free after switching on the electronics power supply. The telegram can be
received from any device.
- from the first telegram received error-free after the telegram monitoring responds (as the failure time has expired).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 261
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p51808 BI: Parallel interface signal source for F60014 / P_IF F60014 s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
- - 53310.0
Description: Sets the signal source to initiate fault F60014 - "Telegram monitoring time expired".
The fault is triggered for a 1 signal.

r51809[0...4] Parallel interface diagnostics information / Par_IF diag info

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the diagnostics information for the parallel interface.
Index: [0] = Telegrams transmitted without errors
[1] = Telegrams received without errors
[2] = Transmission error
[3] = Receive error
[4] = Timeouts
Note: The counters are reset to 0 at POWER ON.
The counters restart at 0 after reaching a value of 65535 (overflow).

r51810 Parallel interface activity display / Par_IF act disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the activities of the individual devices connected to the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Station 1 transmitting data Yes No 9350
01 Station 2 transmitting data Yes No 9350
02 Station 3 transmitting data Yes No 9350
03 Station 4 transmitting data Yes No 9350
04 Station 5 transmitting data Yes No 9350
05 Station 6 transmitting data Yes No 9350
06 Station 7 transmitting data Yes No 9350
07 Station 8 transmitting data Yes No 9350
08 Station 9 transmitting data Yes No 9350
09 Station 10 transmitting data Yes No 9350
10 Station 11 transmitting data Yes No 9350
11 Station 12 transmitting data Yes No 9350
12 Station 13 transmitting data Yes No 9350
13 Station 14 transmitting data Yes No 9350
14 Station 15 transmitting data Yes No 9350
15 Station 16 transmitting data Yes No 9350
Note: The counters are reset to 0 at POWER ON.
The counters restart at 0 after reaching a value of 65535 (overflow).

r51811 Parallel interface CAN diagnostics information / Par_IF CAN diag

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays the CAN diagnostic information for the parallel interface.

SINAMICS DCP
262 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Abort acknowledge flag 1 0 9350
01 Write denied flag 1 0 9350
02 Wake-up flag 1 0 9350
03 Received msg lost flag 1 0 9350
04 Bus-off condition flag 1 0 9350
05 Error passive mode flag 1 0 9350
06 Warning level flag 1 0 9350
07 Form error flag 1 0 9350
08 Bit error flag 1 0 9350
09 Stuck at dominant bit 1 0 9350
10 CRC error 1 0 9350
11 Stuff bit error 1 0 9350
12 ACK error 1 0 9350
13 Bus-off status 1 0 9350
14 Error passive state 1 0 9350
15 Warning status 1 0 9350
Note: The counters are reset to 0 at POWER ON.
The counters restart at 0 after reaching a value of 65535 (overflow).

r52000 CO: Fixed value 0 % / Fix val 0%

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value 0 %.

r52001 CO: Fixed value 100 % / Fix val 100 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value 100 %.

r52002 CO: Fixed value 200 % / Fix val 200 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value 200 %.

r52003 CO: Fixed value -100 % / Fix val -100 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value -100 %.

r52004 CO: Fixed value -200 % / Fix val -200 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value -200 %.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 263
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52005 CO: Fixed value 50 % / Fix val 50 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value 50 %.

r52006 CO: Fixed value 150 % / Fix val 150 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value 150 %.

r52007 CO: Fixed value -50 % / Fix val -50 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value value -50 %.

r52008 CO: Fixed value -150 % / Fix val -150 %

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Connector output with constant fixed value -150%.

r52010 CO: CUD analog input main setpoint raw value / CUD AI m set raw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the "Main setpoint" analog input (X177.25/26).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52011 CO: CUD analog input main setpoint / CUD AI m set

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the "Main setpoint" analog input (X177.25/26).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52012 CO: CUD analog input main actual value raw value / CUD AI m act raw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the "Main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
264 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52013 CO: CUD analog input main actual value / CUD AI m act
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2075
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the "Main actual value" analog input (XT1.103/104).
Notice: This analog input cannot be externally accessed. It is reserved for subsequent use.
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52014 CO: CUD analog input select input 1 raw value / CUD AI sel 1 raw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the analog "Select input 1" (X177.27/28).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52015 CO: CUD analog input select input 1 / CUD AI sel 1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the analog "Select input 1" (X177.27/28).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52016 CO: CUD analog input select input 2 raw value / CUD AI sel 2 raw
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at the analog "Select input 2" (X177.29/30).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52017 CO: CUD analog input select input 2 / CUD AI sel 2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the analog "Select input 2" (X177.29/30).
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52018 CO: CUD analog input 3 raw value / CUD AI 3 raw

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 3 (X177.1/2) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52019
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 265
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52019 CO: CUD analog input 3 result / CUD AI 3 res

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 3 (X177.1/2) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52020 CO: CUD analog input 4 raw value / CUD AI 4 raw

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 4 (X177.3/4) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52021
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52021 CO: CUD analog input 4 result / CUD AI 4 res

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2085
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 4 (X177.3/4) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52022 CO: CUD analog input 5 raw value / CUD AI 5 raw

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 5 (X177.5/6) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52023
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52023 CO: CUD analog input 5 result / CUD AI 5 res

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 5 (X177.5/6) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52024 CO: CUD analog input 6 raw value / CUD AI 6 raw

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the raw value at analog input 6 (X177.7/8) on the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: r52025
Note: AI: Analog Input

SINAMICS DCP
266 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52025 CO: CUD analog input 6 result / CUD AI 6 res

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2090
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the conversion result at analog input 6 (X177.7/8) on the CUD.
Note: AI: Analog Input

r52026 CO: CUD analog output 0 value after smoothing / CUD AO 0 val af sm
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for analog output 0 (X177.49/50) of the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50750
Note: AO: Analog Output

r52027 CO: CUD analog output 1 value after smoothing / CUD AO 1 val af sm
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 2095
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for analog output 1 (X177.51/52) of the CUD.
Dependency: Refer to: p50755
Note: AO: Analog Output

r52050[0...6] CO: Temperature sensor display / Temp sensor disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8048
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the device's temperature outputs.
Index: [0] = Temperature power unit 1
[1] = Temperature power unit 2
[2] = Power supply temperature
[3] = Mainboard temperature
[4] = CUD Control Unit temperature
[5] = Air intake temperature
[6] = Temperature power unit 3

r52051[0...2] CO: Temperature sensor power unit display / Temp_sens PU_dis

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8048
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the power unit temperatures of the device.
Index: [0] = Temperature power unit 1
[1] = Temperature power unit 2
[2] = Temperature power unit 3

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 267
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r52052 CO: Temperature sensor external display / Temp_sens ext disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8030
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for the external temperature (terminal X177.53-55).

r52401 CO: Fixed value 1 display / Fix val 1 disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for fixed value 1 set in p50401.
Dependency: Refer to: p50401

r52402 CO: Fixed value 2 display / Fix val 2 disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for fixed value 2 set in p50402.
Dependency: Refer to: p50402

r52403 CO: Fixed value 3 display / Fix val 3 disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for fixed value 3 set in p50403.
Dependency: Refer to: p50403

r52800 CO: Sequence control operating state / Seq_ctr op_state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2650
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the sequence control operating state.
Note: The value corresponds to operating display r0002 (DCP_CTRL).

r53010.0...15 CO/BO: CUD digital inputs status / CUD DI status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2050, 2060,
2065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the CUD's digital inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DI 0 (X177.11) High Low 2050
01 DI 0 inverted (X177.11) High Low 2050
02 DI 1 (X177.12) High Low 2050
03 DI 1 inverted (X177.12) High Low 2050
04 DI 2 (X177.13) High Low 2050
05 DI 2 inverted (X177.13) High Low 2050

SINAMICS DCP
268 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

06 DI 3 (X177.14) High Low 2050

07 DI 3 inverted (X177.14) High Low 2050
08 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
09 DI/DO 4 inverted (X177.15) High Low 2060
10 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
11 DI/DO 5 inverted (X177.16) High Low 2060
12 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
13 DI/DO 6 inverted (X177.17) High Low 2065
14 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
15 DI/DO 7 inverted (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: For bit 08 ... 15:
The terminal must be set as an input (p50789[0...3] = 0).
Note: DI: Digital Input
DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

r53020.0...7 CO/BO: CUD digital outputs status / CUD DO status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2055, 2060,
2065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the CUD's digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X177.19) High Low 2055
01 DO 1 (X177.20) High Low 2055
02 DO 2 (X177.21) High Low 2055
03 DO 3 (X177.22) High Low 2055
04 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) High Low 2060
05 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) High Low 2060
06 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) High Low 2065
07 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) High Low 2065
Dependency: For bits 04 ... 07:
The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3] = 1).
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

r53021.0...7 CO/BO: CUD digital outputs overload monitoring / CUD DO overl_monit

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2055, 2060,
2065
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the overload monitoring of the digital outputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 DO 0 (X177.19) overload present Yes No 2055
01 DO 1 (X177.20) overload present Yes No 2055
02 DO 2 (X177.21) overload present Yes No 2055
03 DO 3 (X177.22) overload present Yes No 2055
04 DI/DO 4 (X177.15) overload present Yes No 2060
05 DI/DO 5 (X177.16) overload present Yes No 2060
06 DI/DO 6 (X177.17) overload present Yes No 2065
07 DI/DO 7 (X177.18) overload present Yes No 2065
Dependency: For bits 04 ... 07:
The terminal must be set as an output (p50789[0...3] = 1).
Note: DO: Digital Output
DI/DO: bidirectional digital input/digital output

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 269
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r53030.0...1 CO/BO: CUD analog inputs wire break signal / CUD AI wire brk
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 2075, 2080
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the "Wire break" signal in the case of the CUD analog inputs.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 AI "Main setpoint" wire break monitoring Yes No 2075
responded
01 AI 1 (X177.27/28) wire break monitoring Yes No 2080
responded
Dependency: Refer to: F60046, F60047
Note: AI: Analog Input

r53130.0...1 CO/BO: Temperature monitoring external state / Temp_monit state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8030
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the monitoring of the external temperature sensor (terminal X177.53-55).
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 External temperature alarm Yes No 8030
01 External temperature fault Yes No 8030

r53230.0...7 CO/BO: Fixed bit display / Fix bit displ

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 3100
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for fixed bit 0 ... 7.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Fixed bit 0 (p50421) High Low -
01 Fixed bit 1 (p50422) High Low -
02 Fixed bit 2 (p50423) High Low -
03 Fixed bit 3 (p50424) High Low -
04 Fixed bit 4 (p50425) High Low -
05 Fixed bit 5 (p50426) High Low -
06 Fixed bit 6 (p50427) High Low -
07 Fixed bit 7 (p50428) High Low -
Dependency: Refer to: p50421, p50422, p50423, p50424, p50425, p50426, p50427, p50428

r53310.0...3 CO/BO: Parallel interface telegram monitoring state / Par_IF mon state
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 9350
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the telegram monitoring for the parallel interface.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Telegram monitoring timeout - continuous Yes No 9350
signal
01 Telegram monitoring timeout - pulse Yes No 9350
02 OFF1 from master 1 0 9350
03 Pulse enable from the master 1 0 9350

SINAMICS DCP
270 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54000 CI: MPP tracker current setpoint manual signal source / MPPT I_s man s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2050[1]
Description: Sets the signal source for the current setpoint for manual operation.
Manual operation is selected via binector input p54001 = 0 signal.
Dependency: Refer to: p54001
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54001 BI: MPP tracker manual/automatic signal source / MPPT man/aut s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for switching over between manual and automatic operation.
BI: p54001 = 1 signal:
Automatic operation is selected.
BI: p54001 = 0 signal:
Manual operation is selected.
Dependency: Refer to: p54000
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54002 CI: MPP tracker current limit signal source / MPPT I_limit s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the current limit of the MPP tracker.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54003 CI: MPP tracker current start value signal source / MPPT I stVal s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 55112[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the start value of the MPP tracker current.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54005 MPP tracker search interval / MPPT srch interv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [s] 100.00 [s] 2.00 [s]
Description: Sets the search interval for the MPP tracker.
In this time interval, the MPP tracker changes the current setpoint in order to identify the point with the maximum
power.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 271
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54006 MPP tracker current stage / MPPT I_stage

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [%] 100.00 [%] 1.00 [%]
Description: Sets the current stage of the MPP tracker.
The MPP tracker changes the current setpoint in these stages in order to identify the point with the maximum power.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54007 MPP tracker current reduction factor / MPPT I_reduce

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [%] 100.00 [%] 90.00 [%]
Description: Sets the current reduction factor of the MPP tracker.
Factor by which the MPP tracker reduces the current setpoint when the lower voltage limit is reached.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54009 MPP tracker energy flow direction / MPPT energy direct

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
-1 1 -1
Description: Sets the energy flow direction for the MPP tracker.
Value = -1:
Energy flows from side 2 to side 1.
The MPP tracker specifies a negative current.
Value = +1:
Energy flows from side 1 to side 2.
The MPP tracker specifies a positive current.
Value: -1: Negative (side 2 to side 1)
1: Positive (side 1 to side 2)
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54010 CI: MPP tracker actual power signal source / MPPT act P s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 55540[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the actual power of the MPP tracker.
Dependency: Refer to: p54011, r54015
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54011 MPP tracker actual power smoothing time constant / MPPT act P T
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [s] 100.00 [s] 0.05 [s]
Description: Sets the time constant for smoothing the actual power value.
Dependency: Refer to: p54010, r54015
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

SINAMICS DCP
272 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54013 BI: MPP tracker lower voltage threshold reached signal source / MPPT U_min rch s_s
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 55125.11
Description: Sets the signal source for the "undervoltage limited reached" signal of the MPP tracker.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54014[0...3] BI: MPP tracker enable signal source / MPPT enable s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - [0] 899.11
[1] 1
[2] 55125.7
[3] 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the "enable" signal of the MPP tracker.
BI: p54014[0, 1] = 1 signal:
- the MPP tracker is enabled.
BI: p54014[0, 1] = 0 signal:
- the MPP tracker is inhibited.
BI: p54014[2, 3] = 1 signal:
- the MPP tracker is inhibited.
BI: p54014[2, 3] = 0 signal:
- the MPP tracker is enabled.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

r54015 CO: MPP tracker actual power smoothed / MPPT act P smooth
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the smoothed actual power.
Dependency: Refer to: p54010, p54011
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

r54020 CO: MPP tracker output / MPPT outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the MPP tracker.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

r54021 CO: MPP tracker output total / MPPT outp total

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the MPP tracker after manual/automatic switchover.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 273
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54030 MPP tracker operating mode / MPPT op_mode

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0001 bin
Description: Sets the operating mode of the MPP tracker.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 PV array characteristic plot time controlled Yes No 6700
01 PV array characteristic plot at search range Yes No 6700
limits
02 Reserved Yes No -
03 Reserved Yes No -
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54035 MPP tracker characteristic plot interval / MPPT char interval

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
60 [s] 3600 [s] 300 [s]
Description: Sets the interval for plotting the characteristic of the PV array.
This parameter is only active in operating mode p54030.0 = 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p54030
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54036 MPP tracker characteristic plot duration / MPPT char dur

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
1 [s] 60 [s] 10 [s]
Description: Sets the duration for plotting the characteristic of the PV array.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54037 MPP tracker current search range / MPPT I srch range

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 10.00 [%]
Description: Sets the search range of the MPP tracker.
The MPP tracker searches for the MPP each time that the PV array characteristic is plotted. Starting from this point,
the MPP tracker continually changes the current setpoint to identify the point with the maximum power. The search
range (i.e. the permissible current setpoint) is limited to the following range:
Current setpoint for the MPP according to the characteristic +/- at the value set using this parameter.
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

r54040[0...31] MPP tracker characteristic current / MPPT char I

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the current values of the last PV array characteristic that was plotted.

SINAMICS DCP
274 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Points along the characteristic:

r54040[0]: current value characteristic point 0
r54041[0]: power value characteristic point 0
r54040[1]: current value characteristic point 1
r54041[1]: power value characteristic point 1
...
r54040[31]: current value characteristic point 31
r54041[31]: power value characteristic point 31
Dependency: Refer to: r54041
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

r54041[0...31] MPP tracker characteristic power / MPPT char P

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6700
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the power values of the last PV array characteristic that was plotted.
Points along the characteristic:
r54040[0]: current value characteristic point 0
r54041[0]: power value characteristic point 0
r54040[1]: current value characteristic point 1
r54041[1]: power value characteristic point 1
...
r54040[31]: current value characteristic point 31
r54041[31]: power value characteristic point 31
Note: MPP: maximum power point (point along the characteristic with the maximum power)

p54100 CI: Voltage controller setpoint signal source / U_ctrl setp s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for the voltage controller setpoint.

p54101 Voltage controller ramp-up time/ramp-down time / U_ctrl t_RU/t_RD

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.050 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time/ramp-down time for the voltage controller setpoint.
The setpoint change is limited so that the setpoint can change by a maximum of 100 % in the time that is set here.

p54102 Voltage controller actual value selection / U_ctrl act val sel
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 3
Description: Selects the signal source for the voltage actual value.
Value: 1: Actual value voltage side 1
2: Actual value voltage side 2
3: Actual value voltage inner side 1
4: Actual value voltage inner side 2

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 275
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r54103 CO: Voltage controller setpoint after the ramp-function generator / U_ctr U_set af RFG
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the voltage setpoint after the ramp-function generator.

p54105 BI: Voltage controller activation signal source / U_ctrl act s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for activating the voltage controller.

p54121 Voltage controller actual value rate time / U_ctr act val Tv
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms] 10.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the rate time in the voltage actual value channel of the voltage controller.

p54122 Voltage controller actual value smoothing time constant / U_ctrl act val T
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms] 2.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant for the voltage actual value channel of the voltage controller.

p54124 Voltage controller DC link buffering dead range / U_ctr VDC dead rng
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 100.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the width of the dead range in the setpoint-actual value difference channel for the "DC link buffering" function.
Dependency: Refer to: p54146
Note: The set value refers to the rated voltage of the SINAMICS DCP.

p54125 Voltage controller proportional gain / U_ctrl Kp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.001 30.000 2.000
Description: Sets the proportional gain Kp for the voltage controller.

p54126 Voltage controller integral time / U_ctrl Tn

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.01 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 0.30 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time Tn for the voltage controller.

SINAMICS DCP
276 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54127 Voltage controller droop / U_ctrl droop

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the droop for the voltage controller.

r54130 CO: Voltage controller actual value / U_ctrl act val

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value of the voltage controller.

r54131 CO: Voltage controller P component display / U_ctrl Kp disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the P component of the voltage controller.

r54132 CO: Voltage controller I component display / U_ctrl I-comp disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the I component of the voltage controller.

r54135.0...2 CO/BO: Voltage controller state / U_ctrl state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the voltage controller.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Voltage controller has reached its limit Yes No 6818
01 Voltage actual value is within the dead Yes No 6818
range
02 Voltage controller is enabled. Yes No 6818

p54141 CI: Voltage controller positive current limit signal source / U_ctr I_lim posS_s
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the positive current limit of the voltage controller.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 277
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54142 CI: Voltage controller negative current limit signal source / U_ctr I_lim negS_s
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52004[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the negative current limit of the voltage controller.

p54145 BI: Voltage controller enable signal source / U_ctrl enab s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source to enable the voltage controller.

p54146 Voltage controller DC link buffering minimum time / U_ctrl Vdc t_min
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 100000.00 [ms] 0.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the minimum time to enable the voltage controller for the "DC link buffering" function.
Dependency: Refer to: p54124

p54200 CI: Battery charging char. manual current setpoint signal source / Batt man I_s s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2050[1]
Description: Sets the signal source for the current setpoint for manual operation of the battery charging characteristic.
Manual operation:
Binector input p54201 = 1 signal
Dependency: Refer to: p54201

p54201 BI: Battery charging characteristic manual/auto signal source / Batt man/aut s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- - 1
Description: Sets the signal source for switching over between manual and automatic operation for the battery charging
characteristic.
BI: p54201 = 1 signal:
Automatic operation.
BI: p54201 = 0 signal:
Manual operation.

p54203 CI: Battery charging char. voltage actual value signal source / Batt U_act s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- - 55506[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the voltage actual value of the battery charging characteristic.

SINAMICS DCP
278 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54204 BI: Battery charging characteristic enable signal source / Batt enab s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- - 899.11
Description: Sets the signal source for the "enable" signal of the battery charging characteristic.

p54210[0...3] Battery charging characteristic voltage values / Batt U_values

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [V] 2000.00 [V] [0] 600.00 [V]
[1] 650.00 [V]
[2] 680.00 [V]
[3] 690.00 [V]
Description: Sets the voltage values for the battery charging characteristic.
Every point comprises a voltage/current value pair: p54210[x]/p54211[x]
Points along the characteristic:
r54210[0]: voltage value characteristic point 0
r54211[0]: current value characteristic point 0
r54210[1]: voltage value characteristic point 1
r54211[1]: current value characteristic point 1
r54210[2]: voltage value characteristic point 2
r54211[2]: current value characteristic point 2
r54210[3]: voltage value characteristic point 3
r54211[3]: current value characteristic point 3
Dependency: Refer to: p54211
Note: Linear interpolation is realized between the individual points.
The voltages of the characteristic points must be set to increase monotonously and they must differ by at least 1 V.

p54211[0...3] Battery charging characteristic current values / Batt I_values

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [A] 2000.00 [A] 50.00 [A]
Description: Sets the current values for the battery charging characteristic.
Every point comprises a voltage/current value pair: p54210[x]/p54211[x]
Points along the characteristic:
r54210[0]: voltage value characteristic point 0
r54211[0]: current value characteristic point 0
r54210[1]: voltage value characteristic point 1
r54211[1]: current value characteristic point 1
r54210[2]: voltage value characteristic point 2
r54211[2]: current value characteristic point 2
r54210[3]: voltage value characteristic point 3
r54211[3]: current value characteristic point 3
Note: Linear interpolation is realized between the individual points.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 279
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54214 Battery charging characteristic hysteresis / Batt hyst

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [V] 2000.00 [V] 50.00 [V]
Description: Sets the hysteresis of the battery charging characteristic.

r54220 CO: Battery charging characteristic output / Batt outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the battery charging characteristic.

r54221 CO: Battery charging characteristic total output / Batt outp total
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the battery charging characteristic after manual/automatic switchover.

r54225.0...8 CO/BO: Battery charging characteristic status / Batt status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6720
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the battery charging characteristic.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Battery charging characteristic voltage < Yes No 6720
p54210[0]
01 Battery charging characteristic voltage < Yes No 6720
p54210[1]
02 Battery charging characteristic voltage < Yes No 6720
p54210[2]
03 Battery charging characteristic voltage < Yes No 6720
p54210[3]
04 Battery charging characteristic voltage > Yes No 6720
p54210[3]
08 Battery charging characteristic voltage in Yes No 6720
the hysteresis range
Note: For bit 08:
The hysteresis range is set using p54214.

p54985 Mainboard LED test / Mainb LED test

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0000 bin
Description: Setting to test LEDs H1000 and H1010 on the mainboard.

SINAMICS DCP
280 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p54985 = 0:
--> the internal control for the LEDs is active.
p54985.x = 1 (x = 0...3):
--> the internal control for the two LEDs is not active.
--> the appropriate LED for diagnostics is switched on.
--> if both colors of an LED are switched on, then orange is output.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 LED H1000 green On Off 8055
01 LED H1000 red On Off 8055
02 LED H1010 green On Off 8055
03 LED H1010 red On Off 8055

p54990 Mainboard diagnostics EEPROM address / EEPROM address

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
0 32767 0
Description: Sets the address for the memory location of the EEPROM on the mainboard.
The memory location that can be written to is defined using the start address (p54990 = address) and the write
command (p54992 > 0 = number).
Dependency: Refer to: p54991, p54992, p54993, r54994

p54991[0...31] Mainboard diagnostics EEPROM write values / EEPROM write_vals

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
0 255 0
Description: Sets the write values for the EEPROM on the mainboard.
p54991[0]: The value is written to the memory location with p54990 = address.
p54991[1]: The value is written to the memory location with p54990 = address + 1.
...
p54991[31]: The value is written to the memory location with p54990 = address + 31.
Dependency: Refer to: p54990, p54992, p54993, r54994

p54992 Mainboard diagnostics EEPROM write command / EEPROM write_cmd

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
0 32 0
Description: Setting for the write command to write to the EEPROM on the mainboard.
Procedure:
p54992 > 0 --> write operation is initiated.
Dependency: Refer to: p54990, p54991, p54993, r54994
Note: - the parameter value defines the number of bytes to be written.
- the address is set in p54990.
- the write values are set in p54991.
- the parameter is automatically set back to zero after the write operation has been completed.

p54993 Mainboard diagnostics EEPROM write protection / EEPROM write_prot

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 1
Description: Sets the write protection for the EEPROM on the mainboard.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 281
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
Dependency: Refer to: p54990, p54991, p54992, r54994

r54994[0...31] CO: Mainboard diagnostics EEPROM display values / EEPROM disp_values

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 4
Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 8055
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the values in the EEPROM on the mainboard.
Dependency: Refer to: p54990, p54991, p54992, p54993

p55050 CI: Voltage controller setpoint signal source / I_set s_src

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2050[1]
Description: Sets the signal source for the current setpoint.

p55055 Current setpoint ramp-up time/ramp-down time / I_set t_RU/t_RD

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.050 [s]
Description: Sets the ramp-up time/ramp-down time for the current setpoint.
The current setpoint change is limited so that the setpoint can change by a maximum of 100 % in the time that is set
here.

p55056 Current setpoint minimum threshold / I_set min thresh

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 50.00 [%] 0.40 [%]
Description: Sets the absolute value of the minimum current setpoint.

p55060 Current setpoint significance / I_set significance

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
10 20 11
Description: Sets the significance for the setpoint.
Value: 10: Reactor current
11: Current side 1
12: Current side 2
20: Power
Note: The current actual value sensing in SINAMICS DCP measures the reactor current.
The specified setpoint is converted into a reactor current setpoint and this is used for the closed-loop current control.
For value = 10:
Reactor current setpoint = setpoint (no conversion)
For value = 11:
The current at side 1 is specified as setpoint.
If U1 <= U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint (no conversion)
If U1 > U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint * U1/U2

SINAMICS DCP
282 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

If value = 12:
The current at side 2 is specified as setpoint.
If U1 <= U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint * U2/U1
If U1 > U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint (no conversion)
If value = 20:
The power is specified as setpoint.
If U1 <= U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint/U1
If U1 > U2: reactor current setpoint = setpoint/U2
Explanation:
U1: voltage at side 1
U2: voltage at side 2
All values are referred to rated device quantities (rated current, rated voltage, rated power).

p55065 Current setpoint sign delay time / I_set sign t_del

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
0.250 [ms] 1000.000 [ms] 100.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the delay time for the current direction change.
The delay time is started when the sign changes at the ramp-function generator output.
A current setpoint of zero is entered while the delay time is running.

r55070 CO: Current setpoint after the ramp-function generator / I_set after RFG
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current setpoint after the ramp-function generator.

r55071 CO: Current setpoint reactor / I_set reactor

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current setpoint in the reactor.

r55072 CO: Current setpoint after limiting to the minimum / I_set aft lim min
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current setpoint after suppressing low setpoints.

r55073 CO: Current setpoint corrected / I_set corrected

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the current setpoint after the correction current controller.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 283
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55075.0...2 CO/BO: Current setpoint status / I_set status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6805
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the current setpoint.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Setpoint very low Yes No 6805
01 Setpoint positive Yes No 6805
02 Setpoint negative Yes No 6805

p55080 Dynamic overload load profile / Dyn overload prof

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
0 3 0
Description: Sets the load profile.
If value = 0:
Short time current = base load current = rated device current
If value = 1:
Short time current = base load current = p55081 * rated device current
In this operating mode, at low ambient temperatures, an increased current is continuously permitted. However, the
temperature-dependent derating already starts at a lower ambient temperature than for operation without increased
current.
If value = 2:
Short time current = 150 % * base load current
If value = 3:
Short time current = 160 % * base load current
Value: 0: No overload
1: Increased current
2: Low overload
3: High overload

p55081 Dynamic overload current increase / Dyn overld I_incr

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the permissible current increase for the load profile "increased current" (p55080 = 1).

r55082[0...8] CO: Dynamic overload temperatures calculated / Dyn overld T_calc

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
- [°C] - [°C] - [°C]
Description: Display and connector output for various calculated temperatures.
Index: [0] = Barrier layer temperature at IGBT T1A
[1] = Barrier layer temperature at IGBT T1B
[2] = Barrier layer temperature at IGBT T2A
[3] = Barrier layer temperature at IGBT T2B
[4] = Barrier layer temperature at free-wheeling diode D1A
[5] = Barrier layer temperature at free-wheeling diode D1B
[6] = Barrier layer temperature at free-wheeling diode D2A
[7] = Barrier layer temperature at free-wheeling diode D2B
[8] = Maximum permissible barrier layer temperature

SINAMICS DCP
284 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55083 CO: Dynamic overload current limit / Dyn overld I_lim

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the instantaneous maximum permissible current setpoint.
This is either the rated current, the short-time current or the base load current.
The value displayed here acts as upper current limit.

r55084[0...8] CO: Dynamic overload power loss calculated / Dyn overld P_loss
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
- [W] - [W] - [W]
Description: Display and connector output for various calculated power losses.
Index: [0] = Power loss at IGBT T1A
[1] = Power loss at IGBT T1B
[2] = Power loss at IGBT T2A
[3] = Power loss at IGBT T2B
[4] = Power loss at free-wheeling diode D1A
[5] = Power loss at free-wheeling diode D1B
[6] = Power loss at free-wheeling diode D2A
[7] = Power loss at free-wheeling diode D2B
[8] = Total power loss in the power unit
Note: For index 0 ... 7:
These power losses refer to a component.
For index 8:
Total power loss in the power unit = sum of the power losses for all components x number of B6 bridges.
30 kW device: 2 B6 bridges
120 kW device: 3 B6 bridges

r55085.0...1 CO/BO: Dynamic overload state / Dyn overld state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the dynamic overload.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Threshold for maximum barrier layer Yes No 6808
temperature exceeded
01 Conditions for alarm A60039 fulfilled Yes No 6808

p55090 Dynamic overload load cycle overload time / DynOverld t_overld

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6008
Min Max Factory setting
1.00 [%] 300.00 [%] 60.00 [%]
Description: Sets the permissible overload time for the dynamic overload.
Dependency: Refer to: F60530
Note: Fault F60530 is initiated if the duration of the maximum permissible overload current exceeds the time set here.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 285
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55091 CO: Dynamic overload load cycle monitoring signal / Dyn overload t_sig
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6808
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the load cycle monitoring.
This signal indicates the percentage of the permissible overload duration that has already been utilized.

p55100 Installation altitude / Install_altitude

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
0 [m] 5000 [m] 0 [m]
Description: Sets the installation altitude at which the device is operated.
The current and voltage are reduced for an installation altitude exceeding 2000 m.

p55101[0...1] Reduction of temperature thresholds / Reduce temp_thresh

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6008, 8048
Min Max Factory setting
-20.00 [°C] 0.00 [°C] 0.00 [°C]
Description: Sets the reduction values for the fixed temperature thresholds.
The values set here are added to the corresponding temperature thresholds.
The thresholds can only be reduced as only negative values can be set.
Index 0:
Reduction of the threshold for derating dependent on the ambient temperature.
This means that the threshold for A60502 is also reduced (see function diagrams 6808 and 6810).
Index 1:
Reduction of the threshold for derating dependent on the heat sink temperature.
This means that the threshold for A60080 is also reduced (see function diagram 8048).
Index: [0] = Ambient temperature
[1] = Heat sink temperature

p55102 Heat sink temperature threshold exceeded response / Heat sink_tmp resp
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 2
Description: Sets the response when the maximum permissible heat sink temperature is exceeded.
Value: 1: Pulse frequency and current reduction
2: Current reduction
3: Pulse frequency reduction
4: Immediate shutdown with fault

p55105 Voltage minimum / Volt min

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [V] 600.00 [V] 30.00 [V]
Description: Sets the minimum voltage.
Operation is only possible if the voltages on side 1 and side 2 continuously exceed the value set here.

SINAMICS DCP
286 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55110 PV array flying connection operating mode / PV FlyConn op_mode

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for "PV array flying connection".
Value: 0: No "PV array flying connection"
1: "PV array flying connection" on side 1
2: "PV array flying connection" on side 2
Dependency: Refer to: p55350
Refer to: F60058, F60500
Note: - it is not permissible to set p55350 < 3 - and at the same time set p55110 > 0 (F60058).
- for p55110 > 0, when reaching the dynamic overvoltage limits (p55182, p55187) fault F60500 is initiated.

r55112 CO: PV array minimum current / PV I_min

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the minimum current of the PV array.
This minimum current is necessary in order to draw a PV array into the normal voltage range.

r55115 CO: Limit actual current limit / Lim I_lim actual

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the absolute value of the currently valid current limit.

r55120 CO: Current/power limit reactor current setpoint output / I/P_lim I_reac_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current setpoint after the current/power limiting.

r55122 CO: Voltage limiting reactor current setpoint output / U_lim I_react_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current setpoint after the voltage limiting.

r55125.0...15 CO/BO: Limitation status / Lim status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6810
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and connector output for the status of the setpoint limiting.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 287
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP

00 Positive current limiting active Yes No 6810
01 Negative current limiting active Yes No 6810
02 Voltage in the undervoltage range Yes No 6810
03 Voltage in the normal voltage range below Yes No 6810
rated voltage
04 Voltage in the normal voltage range above Yes No 6810
rated voltage
05 Voltage in the overvoltage range Yes No 6810
06 Voltage in illegal range Yes No 6810
07 PV flying connection active Yes No 6810
08 Lower voltage limit reached on side 1 Yes No 6812
09 Upper voltage limit reached on side 1 Yes No 6812
10 Upper voltage limit reached on side 2 Yes No 6812
11 Lower voltage limit reached on side 2 Yes No 6812
12 Dynamic voltage limit reached on side 1 Yes No 6817
13 Dynamic voltage limit reached on side 2 Yes No 6817
14 PWM limited reached Yes No 6825
15 Main current controller has reached its limit Yes No 6820

p55130 Limiting side 1 undervoltage lower / Lim S1 U_under low

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 50 [V]
Description: Sets the lower threshold value for the undervoltage on side 1.
The reactor current is reduced to zero from this value.

p55131 Limiting side 1 undervoltage upper / Lim S1 U_under up

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 100 [V]
Description: Sets the upper threshold value for the undervoltage on side 1.
The reactor current is reduced from this value.

p55132 Limiting side 1 overvoltage lower / Lim S1 U_over low

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 800 [V]
Description: Sets the lower threshold value for the overvoltage on side 1.
The reactor current is reduced from this value.

p55133 Limiting side 1 overvoltage upper / Lim S1 U_over up

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 1000 [V]
Description: Sets the upper threshold value for the overvoltage on side 1.
The reactor current is reduced to zero from this value.

SINAMICS DCP
288 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55140 Limiting side 2 undervoltage lower / Lim S2 U_under low

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 50 [V]
Description: Sets the lower threshold value for the undervoltage on side 2.
The reactor current is reduced to zero from this value.

p55141 Limiting side 2 undervoltage upper / Lim S2 U_under up

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 100 [V]
Description: Sets the upper threshold value for the undervoltage on side 2.
The reactor current is reduced from this value.

p55142 Limiting side 2 overvoltage lower / Lim S2 U_over low

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 800 [V]
Description: Sets the lower threshold value for the overvoltage on side 2.
The reactor current is reduced from this value.

p55143 Limiting side 2 overvoltage upper / Lim S2 U_over up

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 1000 [V]
Description: Sets the upper threshold value for the overvoltage on side 2.
The reactor current is reduced to zero from this value.

p55145 Voltage limiting recovery time / U_lim t_recovery

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [s] 10.000 [s] 0.500 [s]
Description: Sets the recovery time for the voltage limiting.
After exiting voltage limiting, the current is ramped-up with the recovery time set here.

r55150 CO: Voltage limiting reactor current setpoint output / U_lim I_react_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6812
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current setpoint after the voltage limiting.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 289
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55151 CO: Correction current controller output / Corr_ctrl outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the correction current controller output.

p55155 Current actual value external activation / I_act val ext act
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to activate the external current actual value
Value: 0: Not activated
1: Activated

p55156 CI: Current actual value external signal source / I_act ext s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 3
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
- - 0
Description: Sets the signal source for the external current actual value.

p55160 Correction current controller integrating time / Corr_ctrl t_int

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
1 [ms] 5000 [ms] 1000 [ms]
Description: Sets the integrating time for correction current controller.

p55161 Correction current controller limiting / Corr_ctrl lim

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6806
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [%] 50.000 [%] 10.000 [%]
Description: Sets the limiting for correction current controller.

r55170 CO: Limiting the reactor current setpoint after U dyn / Lim I_ re_sp U dyn
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current setpoint after dynamic voltage limiting.

r55172 CO: Main current controller reactor current setpoint / Mn ctr I_react_set
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current setpoint of the main current controller.

SINAMICS DCP
290 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55180 CI: Limiting side 1 U dyn signal source / Lim S1 U dyn s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the dynamic voltage limiting on side 1.

p55181 Limiting side 1 U dyn delta U / Lim S1 U dyn dU

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [V] 400.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the range of the dynamic voltage limiting on side 1.

p55182 Limiting side 1 overvoltage dynamic / Lim S1 U_over dyn

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 1000 [V]
Description: Sets the threshold value for the overvoltage on side 1.
Above this voltage, the power unit pulses are inhibited.

p55185 CI: Limiting side 2 U dyn signal source / Lim S2 U dyn s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
- - 52002[0]
Description: Sets the signal source for the dynamic voltage limiting on side 2.

p55186 Limiting side 2 U dyn delta U / Lim S2 U dyn dU

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
0.10 [V] 400.00 [V] 10.00 [V]
Description: Sets the range of the dynamic voltage limiting on side 2.

p55187 Limiting side 2 overvoltage dynamic / Lim S2 U_over dyn

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6817
Min Max Factory setting
0 [V] 1500 [V] 1000 [V]
Description: Sets the threshold value for the overvoltage on side 2.
Above this voltage, the power unit pulses are inhibited.

r55201 CO: Main current controller PI output / Main ctrl PI outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the PI output of the main current controller.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 291
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55202 CO: Main current controller I component / Main ctrl I comp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the I component of the main current controller.

r55210 CO: Main current controller precontrol output / Mn ctr prctr outp
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the output of the main current controller precontrol.

p55220[0...1] Main current controller Kp / Main ctrl Kp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
0.0001 5.0000 0.2000
Description: Sets the proportional gain Kp for the main current controller.
Index: [0] = Current direction positive
[1] = Current direction negative

p55221[0...1] Main current controller Tn / Main ctrl Tn

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
0.010 [ms] 1000.000 [ms] 5.000 [ms]
Description: Sets the integral time Tn for the main current controller.
Index: [0] = Current direction positive
[1] = Current direction negative

p55222[0...1] Main current controller precontrol Tv / Mn ctr prctr Tv

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
-1.000 [ms] 1.000 [ms] 0.000 [ms]
Description: Sets rate time Tv for the D elements in the voltage actual value channels of the main current controller precontrol.
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

p55226 Main current controller voltage lower limit / Main ctr U low lim
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 50.0 [%] 10.0 [%]
Description: Sets the lower limit of the voltage actual values for precontrol and adaptation of the main current controller.

SINAMICS DCP
292 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55228 Main current controller limiting / Main ctrl limit

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
1.0 [%] 200.0 [%] 200.0 [%]
Description: Sets the limiting for main current controller.

p55230 Main current controller precontrol multiplier / Mn ctr prctr fact

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 100.0 [%] 98.0 [%]
Description: Set the multiplier to evaluate the precontrol for the main current controller.

r55235 Discontinuous limit / Discontinuous lim

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6820
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the current until the current in the individual power units is discontinuous

r55250 CO: Power unit 1 control angle / PU1 ctrl_angle

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the control angle of power unit 1.

r55251[0...1] CO: Power units 2 and 3 control angle / PU 2 3 ctrl_angle

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the control angle of power units 2 and 3.
Index 0:
Control angle of power unit 2.
Index 1:
Control angle of power unit 3.

r55252[0...1] CO: Differential current controller output / I_diff_ctrl_outp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the outputs of the differential current controller.
Index 0:
Correction value to symmetrize power units 1 and 2.
Index 1:
Correction value to symmetrize power units 1 and 3.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 293
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55260 Differential current controller integrating time / I_diff_ctrl t_int

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
0.001 [s] 5000.000 [s] 100.000 [s]
Description: Sets the integrating time for the differential current controller

p55262 Differential current controller limiting / I_diff_ctrl limit

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [%] 50.000 [%] 10.000 [%]
Description: Sets the limiting for the differential current controller.

p55270 Closed-loop control mode / Cl-loop ctrl_mode

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for the closed-loop control.
Value: 0: Closed-loop controlled operation
1: Directly controlled PWM
Note: Setting p55270 = 1 is only for internal Siemens testing.

p55305 Modulator control angle limiting positive / Mod ctrAng lim pos
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 200.00 [%] 200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the positive limiting for the control angle.
In conjunction with p55306, it is possible to restrict the operating range of the SINAMICS DCP.
Dependency: Refer to: p55306
Note: Examples:
Control angle limited to:
0 ... +200 %: only positive current possible
-200 ... 0 %: only negative current possible
-100 ... +100 %: only step-down possible

p55306 Modulator control angle limiting negative / Mod ctrAng lim neg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6825
Min Max Factory setting
-200.00 [%] 0.00 [%] -200.00 [%]
Description: Sets the negative limiting for the control angle.
In conjunction with p55305, it is possible to restrict the operating range of the SINAMICS DCP.
Dependency: Refer to: p55305
Note: Examples:
Control angle limited to:
0 ... +200 %: only positive current possible
-200 ... 0 %: only negative current possible
-100 ... +100 %: only step-down possible

SINAMICS DCP
294 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55310 Modulator individual bridge enable / Mod indiv br enab

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6830
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 3
Description: Sets the enable signal for the individual bridges.
Value: 1: Bridge 1 enabled
2: Bridge 2 enabled
3: All bridges enabled
4: Bridge 3 enabled

p55320 Modulator frequency / Modulator freq

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6830
Min Max Factory setting
25.000 [%] 100.000 [%] 100.000 [%]
Description: Sets the modulator frequency.
The 100% value corresponds to the rated power unit frequency.

p55321 Modulator optimize step-down/step-up transition / Mod opt step-dn/up

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6830
Min Max Factory setting
0 2 1
Description: Activates the simultaneous step-down and step-up in the transition range between stepping-down and stepping-up.
Value: 0: Deactivated
1: Activated
2: Activated with frequency derating

p55322 Modulator switching frequency operating mode / Mod f_sw op_mode

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6830
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Sets the operating mode for the modulator switching frequency.
Value: 0: Fixed switching frequency
1: Variable switching frequency
Note: For p55322 = 0:
Fixed switching frequency (according to parameter p55320).
For a fixed switching frequency, at a specific operating point (= ratio between the input and output voltages), the
maximum current ripple is obtained. The current ripple is very low at other operating points. However, the low current
ripple does not represent an advantage. A high switching frequency results in switching losses. This means a lower
device efficiency, which has a negative impact on energy efficiency and energy costs.
For p55322 = 1:
For a variable switching frequency, depending on the particular operating point, the switching frequency is reduced,
so that the maximum current ripple is obtained at all operating points. This improves the efficiency at many operating
points.

r55325 CO: Modulator switching frequency / Modulator f_switch

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6830
Min Max Factory setting
- [Hz] - [Hz] - [Hz]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual switching frequency of the modulator.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 295
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55350 Precharging operating mode / Prechg_mode

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 1
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
1 4 3
Description: Sets the operating mode for resistor precharging.
Value: 1: Resistor precharging side 1, up pulsing on side 2
2: Resistor precharging side 2, up pulsing on side 1
3: Resistor precharging both sides (side 1, side 2)
4: Resistor precharging both sides (side 2, side 1)
Dependency: Refer to: p55110
Refer to: F60058
Note: It is not permissible to set p55350 < 3 - and at the same time set p55110 > 0

p55352 CI: Precharging target value signal source / Pre targ_val s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2050[2]
Description: Sets the signal source for the target value for precharging using the "pulsing up" technique.
When precharging, the voltage is pulsed up to this target value.

p55355[0...1] Precharging wait time after precharging contactor close / Prchg t prchg_cont
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the wait time for closing the precharging contactor.
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

p55356[0...1] Precharging wait time after DC contactor closed / Prechrg t DC cont

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
0 [ms] 1000000 [ms] 100 [ms]
Description: Sets the wait time for closing the DC contactors.
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

p55357[0...1] Precharging setpoint voltage tolerance / Prechrg U_set tol

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [%] 20.0 [%] 3.0 [%]
Description: Sets the tolerance for reaching the setpoint voltage for resistor or pulsing up precharging.
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

SINAMICS DCP
296 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55360 Precharging charge current / Prechrg I_charge

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
0.000 [%] 100.000 [%] 5.000 [%]
Description: Sets the charging current for precharging using using the "pulsing up" technique.

p55370 Contactor test / Contactor test

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 4
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
0 22 0
Description: Setting to test the contactors.
Value: 0: No contactor test
11: Close precharging contactor side 1
12: Close DC contactor side 1
21: Close precharging contactor side 2
22: Close DC contactor side 2

r55375.0...3 CO/BO: State of the contactors / Contactor state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6835
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the contactors.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Precharging contactor side 1 On Off 6835
01 DC contactor side 1 On Off 6835
02 Precharging contactor side 2 On Off 6835
03 DC contactor side 2 On Off 6835

r55399[0...9] CO: Trace power unit / Trace PU

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 8054
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the trace in the power unit.
Index: [0] = Voltage controller P component (r54131)
[1] = Voltage controller I component (r54132)
[2] = Current setpoint (r55172)
[3] = Voltage 1 (r55501)
[4] = Voltage 2 (r55502)
[5] = Precontrol output (r55210)
[6] = Current controller output (r55201)
[7] = Current controller I component (r55202)
[8] = Current actual value (r55511)
[9] = Control angle power unit 1 (r55250)
Note: The trace can be triggered in the following ways:
- p50831 = 1 (manual trigger)
- overcurrent (automatic trigger)
- overvoltage (automatic trigger)
It takes approximately 5 ms to record the trace.
The signals to be traced are fixed and cannot be changed.
The recorded trace is output periodically at this parameter. Between the individual repeats, there is a pause (all
signals = 0) of approximately 5 ms.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 297
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

p55450 Device fan run-on time / Dev fan t_run-on

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
0.0 [s] 3600.0 [s] 240.0 [s]
Description: Sets the run-on time for the device fan.
After a pulse inhibit (operating state >= 0.9 is reached) the device fan(s) run until the following conditions are
satisfied:
- the power unit has cooled down.
- the run-on time has expired (p55450).
The power unit is considered to have cooled down if all of the power unit temperature sensors indicate values of less
than 35 °C.

p55455 Device fan test / Dev fan test

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to test the device fan.
Value: 0: Fan off
1: Fan on
Note: If p55455 = 0:
--> the internal control is active.
If p55455 = 1:
--> the device fan is switched on for testing.
--> the internal control is not active.

p55456 Device fan minimum speed / Dev fan min_speed

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
20 [%] 100 [%] 20 [%]
Description: Sets the minimum speed for the device fan.
For instance, this parameter is used to test the maximum fan noise.
Dependency: Refer to: p55457
Note: For setting p55456 = 100 %, the automatic adaptation of the fan speed to the power unit temperature is deactivated.
This parameter is only active for device types with variable-speed fans.
30 kW device:
- the fans are not variable-speed fans.
- parameter p55456 is inactive.
120 kW device:
- the fans are variable-speed fans.
- parameter p55456 is active.

p55457 Device fan minimum speed / Device fan n_max

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 4
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: -
Min Max Factory setting
20 [%] 100 [%] 100 [%]
Description: Sets the maximum speed for the device fan.
This parameter is used for the following applications:
- reducing fan noise in the final test area.
- consciously allowing the device temperature to rise faster to stress the device for testing purposes.

SINAMICS DCP
298 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

Dependency: Refer to: p55456

Note: This parameter is only active for device types with variable-speed fans.
30 kW device:
- the fans are not variable-speed fans.
- parameter p55456 is inactive.
120 kW device:
- the fans are variable-speed fans.
- parameter p55456 is active.

r55460.0...1 CO/BO: Device fan state / Dev fan state

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the state of the device fan.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 Switch on fan On Off 6845
01 Switch on fan inverted On Off 6845

r55470 Device fan operating hours display / Dev_fan h disp

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
- [h] - [h] - [h]
Description: Displays the operating hours for the device fan.

p55471 Device fan service life / Dev_fan serv life

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
0 [h] 1000000 [h] 30000 [h]
Description: Sets the service life for the device fan.
Dependency: Refer to: A60510
Note: An appropriate alarm is issued 500 hours before the set service life expires.

p55472 Device fan reset operating hours / Dev_fan reset h

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Integer16 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
0 1 0
Description: Setting to reset the operating hours of the device fan that have accumulated.
Value: 0: Inactive
1: Reset
Dependency: Refer to: r55470
Note: Procedure to reset the operating hours:
Set p55472 = 1
--> the operating hours counter (r55470) is set to zero.
--> the parameter is automatically set to zero after this is done.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 299
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55480[0...2] Device fan speed / Device fan n

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6845
Min Max Factory setting
- [rpm] - [rpm] - [rpm]
Description: Displays the speeds for the device fan.
r55480[0]: device fan 1
r55480[1]: device fan 2
r55480[2]: device fan 3
Note: This parameter only shows the actual fan speed for device types equipped with variable-speed fans.
30 kW device:
- the fans are not variable-speed fans.
- a value of zero is indicated in r55480[0...2].
120 kW device:
- the fans are variable-speed fans.
- the actual speeds are displayed in r55480[0...2].

r55501 CO: Actual value voltage side 1 / Act val U S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818, 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the voltage on side 1.

r55502 CO: Actual value voltage side 2 / Act val U S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818, 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the voltage on side 2.

r55503 Actual value voltage side 1 / Act val U S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display for the voltage on side 1.

r55504 Actual value voltage side 2 / Act val U S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display for the voltage on side 2.

r55505 CO: Actual value voltage inner side 1 / Act val U inner S1
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818, 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the inner voltage on side 1.

SINAMICS DCP
300 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55506 CO: Actual value voltage inner side 2 / Act val U inner S2
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6818, 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the inner voltage on side 2.

r55507 Actual value voltage inner side 1 / Act val U inner S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display and connector output for the inner voltage on side 1.
Dependency: Refer to: p55515

r55508 Actual value voltage inner side 2 / Act val U inner S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Display of the actual value for the inner voltage on side 2.
Dependency: Refer to: p55516

r55510 CO: Actual value reactor current sum / Act val I_re sum
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum of the reactor currents.
The value is the sum of r55511 and r55512.
Dependency: Refer to: r55511, r55512

r55511 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 1 / ActVal I_react PU1
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current of power unit 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r55510

r55512 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 2 / ActVal I_react PU2
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current of power unit 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r55510

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 301
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55513 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 3 / ActVal I_react PU3
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the reactor current of power unit 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r55510

p55515 Resistance inner side 1 / R inner S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the internal resistance of the voltage source connected at side 1.
The setting value for this parameter is referred to the rated device quantities (rated voltage, rated current)
p55515 = Ri * I_rated/U_rated
Ri:
Internal resistance of the voltage source connected at side 1.

p55516 Resistance inner side 2 / R inner S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [%] 20.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the internal resistance of the voltage source connected at side 2.
The setting value for this parameter is referred to the rated device quantities (rated voltage, rated current)
p55516 = Ri * I_rated/U_rated
Ri:
Internal resistance of the voltage source connected at side 2.

p55518[0...1] Voltage actual value smoothing time constant / U_act T

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
0.00 [ms] 1000.00 [ms] 100.00 [ms]
Description: Sets the smoothing time constant in the voltage actual value channel.
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

r55520 CO: Actual value reactor current sum averaged / ActVal I_re SumAvg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the sum of the averaged reactor currents.
The value is the sum of r55521, r55522 and r55523.
Dependency: Refer to: r55521, r55522

SINAMICS DCP
302 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55521 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 1 averaged / ActVal I_re PU1avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the averaged reactor current of power unit 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r55520

r55522 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 2 averaged / ActVal I_re PU2avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the averaged reactor current of power unit 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r55520

r55523 CO: Actual value reactor current power unit 3 averaged / ActVal I_re PU3avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the averaged reactor current of power unit 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r55520

p55525 Actual value current offset adjustment / ActVal I offs adj

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
-5.00 [%] 5.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for the "local" adjustment of the current actual value.

p55526 Actual value current gain adjustment / ActVal I gain adj

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
-5.00 [%] 5.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the gain for the "local" adjustment of the current actual value.

r55530 Actual value reactor current sum averaged / ActVal I_re SumAvg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the sum of the averaged reactor currents.
The value is the sum of r55531, r55532 and r55533.
Dependency: Refer to: r55531, r55532

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 303
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55531 Actual value reactor current power unit 1 averaged / ActVal I_re PU1avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the actual value for the averaged reactor current of power unit 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r55530

r55532 Actual value reactor current power unit 2 averaged / ActVal I_re PU2avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the actual value for the averaged reactor current of power unit 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r55530

r55533 Actual value reactor current power unit 3 averaged / ActVal I_re PU3avg
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the actual value for the averaged reactor current of power unit 3.
Dependency: Refer to: r55530

r55540[0...4] CO: Actual power / Act P

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual power.
Index: [0] = Power at the output
[1] = Power at side 1
[2] = Power at side 2
[3] = Power at side 1 (with external current measurement)
[4] = Power at side 2 (with external current measurement)
Note: SINAMICS DCP cannot measure the power.
For index 0:
P = U_out * I_out
The power is calculated from the voltage measured at the output and the calculated output current.
The result is the power that is either issued or fed in at the side with the lower voltage.
For index 1:
P = U1 * I1
The power is calculated from the voltage measured at side 1 and the output current at side 1.
The result is the power that is either issued or fed in at side 1.
For index 2:
P = U2 * I2
The power is calculated from the voltage measured at side 2 and the output current at side 2.
The result is the power that is either issued or fed in at side 2.
For index 3:
P = U1 * I_ext (I_ext = value according to p55156)
The power is calculated from the voltage measured at side 1 and the externally measured current at side 1.
The result is the power that is either issued or fed in at side 1.

SINAMICS DCP
304 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

For index 4:
P = U2 * I_ext (I_ext = value according to p55156)
The power is calculated from the voltage measured at side 2 and the externally measured current at side 2.
The result is the power that is either issued or fed in at side 2.
For index 3 ... 4:
These indices only supply sensible values if there is an external current measurement at the appropriate side and
p55156 is correspondingly set.

r55541 CO: Actual value current side 1 / Act val I_S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value of the current at side 1.
Note: The current actual value sensing in SINAMICS DCP measures the reactor current.
The current at side 1 is calculated from the reactor current actual value.
If U1 <= U2:
- current at side 1 = reactor current actual value.
If U1 > U2:
- current at side 1 = reactor current actual value * U2/U1.
Explanation:
U1: voltage at side 1
U2: voltage at side 2
All values are referred to rated device quantities (rated current, rated voltage, rated power).

r55542 CO: Actual value current side 2 / Act val I_S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [%] - [%] - [%]
Description: Display and connector output for the actual value of the current at side 2.
Note: The current actual value sensing in SINAMICS DCP measures the reactor current.
The current at side 2 is calculated from the reactor current actual value.
If U1 <= U2:
- current at side 2 = reactor current actual value * U1/U2.
If U1 > U2:
- current at side 2 = reactor current actual value.
Explanation:
U1: voltage at side 1
U2: voltage at side 2
All values are referred to rated device quantities (rated current, rated voltage, rated power).

r55543 Actual value current side 1 / Act val I_S1

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Display of the actual value for the current at side 1.
Dependency: Refer to: r55541

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 305
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r55544 Actual value current side 2 / Act val I_S2

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 1
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the actual value of the current at side 2.
Dependency: Refer to: r55542

p55545[0...1] Actual value voltage offset adjustment / ActVal U offs adj

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
-5.00 [%] 5.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the offset for the "local" adjustment of the voltage actual value.
Index 0:
Adjustment of the voltage actual value at side 1
Index 1:
Adjustment of the voltage actual value at side 2
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

p55546[0...1] Actual value voltage gain adjustment / ActVal U gain adj

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6850
Min Max Factory setting
-5.00 [%] 5.00 [%] 0.00 [%]
Description: Sets the gain for the "local" adjustment of the voltage actual value.
Index 0:
Adjustment of the voltage actual value at side 1
Index 1:
Adjustment of the voltage actual value at side 2
Index: [0] = Side 1
[1] = Side 2

r55550.0...15 CO/BO: Power unit monitoring status / PU monit status

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned16 Func. diagram: 6855
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the power unit monitoring.
Bit field: Bit Signal name 1 signal 0 signal FP
00 IGBT1 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
01 IGBT2 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
02 IGBT3 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
03 IGBT4 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
04 IGBT5 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
05 IGBT6 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
06 IGBT7 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
07 IGBT8 desaturation occurred Yes No 6855
08 Overcurrent has occurred in power unit 1 Yes No 6855
09 Overcurrent has occurred in power unit 2 Yes No 6855
10 Overvoltage has occurred at side 1. Yes No 6855
11 Overvoltage has occurred at side 2. Yes No 6855
12 Overtemperature has occurred at the AC Yes No 6855
13 Overtemperature has occurred at the BD Yes No 6855

SINAMICS DCP
306 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

14 Overvoltage condition or failure of the Yes No 6855

electronics power supply
15 Overcurrent has occurred in power unit 3 Yes No 6855
Note: For bit 14:
There is either an overvoltage condition at side 1 or at side 2, or the electronics power supply signals an
undervoltage condition at the external 24 V power supply

p55551 BI: Power unit fault acknowledge signal source / PU F ackn s_src
DCP_CTRL Can be changed: U, T Access level: 2
Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Func. diagram: 6855
Min Max Factory setting
- - 2139.0
Description: Sets the signal source for "acknowledge fault" of the power unit.

r55600[0...6] Power unit properties voltages / PU property U

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [V] - [V] - [V]
Description: Displays the voltage properties of the power unit.
Index: [0] = Minimum voltage
[1] = Rated voltage
[2] = Maximum voltage 1
[3] = Maximum voltage 2
[4] = Maximum voltage 3
[5] = Minimum voltage continuous
[6] = Voltage drop

r55601[0...3] Power unit properties currents / PU property I

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [A] - [A] - [A]
Description: Displays the current properties of the power unit.
Index: [0] = Rated current
[1] = Current 1 reduced
[2] = Current 2 reduced
[3] = Current 3 reduced

r55602 Power unit properties power / PU property P

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [kW] - [kW] - [kW]
Description: Displays the power properties of the power unit.

r55603 Power unit properties frequency / PU property f

DCP_CTRL Can be changed: - Access level: 3
Data type: FloatingPoint32 Func. diagram: 6860
Min Max Factory setting
- [kHz] - [kHz] - [kHz]
Description: Displays the clock frequency of the power unit.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 307
2 Parameters
2.2 List of parameters

r61000[0...239] PROFINET Name of Station / PN Name of Station

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays PROFINET Name of Station.
Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found, for example, in the appendix to the List Manual.

r61001[0...3] PROFINET IP of Station / PN IP of Station

CU_DCP (PROFINET Can be changed: - Access level: 3
CBE20) Data type: Unsigned8 Func. diagram: 2410
Min Max Factory setting
- - -
Description: Displays PROFINET IP of Station.

SINAMICS DCP
308 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Function diagrams 3
Content

3.1 Table of Contents 310

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams 313

3.3 CUD input/output terminals 318

3.4 PROFIdrive 328

3.5 Internal control/status words 333

3.6 Sequence control 338

3.7 Auxiliary functions 340

3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control 343

3.9 Closed-loop control 346

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions 363

3.11 Faults and alarms 369

3.12 Data sets 374

3.13 Communication between devices 376

3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) 378

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 309
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.1 Table of contents

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1030 – Handling BICO technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

3.3 CUD input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

3.4 PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

2410 – PROFIBUS (PB)/PROFINET (PN)/USS, addresses and diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

3.5 Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

2546 – Control word, faults/alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
2580 – Control word, sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
2585 – Status word, sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337

3.6 Sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

2650 – Sequencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

3.7 Auxiliary functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

3100 – Fixed values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
3102 – Function generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342

SINAMICS DCP
310 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

6700 – MPP Tracker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
6720 – Battery charging characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345

3.9 Closed-loop control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346

6800 – Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
6805 – Setpoint processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
6806 – Correction current controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
6808 – Dynamic overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
6810 – Current/power limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
6812 – Voltage limitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
6817 – Voltage limitation, dynamic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
6818 – Voltage controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
6820 – Main current controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
6825 – Residual current controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
6830 – Pulse width modulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
6835 – Contactor control/precharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
6845 – Fan control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
6850 –Actual value acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
6855 – Power unit monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
6860 – Power unit, properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363

8030 – Temperature sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
8048 – Monitoring functions in the device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
8054 – Internal diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
8055 – General diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
8056 – Diagnostic memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368

3.11 Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369

8060 – Fault buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
8065 – Alarm buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
8075 – Fault/alarm configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373

3.12 Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 311
3 Function diagrams
3.1 Table of contents

3.13 Communication between devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376

9350 – Paralleling interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377

3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378

9912 – Control word interconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

SINAMICS DCP
312 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 3 Function diagrams
3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

Function diagrams

1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 314

1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 315

1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 316

1030 – Handling BICO technology 317

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 313
314

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-1

Parameter name [unit] Display parameter Parameter name

rxxxx [x...y] Parameter name Binector input BI with Parameter name
(parameter may appear Connector input CI with index index range [y...z] and
pxxxx[y...z] rxxxx Connector/binector output CO/BO
multiple times) range [y...z]
1020 – Explanation of the symbols (part 1)

(xxxx [y]) pxxxx[y...z] factory setting (Def.x) with rxxxx

(Def.x) bit x.
Parameter name [unit] Display parameter with Parameter name Index name
Index name index (parameter may Parameter name Bit Binector input BI
rxxxx[x] Connector input CI with index [y] name
appear multiple times) pxxxx[y] with index [y] and factory
(xxxx [x]) setting (Def.x) with bit x. Signal path The function diagrams are divided into signal paths 1
pxxxx[y]
to 8 to enable quicker navigation.
[aaaa.b] (Def.x)
Adjustable parameter Parameter name Text Text = Unique signal name
Parameter name [unit] [aaaa.b] aaaa = Signal goes to destination diagram aaaa
(if parameter appears Connector output CO with [unit] Parameter name Binector output BO
from ... to [unit] b = Signal goes to signal path b
multiple times, diagram rxxxx[y...z] and index range [y...z] (parameter may appear
pxxxx[y...z] (Def)
references are specified). (parameter may appear multiple multiple times) Text Text = Unique signal name
rxxxx
times) [cccc.d] cccc = Signal comes from source diagram cccc
d = Signal comes from signal path d
[aaaa.b]
Parameter name Adjustable parameter with Parameter name [unit] Connector output CO [unit] and To "Function diagram name" [aaaa.b] = For binectors
Parameter name
Index name index Index name with index [y] Binector output BO with
Bit name
from ... to [unit] (if parameter appears (parameter may appear multiple bit yy
pxxxx[y] (Def) multiple times, diagram rxxxx[y] times) (parameter may appear
references are specified). rxxxx.yy
multiple times)
pxxxx = Original parameter of signal
pxxxx aaaa = Signal comes from source diagram aaaa
[aaaa.b] b = Signal comes from signal path b

Parameter name Name of parameter (max. 18 characters)

Parameter belongs to Command
pxxxx[C]
Data Set (CDS). [Unit] [Unit]
"r" = Display parameter. Parameters of this type are read-only.
rxxxx[y] or rxxxx[y...z] "xxxx" stands for the parameter number. Adjustable parameter with factory setting
pxxxx[Y] (ZZZ.ZZ μs)
or "[y]" specifies the valid index, while "[y...z] specifies the applicable index range. for selecting time slice.
pxxxx[D] Parameter belongs to Drive Data rxxxx[y].ww or ".ww" speci
Set rxxxx.ww
(DDS). PROFIdrive sampling time Default in p2048.
pxxxx[y] or pxxxx[y...z]
pxxxx[E] Parameter belongs to Encoder or
Data Set pxxxx[y].ww or CAN bus sampling time Time slice 4,000.00 μs.
(EDS). pxxxx.ww

from ... to There is no fixed sampling time for this

pxxxx[M] Background
Parameter belongs to Motor Data function. Processing takes place in the
Set (xxxx[y].ww) [1020.7] background.
(MDS). The cycle time depends on the Control
(Def) Unit's computational load.
pxxxx[P] Parameter belongs to Power Unit
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

Data Set (PDS) (Def.w) Not relevant A static state is represented here. The
sampling time data is not relevant.
[1020.7]
[aaaa.b]
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_1020_89.vsd Function diagram
- Explanation of the symbols (part 1) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-2
S
pxxxx
1

0 The factory setting for the switch position x 1 y

1021 – Explanation of the symbols (part 2)

is displayed (in this case, the delivery Outputs a logical "1" at output y if x < S.
state is switch position 1). & 0
1
S

x 1 y
S Q Outputs a logical "1" at output y if x > S.
S = Input for setting 0
R = Input for resetting
R Q Q = Non-inverted output S
Q = Inverted output
Axxxxx
Monitoring or
x1 y 1
Fxxxxx Positioning in sheet at bottom right. =1 x y
x2 y = 1 if x1 != x2.
Outputs a logical "1" at output y if x < S.
0 If x >= S + H, y returns to 0.

x y 1
-1 x y
Outputs a logical "1" at output y if x > S.
y = -x If x <= S - H, y returns to 0.
0

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

y = |x| H
LU MLU
x is limited to the upper limit value LU and the
x1 x y lower limit value LL and is output at output y.
y x1
y= x The binary signals MLU and MLL have the
x2 2 value "1" if upper or lower limiting is active.
LL MLL
x y
1 Output y = logical "1" if output signal x > 0,
i.e. if it is positive.

dx y SET
x

3 Function diagrams
dt
y=
dx x S&H y
Sample and hold element.
dt
y = x if SET = 1
(no retentive memory during
POWER OFF)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_1021_89.vsd Function diagram
- Explanation of the symbols (part 2) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
315
316

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-3
pxxxx
x y
pxxxx
T 0
1022 – Explanation of the symbols (part 3)

x T 0 y
y
pxxxx

Digital signal x must retain the value "1" without interruption during time
T, before output y switches to "1". t

First-order delay element.

T T T T
pxxxx = Time constant

pxxxx
x y pxxxx pxxxx pyyyy
x y
0 T
T1 T2
x 0 T y
x T1 T2 y x y
pxxxx
pxxxx pxxxx

Digital signal x must retain the value "0" without interruption during time Digital signal x must retain the value "1" without interruption during
T, before output y switches to "0". time T1 or the value "0" during time T2, before output y switches its The rising edge of a pulse at input X sets output Y to
signal state. 1 for pulse duration T. The pulse generator
T T T T cannot be retriggered. At T=0, a pulse duration of one cycle applies.
T1 T1 T2 T2
x

y
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

y
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_1022_89.vsd Function diagram
- Explanation of the symbols (part 3) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-4

r0723.15 Binectors are binary signals that can be freely interconnected (BO = Binector Output).
They represent a bit of a "BO:" display parameter (e.g. bit 15 of r0723).
1030 – Handling BICO technology

r0723 Connectors are "analog signals" that can be freely interconnected (e.g. percentages, speeds, or torques).
Connectors are simultaneously "CO:" display parameters (CO = Connector Output).

At the signal destination, the required binector/connector is selected using the appropriate parameters:
"BI:" parameters for binectors (BI = Binector Input)
or
"CI:" parameters for connectors (CI = Connector Input)

The main setpoint for the speed controller (CI: p1070) should come from the motorized potentiometer output (CO: r1050) and the "Jog"
command (BI: p1055) from digital input DI 0 (BO: r0722.0, terminal X122.1) on the CU320.

Digital input Control bit 8

1
DI 0
p840[C]
r2090.0 2090.0

[2460] [2580]

Setpoint channel
2
Motorized potentiometer Sollwert
p55050

3.2 Explanations on the function diagrams

r2050[1] 2050[1]

[2460] [6805]

3 Function diagrams
1 p840[0] = 2090.0 Terminal X122.1 acts as "Jog bit 0".

2 p55050] = 2050[1] The motorized potentiometer output acts as the main setpoint for the speed controller.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_1030_89.vsd Function diagram
- Handling BICO technology 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
317
3 Function diagrams
3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

Function diagrams

2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3) 319

2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3) 320

2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5) 321

2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7) 322

2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0) 323

2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2) 324

2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4) 325

2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6) 326

2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1) 327

SINAMICS DCP
318 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-5
4000 μs

[1020.7]
2050 – Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3)

CUD

X177.9
P24_S

p50765 (0 ms)

X177.11 DI 0 24 V T 0
+ + r53010.00
5V

1 r53010.01
M p50766 (0 ms)

X177.12 DI 1 24 V T 0
+ + r53010.02
5V

1 r53010.03
M p50767 (0 ms)

X177.13 DI 2 24 V T 0
+ + r53010.04
5V

1 r53010.05
M p50768 (50 ms)

X177.14 DI 3 24 V T 0
+ r53010.06
5V

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

1 r53010.07
M

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2050_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2050 -
- Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
319
320

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-6
CUD DO 0 t_del r53020.00 4000 μs
0...10000 [ms] CUD DO inv
p50775 (0 ms) p50770[0] [1020.7]
P24 CUD
CUD DO 0 s_src
p50771 0 <1>
T T
2055 – Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3)

+
(0) +
+ DO 0 X177.19
1 + +
1

Short-circuit
A60018
CUD DO 1 t_del r53020.01 monitoring M
0...10000 [ms] CUD DO inv DO overload
p50776 (0 ms) p50770[1]
r53021.00
CUD DO 1 s_src
p50772 0 <1>
T T +
(0) +
+ DO 1 X177.20
1 + + +
1

Short-circuit M +
A60018
monitoring X177.23
DO overload
CUD DO 2 t_del r53020.02
0...10000 [ms] CUD DO inv
p50777 (0 ms) p50770[2] r53021.01

CUD DO 2 s_src
p50773 0 <1>
T T +
(0) +
+ DO 2 X177.21
1 + +
1

Short-circuit
A60018
CUD DO 3 t_del r53020.03 monitoring M
0...10000 [ms] CUD DO inv DO overload
p50778 (0 ms) p50770[3]
r53021.02
CUD DO 3 s_src
p50774 0 <1>
T T
(0) +
+ DO 3 X177.22
1 + + +
1

Short-circuit M +
A60018
monitoring X177.24
DO overload
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

r53021.03

<1> For log. "1": Output transistor is conductive

SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2055_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2055 -
- Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-7
4000 μs

[1020.7]

CUD
2060 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5)

X177.10 P24_S
DI/DO 4 t_del_inp
CUD DI/DO typ p50790 (0 ms)
0...1
p50789[0] (0) 1 r53010.09 [8020.1]
DI T 0
DI + r53010.08 [5812.1]
0
X177.15 DI/DO 4
+ +
+
1 DO
DO + r53020.04
24 V
Short-circuit CUD DI/DO inv DI/DO 4 t_del_out
<1> M 0...1 0...10000 [ms]
monitoring p50780[0] (0) p50785 (0 ms)

CUD DI/DO 4 s_src

r53021.04 0 p50781
T T
+

(0)
1
1
A60018
DI/DO 5 t_del_inp
CUD DI/DO typ p50791 (0 ms)
0...1
p50789[1] (0) 1 r53010.11 [8020.1]
5V DI T 0
DI + r53010.10 [5812.1]
0
X177.16 DI/DO 5
+
+
1 DO
DO + r53020.05
+
Short-circuit CUD DI/DO inv DI/DO 5 t_del_out
<1> M 0...1 0...10000 [ms]
monitoring p50780[1] (0) p50786 (0 ms)

X177.23 M
M CUD DI/DO 5 s_src

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

r53021.05 0 p50782
T T
+
(0)
1
1
A60018

3 Function diagrams
<1> The wiring represented as a dashed line applies during use as a digital output (p50789[x] = 1)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2060_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2060 -
- Digital inputs/outputs bidirectional (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
321
322

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-8
4000 μs

[1020.7]

CUD
2065 – Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7)

X177.10 P24_S

DI/DO 6 t_del_inp
CUD DI/DO typ p50792 (0 ms)
0...1
p50789[2] (0) 1 r53010.13
DI T 0
DI + r53010.12
0
X177.17 DI/DO 6
+ +
+
1 DO
DO + r53020.06
24 V
Short-circuit CUD DI/DO inv DI/DO 6 t_del_out
<1> M 0...1 0...10000 [ms]
monitoring p50780[2] (0) p50787 (0 ms)

CUD DI/DO 6 s_src

r53021.06 0 p50783
T T
+

(0)
1
1
A60018
DI/DO 7 t_del_inp
CUD DI/DO typ p50793 (0 ms)
0...1
p50789[3] (0) 1 r53010.15 [8002.1]
5V DI T 0
DI + r53010.14 [8020.1]
0
X177.18 DI/DO 7
+
+
1 DO
DO + r53020.07
+
Short-circuit CUD DI/DO inv DI/DO 7 t_del_out
<1> M 0...1 0...10000 [ms]
monitoring p50780[3] (0) p50788 (0 ms)

X177.24 M
M CUD DI/DO 7 s_src
r53021.07 0 p50784
T T
+
(0)
1
1
A60018
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

<1> The wiring represented as a dashed line applies during use as a digital output (p50789[x] = 1)
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2065_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2065 -
- Digital inputs/outputs bidirectional (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-9
4,000 μs

U I r52xxx Signal type Normalizing Offset [1020.7]

-10V ... +10V --- -100% ... +100% 0 100% 0%
--- -20...+20mA -100% ... +100% 1 100% 0%
2075 – Analog inputs (AI 0)

--- 4 ... 20mA 0 ... +100% 2 100% 0%

CUD AI 0 inv CUD AI 0 ena s_src

p50704 p50706
CUD (0) (1)
CUD AI 0 sig proc
0...3
CUD AI 0 offs p50703 (0)
-200.00...200.00 [%]
p50702 (0.00) CUD AI 0 T
CUD AI 0 scal 0...10000 [ms]
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] p50705 (0)
p50701[D] (100.0)
X177.25 1ms -1 3
+ 0
0 0%
p50701 r52011
u i AI 0 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V ±20mA
+ -1
1 1
X177.26 + 10V=100% 0
20mA=100% r52010
21 0 CUD AI 0 type
0...2 + r53030.00 CUD AI wire brk
p50700 (0)

F60046
Wire brk at AI 0 AI m act inv AI m act ena s_src
p50744 p50746
(0) (1)
AI m act sig
0...3
AI m act offs p50743 (0)
AI m act scal -200.00...200.00 [%] AI m act T
-270.00...270.00 [V] p50742 (0.00) 0...10000 [ms]
p50741[D] (60.00) p50745 (0)

<1> 1ms -1 3 0
0 0%
r52013
+ + -1 2 +

1
-1

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

+ 1 1
0
M r52012

3 Function diagrams
<1> This analog input is not accessible.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2075_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2075 -
- Analog inputs (AI 0) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
323
324

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-10
1,000 μs

U I r52xxx Signal type Normalizing Offset [1020.7]

-10V ... +10V --- -100% ... +100% 0 100% 0%
--- -20...+20mA -100% ... +100% 1 100% 0%
2080 – Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2)

--- 4 ... 20mA 0 ... +100% 2 100% 0%

CUD AI 1 inv CUD AI 1 ena s_src

p50714 p50716
CUD (0) (1)
CUD AI 1 offs CUD AI 1 sig proc
-200.00...200.00 [%] 0...3
p50712 (0.00) p50713 (0)
CUD AI 1 scal CUD AI 1 T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
p50711[D] (100.0) p50715 (0)

X177.27 1ms -1 3
+ 0
0 0%
p50711 r52015
u i AI 1 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V ±20mA
+ -1
1 1
X177.28 + 10V=100% 0
20mA=100% r52014
21 0 CUD AI 1 type
0...2 + r53030.01 CUD AI wire brk
p50710 (0)
(i  2mA)
F60047
Wire brk at AI 1 CUD AI 2 inv CUD AI 2 ena s_src
p50724 p50726
(0) (1)
CUD AI 2 offs CUD AI 2 sig proc
-200.00...200.00 [%] 0...3
p50722 (0.00) p50723 (0)
CUD AI 2 scal CUD AI 2 T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
10V=100% p50721[D] (100.0) p50725 (0)

X177.29 1ms -1 3 0
0 0%
p50721 r52017
u AI 2 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V
-1 [5884.1]
1 1
X177.30 0
r52016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2080_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2080 -
- Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-11
4,000 μs

[1020.7]
2085 – Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4)

Fast AI inv Fast AI ena sig s

p50734 [0] p50736 [0]
(0) (1)
CUD Fast AI sig
Fast AI offs 0...3
-200.00...200.00 [%] p50733[0] (0)
p50732[0] (0.00)
10V=100% Fast AI scal Fast AI T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
p50731[0] (100.0) p50735[0] (0)

X177.1 100μs -1 3 0
0 0%
p50731 r52019
u AI 3 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V
-1
1 1
X177.2
0
r52018

Fast AI inv Fast AI ena sig s

p50734 [1] p50736 [1]
(0) (1)
Fast AI sig
Fast AI offs 0...3
-200.00...200.00 [%] p50733[1] (0)
p50732[1] (0.00)
10V=100% Fast AI scal Fast AI T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
p50731[1] (100.0) p50735[1] (0)

X177.3 100μs
-1 3 0
0 0%
p50731 r52021
u AI 4 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
-1

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

± 10V 1 1
X177.4 0
r52020

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2085_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2085 -
- Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
325
326

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-12
4,000 μs

[1020.7]
2090 – Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6)

Fast AI inv Fast AI ena sig s

p50734 [2] p50736 [2]
(0) (1)
CUD Fast AI sig
Fast AI offs 0...3
-200.00...200.00 [%] p50733[2] (0)
p50732[2] (0.00)
10V=100% Fast AI scal Fast AI T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
p50731[2] (100.0) p50735[2] (0)

X177.5 100μs -1 3 0
0 0%
p50731 r52023
u AI 5 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V
-1
1 1
X177.6
0
r52022

Fast AI inv Fast AI ena sig s

p50734 [3] p50736 [3]
(0) (1)
Fast AI sig
Fast AI offs 0...3
-200.00...200.00 [%] p50733[3] (0)
p50732[3] (0.00)
10V=100% Fast AI scal Fast AI T
-1000.0...1000.0 [%] 0...10000 [ms]
p50731[3] (100.0) p50735[3] (0)

X177.7 100μs
-1 3 0
0 0%
p50731 r52025
u AI 6 + + -1 2
* 100% +

1
± 10V
-1
1 1
X177.8 0
r52024
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2090_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2090 -
- Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-13
4000 μs

[1020.7]
CUD
2095 – Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1)

CUD AO 0 sig proc CUD AO 0 T CUD AO 0 scal CUD AO 0 offs

0...3 0...10000 [ms] -200.00...200.00 [V] -10.00...10.00 [V]
p50751 (0) p50752 (0) p50753 (10.00) p50754 (0.00)

r52026
Uout [V] = * p50753 + p50754
CUD AO 0 s_src -1 3 100%
p50750 x x y X177.49
(0) -1 2 + y [V] = * p50753 +
100%
1 AO 0
0
r52026 X177.50
M

CUD AO 1 sig proc CUD AO 1 T CUD AO 1 scal CUD AO 1 offs

0...3 0...10000 [ms] -200.00...200.00 [V] -10.00...10.00 [V]
p50756 (0) p50757 (0) p50758 (10.00) p50759 (0.00)

r52027
CUD AO 1 s_src -1 3 Uout [V] = * p50758 + p50759
100%
p50755 x x y X177.51
(0) -1 2 + y [V] = * p50758 +
100%
1 AO 1
0
r52027 X177.52
M

3.3 CUD input/output terminals

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2095_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2095 -
- Analog outputs (AO 0 … AO 1) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
327
3 Function diagrams
3.4 PROFIdrive

3.4 PROFIdrive

Function diagrams

2410 – PROFIBUS (PB)/PROFINET (PN)/USS, addresses and diagnostics 329

2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 330

2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 331

2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection 332

SINAMICS DCP
328 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-14
USS settings PROFIdrive sampling time
Set PROFIBUS address
Field bus baud Field bus USS PZD Fieldbus USS DO_no
p02020 Field bus address p02022 Field bus USS PKW p02035 [1020.7]
PB address Current p02021 p02023 PROFINET address
1...126 PROFIBUS
p00918 (126) Memory address PN IP of Station
PROFIBUS r61001[0...3]
2410 – PROFIBUS (PB)/PROFINET (PN)/USS, addresses and diagnostics

POWER ON USS PROFINET

SET
PN Name of Station
r61000[0...239]
PZD IF HW assign
CBE20 X1400 p08839[1]
Process data transmission
<2> see:
Ethernet FP2485
PROFINET +
2 PZD FP2487
interface
Field bus protocol PZD IF HW assign 1 IF2 FP2489
p02030 p08839[0] 0
X126
<1>
PROFIBUS See:
PROFIBUS 3 2
connection FP2460
protocol 1 1 PZD
Field bus protocol + FP2470
p02030 0 0 IF1 FP2472
X178 <4> FP2481
USS
FP2483
<5> 3 protocol
RS 485 1 <1> Position 99:
0 When CBE20 is inserted: Switch position = 2
AOP30/USS +
X179 <4> + PPI Parameter When CBE20 is not inserted: Switch position = 1
interface
protocol management <2> Position 99:
RS 232 Switch position = 0

Monitoring and diagnostics IF1 PD fault delay DCP_CTRL

PB suppl t_monit + A01920 0...100 [s]
p02047 PB: Interrupt cyc conn p02044 (1)
<6>
Cyclic <3>
telegrams
from the master
IF1 PD PZD state T 0 T 0
Set_failure r02043.00 + + S Q + F01910
t Fieldbus: setp timeout
IF1 PD PZD state R RQ Telegram failure from master
<3>
Sync op act r02043.01
PB status
r02054 A01900 <3> Monitoring is only performed once
PB/PN: ConfigTelegr error at least one "valid" cyclic telegram has been
PB diag standard received for the first time. "Valid" means:
r02055[0...2] Master is in operation and user data is transferred.

3 Function diagrams
Field bus error <4> Only one of the two interfaces -
r02029[0...7] RS 485 (X178-3, 4) or RS 232 (X179-3, 4) - may be used.
Diagnostic parameters <5> Bus termination can be switched on/off with p50820

3.4 PROFIdrive
<6> Not with CPU stop

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: CU_DCP;DCP_CTRL fp_2410_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2410 -
- PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS, addresses and diagnostics 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
329
330

3.4 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-15
r02090.00
... PROFIdrive sampling time

r02090.15
<1> PZD receive word 1 + + r02050[0] [1020.7]
r02091.00
+ r02060[0] IF1 PZD recv DW ...
r02091.15
PZD receive word 2 + + r02050[1]
2460 – IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

r02092.00
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
+ r02060[1] IF1 PZD recv DW ...
r02092.15
USS PZD receive word 3 + + r02050[2]
r02093.00
+ r02060[2] IF1 PZD recv DW ...
r02093.15
PZD receive word 4 + + r02050[3]
+ r02060[3] IF1 PZD recv DW
PROFIdrive
receive telegram PZD receive word 5 + r02050[4]
2 connector-binector converters p2048
+ r02060[4] IF1 PZD recv DW
Header
<4>
PZD receive word 6 + r02050[5] Con/bin outp inv
Drive object 1 p02098[0].0
+ r02060[5] IF1 PZD recv DW
Drive object 2 <2>
Con/bin S_src
p02099 [0] 0
. (0) +
r02094.00
. + + 1
1
. + +
Con/bin outp inv
+

+ +
p02098[0].15 +
Drive object n
+

0
. r02094.15
.
+

1
. PZD receive word 29 + r02050[28]
1

+ r02060[28] IF1 PZD recv DW Con/bin outp inv

p02098[1].0
Drive object m PZD receive word 30 + r02050[29]
<2>
+ r02060[29] IF1 PZD recv DW Con/bin S_src
Trailer
PZD receive word 31 + r02050[30] p02099 [1] 0
+ r02060[30] IF1 PZD recv DW (0) +
r02095.00
1
PZD receive word 32 + r02050[31] 1
+
Con/bin outp inv
<3> <3> p02098[1].15 +

+
<1> To comply with the PROFIdrive profile, receive word 1 must be used as control word 1 (STW1) (due to bit 10, "Control request"). 0
+

r02095.15
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

<2> Using the two connector-binector converters, the bits from two of the PZD receive words (5 to 32) can be extracted and used as binectors.
1
<3> For words and double words, the 4000 hex = 100% and 4000 0000 hex = 100% representations apply respectively. 1
<4> The connector-binector converter only ever converts the lower 16 bits, regardless of the input variable.
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2460_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2460 -
- IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-16
IF1 diag send DW
r02063[0...30] PROFIdrive sampling time
<3> IF1 diag send word 1...16
<2> p02051 [0] r02053[0...31] [1020.7]
<2> <1> (0) ... <1>
+ + PZD send word 1
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [0]
p02051 [1]
(0) + +
2470 – IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999)

(0)
+ PZD send word 2
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [1]
p02051 [2]
(0) +
(0)
+ PZD send word 3
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [2]
p02051 [3]
(0) +
(0)
+ PZD send word 4
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [3]
p02051 [4]
(0) +
(0)
+ PZD send word 5
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [4]
p02051 [5]
(0) +
(0)
+ PZD send word 6
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [5] PROFIdrive
p02051 [6]
(0) +
send telegram
(0)
+ PZD send word 7
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [6] Header
p02051 [7]
(0) +
(0) Drive object 1
+ PZD send word 8
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [7]
p02051 [8] Drive object 2
(0) +
(0)
+ + PZD send word 9 .
+ .
+

+
+ + .
+ + Drive object n
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [27]
(0) +
p02051 [28]
+
.
(0) .
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [28]
p02051 [29]
+ PZD send word 29
.
(0) +
Drive object m
(0)
+ PZD send word 30
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [29]
p02051 [30] Trailer
(0) +
(0)
+ PZD send word 31
IF1 PZD send DW p02061 [30]
p02051 [31]
(0) +
(0)
+ + PZD send word 32 PROFIBUS
<4>
PROFINET
USS

<1> To comply with the PROFIdrive profile, send word 1 must be used as status word 1 (ZSW1) rather than as the DWORD.
<2> Each PZD word can be assigned a word or a double word.
Only one of the 2 interconnection parameters (p2051 or p2061) can have a value <> 0 for a PZD word.

3 Function diagrams
<3> Using the two connector-binector converters at [2472], the bits from 5 of the send words can be interconnected with any binectors.
<4> Physical word and double word values are inserted in the telegram as referenced variables.

3.4 PROFIdrive
(Telegram content = 4000 hex or 4000 0000 hex for double words if the input variable has the value 100%.)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2470_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2470 -
- IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO (p0922 = 999) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
331
332

3.4 PROFIdrive
3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-17
Bin/con ZSW inv p2048
5 binector-connector converters p02088[2].0
[1020.7]

p02082 [0...15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send

[0]
(0) r02089[2]
2472 – IF1 status words, free interconnection

[1] 1
Bin/con ZSW inv (0) 1
p02088[0].0

+ Bin/con ZSW inv

p02088[2].15
+
p02080 [0...15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send
[0] +
(0) +
r02089[0]
[1] 1
(0) 1 0
[15]
(0) +

Bin/con ZSW inv 1

+
p02088[0].15
1
+

+ Bin/con ZSW inv

p02088[3].0
0
[15]
(0) +

1
1 p02083 [0...15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send
[0]
(0) +

r02089[3]
[1] 1
(0) 1

+ Bin/con ZSW inv

Bin/con ZSW inv p02088[3].15
p02088[1].0 +

0
p02081 [0...15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send [15]
[0] (0) +

(0) +
r02089[1] 1
[1] 1
(0) 1
1

+ Bin/con ZSW inv Bin/con ZSW inv

p02088[1].15 p02088[4].0
+

0 p02084 [0...15] 0 Bin/con ZSW send

[15] [0]
(0) (0) +
r02089[4]
[1]
+

1 (0) 1
1 1

+ Bin/con ZSW inv

+
p02088[4].15
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

0
[15]
(0) +

1
1
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL;CU_DCP fp_2472_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2472 -
- IF1 status words, free interconnection 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
 3 Function diagrams
3.5 Internal control/status words

3.5 Internal control/status words

Function diagrams

2546 – Control word, faults/alarms 334

2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1 335

2580 – Control word, sequence control 336

2585 – Status word, sequence control 337

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 333
334

3.5 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-18
PROFIdrive bit 4,000.00 μs

[1020.7]
STW fault/alarm
<1> This parameter belongs to the Control Unit and serves as the source for Bit no. Control word faults/alarms r02138
simultaneous acknowledgment of all faults on all drive objects.
2546 – Control word, faults/alarms

<2> These parameters belong to Command Data Sets (CDS), depending on 0

the relevant drive object (DO).

Ackn all faults p02102 5

<1> (0)

1. Acknowledge p02103 [C] 6

<2> (0)

2. Acknowledge p02104 [C] >1 7 r02138.07 Ackn fault [8060.1]

<2> (0)

3. Acknowledge p02105 [C] 8

<2> (0)
9
Pulse generator
p02112 [C]
<2> (1) 1 10 r02138.10 Ext alarm 1 eff [8065.1]

p02116 [C]
<2> (1) 1 11 r02138.11 Ext alarm 2 eff [8065.1]
Ext fault 3 t_on
p02108 [C] p03110 [ms] p02117 [C]
<2> (1) <2> (1) 1 12 r02138.12 Ext alarm 3 eff [8065.1]

p02106 [C]
p03111 [C] T 0 <2> (1) 1 13 r02138.13 Ext fault 1 eff [8060.1]
<2> (1) &
p02107 [C]
<2> (1) 1 14 r02138.14 Ext fault 2 eff [8060.1]
p03112 [C]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

<2> (0)
1 15 r02138.15 Ext fault 3 eff [8060.1]
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_2546_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2546 -
- Control word faults/alarms 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-19
Original sampling time

[1020.7]
2548 – Status word, faults/alarms 1

ZSW fault/alarm 1
Bit no. Status word, faults/alarms 1 r02139

0 r02139.00

From fault buffer [8060.6] 3 r02139.03

5 r02139.05

6 r02139.06

From alarm buffer [8065.4] 7 r02139.07

8 r02139.08

10

11 r02139.11

12 r02139.12

13

14

15

3.5 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_2548_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2548 -
- Status word, faults/alarms 1 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
335
336

3.5 Internal control/status words

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-20
PcCtrl active PROFIdrive bit
r00807.00 + 16,000 μs
ON/OFF1 [1020.7]
<2>
p03982.00
Bit no. Control word sequence control
ON / OFF (OFF1) 1 STW seq_ctrl
2580 – Control word, sequence control

p00840 [C] r00898

[5830.3] (2090.0;1) 1 = ON
0 0 r00898.0
OC / OFF2
<2> 1
p03982.01
& 1 r00898.01
OFF2 S_src 1 0 To sequence control [2650]
p00844 [C]
2 r00898.02
(1)
To sequence control [2650]

OFF2 S_src 2 3 r00898.03

p00845 [C] To sequence control [2650]
[8020.3] (1)
4

5
OC / OFF3
<2> 1
p03982.02 6
OFF3 S_src 1 0
p00848 [C] 7
(1)

OFF3 S_src 2 8
p00849 [C]
&
[8020.3] (1) 9

<1> <2> 1
p00854 [C] p03982.10
10 r00898.10
(1) 0
<2>
p03982.03 11
Operation enable 1
p00852 [C] 12
[5830.3] (2090.1;1) 0

13
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

14

<1> Bit 10 must be set in the first PZD word of <2> p3982 is for setting the control word from
the telegram received from the serial STARTER or from the AOP30. It must not be used 15
interfaces, so that the by the user. Therefore it is not
drive can accept the process data. included in the List Manual.
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2580_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2580 -
- Control word sequence control 08.05.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-21
PROFIdrive bit
16,000 μs

[1020.7]

Bit no. Status word sequence control

ZSW seq_ctrl
2585 – Status word, sequence control

r00899
0 r00899.0

1 r00899.01

2 r00899.02

4 r00899.04

5 r00899.05

6 r00899.06
Sequence control
[2650]
7 r00899.07

8 r00899.08

1 9 <1> r00899.09

10

11 r00899.11

12

3.5 Internal control/status words

13

14

3 Function diagrams
15

<1> Process data from control system is requested.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2585_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2585 -
- Status word sequence control 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
337
3 Function diagrams
3.6 Sequence control

3.6 Sequence control

Function diagrams

2650 – Sequencer 339

SINAMICS DCP
338 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-22
16,000 μs

[1020.7]
S1 : Switching On Inhibited S1 : Switching On Inhibited
2650 – Sequencer

Fault
acknowledgement
[2546.7] OFF 1 = 0

Fault Note 1: Statuses S1 to S5 are defined

in PROFIdrive profile V4.1
OFF 3 = 0 S1 : Switching On Inhibited Note 2: "p.e." means "pulses enabled"
OFF 2=1
AUS S2: Ready For Switching On

OFF 2 = 0
OFF 3=1 OFF 1 = 1
and
n=0

S1 : Switching On Inhibited

Voltage-
enable

S1 : Switching On Inhibited
S3: Switched On

Operating enable=0 Operating enable=1 Seq_ctrl quad_dis

r50001
OFF 1 = 0
Seq_ctr op_state
Voltage- Voltage- + r52800
enable enable
S4: Operation

Drv op_display
Enable ramp-function generator, Control of +
r00002
speed generator, Ia controller operating state Op_display
OFF 3 = 0 r50000

3.6 Sequence control

3 Function diagrams
Fault add info
OFF 2 = 0
Fault handling r50047

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_2650_89.vsd Function diagram
- 2650 -
- Sequencer 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
339
3 Function diagrams
3.7 Auxiliary functions

3.7 Auxiliary functions

Function diagrams

3100 – Fixed values 341

3102 – Function generator 342

SINAMICS DCP
340 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-23 11 fixed values 8 fixed control bits Background

[1020.7]
Setting range
-200.00 to +200.00%
+0% r02902[0] 0,00 % r52000
3100 – Fixed values

Fix val 1 Fix bit 0

p50401 p50421 +5% r02902[1]

r52401 r53230.00 100,00 % r52001

+ 10 % r02902[2]
Fix val 2 Fix bit 1
p50402 p50422
+ 20 % r02902[3]
r52402 r53230.01 200,00 % r52002
Fix val 3 Fix bit 2 + 50 % r02902[4]
p50403 p50423

r52403 r53230.02 + 100 % r02902[5] r52003

-100,00 %
Fix bit 3
p50424 + 150 % r02902[6]

r53230.03 -200,00 % r52004

Fixed value 1 [%] + 200 % r02902[7]
p02900[D] Fix bit 4
p50425
- 5% r02902[8]
r53230.04 50,00 % r52005
Fix bit 5 - 10 % r02902[9]
Fixed value 2 [%] p50426
p02901[D]
- 20 % r02902[10]
r53230.05 150,00 % r52006
Fix bit 6
p50427 - 50 % r02902[11]

r53230.06 - 100% r02902[12] -50,00 % r52007

Fix bit 7
p50428
- 150 % r02902[13]
r53230.07 -150,00 % r52008
- 200 % r02902[14]

0 r00000.00 0,00 % r00000

1 r00001.00 100,00 % r00001

3.7 Auxiliary functions

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_3100_89.vsd Function diagram
- 3100 -
- Fixed values 11.11.2015 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
341
342

3.7 Auxiliary functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-24
FG control FG operating mode FG signal shape FG period duration FG pulse width FG bandwidth
0...3 0...99 1...5 0.00...60000.00 [ms] 0.00...60000.00 [ms] 0.0025...16000.0000 [Hz] p04830
p04800 (0) p04810 (0) p04820 (1) p04821 (1000.00) p04822 (500.00) p04823 (4000.0000)
[1020.7]

Square
3102 – Function generator

p4829
p4824

p4826

p4827
p4821
p4828
FG amplitude scal
p4822 0.00000...200.00000 [%]
p04831 (100.00000)
Staircase Binary noise
FG outp_sig [%]
p4829 p4829 r04818[0]

FG control p4824 p4824

p04819 p4826 p4826
(1)
p4827
p4827
p4821
p4823 FG status signal
p4828
p4828 r04806.00
p4825

Triangle Sine FG status

r04805
p4829 p4829

p4824 p4824

p4826 p4826

p4827 p4827

p4821 p4821

p4828 p4828
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

p04824 (5.00) p04825 (7.00) p04826 (0.00) p04827 (32.00) p04828 (-100.00) p04829 (100.00)
-1600.00...1600.00 [%] -1600.00...1600.00 [%] -1600.00...1600.00 [%] 0.00...100000.00 [ms] -10000.00...0.00 [%] 0.00...10000.00 [%]
FG amplitude FG 2nd amplitude FG offset FG ramp-up offset FG lower limit FG upper limit Only value "0" meaningful for
p4810
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: CU_DC fp_3102_89.vsd Function diagram
- 3102 -
- Function generator 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
 3 Function diagrams
3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control

3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control

Function diagrams

6700 – MPP Tracker 344

6720 – Battery charging characteristic 345

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 343
344

3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-25
16,000 μs

MPPT srch interv MPPT op_mode

6700 – MPP Tracker

p54005 p54030

MPPT I_stage MPPT char interval

p54006 p54035

MPPT I_reduce MPPT char dur

p54007 p54036

MPPT I srch range

p54037
MPPT act P T
p54011
MPPT char I
MPPT act P s_src r54040
p54010
[6850.4] (55540[0]) + MPPT char P
r54041

MPPT I_limit s_src

p54002
(1)
MPPT I stVal s_src
p54003 MPPT energy direct
(55112) p54009

MPPT U_min rch s_s

p54013 1
[6812.7] (55125.11)
MPP tracker +

MPPT enable s_src

p54014 [0...3]
[2585.7] (899.11)
(1)
&
[6810.5] (55125.7) 1
(0)
1

MPPT I_s man s_src

p54000
[2460.5] (2050[1]) +
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

MPPT man/aut s_src

p54001
(1) +
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6700_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6700 -
- MPP tracker 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-26
16,000 μs

Batt U_values Batt I_values

p54210[0..3] p54211[0..3]
6720 – Battery charging characteristic

I_batt
Batt Status
r54225.0
r54225
r54225.00 Batt U < p54210[0]
p54211[0] r54225.01 Batt U < p54210[1]
r54225.02 Batt U < p54210[2]
r54225.03 Batt U < p54210[3]
r54225.04 Batt U > p54210[3]
r54225.08 Batt U in hys_rng

p54211[1]
Batt U_act s_src
p54211[2]
p54203 p54211[3] U_batt 1
(55506) +

Batt enab s_src

p54204
(899.11) charging characteristic

Batt man I_s s_src p54214 (50.00 V)

p54200 Batt Hyst

3.8 Superimposed closed-loop control

(2050[1])

Batt man/aut s_src

p54201
(1)

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6720_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6720 -
- Battery charging characteristic 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
345
3 Function diagrams
3.9 Closed-loop control

3.9 Closed-loop control

Function diagrams

6800 – Overview 347

6805 – Setpoint processing 348

6806 – Correction current controller 349

6808 – Dynamic overload 350

6810 – Current/power limitation 351

6812 – Voltage limitation 352

6817 – Voltage limitation, dynamic 353

6818 – Voltage controller 354

6820 – Main current controller 355

6825 – Residual current controller 356

6830 – Pulse width modulation 357

6835 – Contactor control/precharging 358

6845 – Fan control 359

6850 –Actual value acquisition 360

6855 – Power unit monitoring 361

6860 – Power unit, properties 362

SINAMICS DCP
346 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-27
6800 – Overview

Voltage 2
+ + + Voltage actual
Voltage 1 value
+ + + measurement

[6850] Side 1 Side 2

[6820]
+
PWM 1
+
Precontrol
[6830]
+
+
Setpoint
Ramp- +
Set- function
+ --->
Limits Limits 0
+ +
+
Reactor Main current + PWM 2
point generator +
current 1
+
- controller +

[6818]
[6805] [6806] [6808] [6817] [6830]
[6820]
[6810]
[6812]
Residual
current +
PWM 3
controller +
+ Correction
current [6825] [6830]
- controller
+
[6806] [6850]

externally measured
actual current 3 3
+
Current
Set- Voltage actual
controller value
point

3.9 Closed-loop control

measurem

3 Function diagrams
[6818] 3 ent
+ + +

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6800_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6800 -
- Overview 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
347
348

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-28
500 μs
6805 – Setpoint processing

I_set t_RU/t_RD
p55055 (0.050 s)
I_set after RFG [%]
r55070
I_set s_src
p55050
1
(2050[1]) 1 I_set aft lim min [%]
+
[2460.5] 0% r55072
0
0% 0

Enable 1+
ON/OFF1
r00898.00
[2580.8]
I_set min thresh Setp very low
OC / OFF2 I_set sign t_del p55056 (0.40 %) r55075.00
r00898.01 p55065 (100.000 ms)
[2580.8] Setp positive
& r55075.01
OC / OFF3
r00898.02
+ +
[2580.8]
Setp negative
Operation enable r55075.02
r00898.03
[2580.8] stop
a limit has been reached

[6810.7] [6812.8]
[6812.5] [6817.7]
[6820.6] [6825.8]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6805_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6805 -
- Setpoint processing 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-29
500 μs
I_set significance
p55060
6806 – Correction current controller

Setpoint
I_set aft lim min [%] I_set reactor [%]
+ --->
r55072 + + r55071 [6810.1]
+ Reactor
[6805.7]
current

Corr_ctrl t_int Corr_ctrl lim Act val U S1 [%]

p55160 (1000 ms) p55161 (10.000 %) r55501 [6850.2]
I_act val ext act
p55155 (0) Act val U S2 [%]
y r55502 [6850.2]
0 I_set corrected [%]
+ 0
+
x r55073
1
-
Corr_ctrl outp [%]
r55151

Pulses enab
stop a limit has been reached
[2585.8] r00899.11
I_act ext s_src
p55156 [6810.7] [6812.8]
(0) + [6812.5] [6817.7]
[6820.6] [6825.8]

Corr_ctrl lim I_act val ext act

p55161 (10.000 %) p55155 (0)
1s
0
A 0 T 0
F60511
AB 1 Dev I_act int ext too high
I_set significance
B p55060
Act val I_S1 [%]
r55541 [6850.4]
11
Act val I_S2 [%]
12
r55542 [6850.4]
13
Act P [%]

3.9 Closed-loop control

r55540 [6850.4]

3 Function diagrams
F60058
Par not consistent

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6806_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6806 -
- Correction current controller 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
349
350

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-30
16,000 μs
Dyn overld P_loss [W] [1020.7]
ActVal I_re SumAvg [%] r55084
[6850.2] r55520 Barr lay_temp max
r55082[8]
6808 – Dynamic overload

Temp PU1 Thermal model Temp IGBT T1A

[8048.2] r52051[0] of power unit + r55082[0]
+
Temp PU2 Maximum
+

[8048.2] r52051[1]
+ Temp diode D2B
+
+ r55082[7]
Temp PU3
[8048.2] r52051[2]

+ 1 Thresh temp exc

+
+ r55085.0
Air intake temp +
0
+
+ r52050[5]

Maximum
 > 45° A60502
Air intake temperature sensor ±2°C
AirIntTmp too high

p55101[0]
Reduce temp_thresh CondA60039 fulfill
r55085.1

SET
+ Q + A60039
(Q=1)
Dyn overload T too high
I_set reactor [%]
[6805.7] r55071 A RESET
& (Q=0)
Q
B>A
B
Priority:
1. RESET
2. SET
basic current 1 Dyn overld I_lim [%]
+
short-time current r55083
0
[6810.4]

DynOverld t_overld
p55090
Dyn overload prof porperties
p55080
of
maximum temperature
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

Dyn overld I_incr power stack

p55081 ActVal I_re SumAvg [%] Dyn overload t_sig [%]
load cycle
r55520 r55091
monitoring
[6850.2]
F60530
SINAMICS DCP

Dyn overload temp too high

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6808_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6808 -
- Dynamic Overload 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-31
500 μs

Install_altitude Reduce temp_thresh Heat sink_tmp resp PU property I

p55100 p55101 p55102 r55601[0...n]
6810 – Current/power limitation

PU property U
r55600[0...n]

Volt min
p55105 (30.00 V) U_lim t_recovery
p55145 (0.500 s)

Temp sensor disp [°C]

r52050 600 V Lim I_lim actual [%]
[6808.3] [8048.3] + r55115
Dyn overld I_lim [%] [6818.5]
F60500
r55083 Overvolt detected
[6808.7] U F60509
PU undervoltage
Act val U S1 [%]
PV I_min [%]
r55501
r55112
[6850.2]
Act val U S2 [%] Lim status
r55502 r55125.0
r55125
[6850.2] r55125.02 U < U_min
r55125.03 U < U_rated
r55125.04 U > U_rated
ON/OFF1
Allow overvoltage r55125.05 U > U_max
r00898.00 +
r55125.06 U > U_perm
[2580.8] p55110 r55125.07 PV FlyConn active
Allow overvoltage [6850.2] PV FlyConn op_mode
+

y Pos I_lim active

r55125.00
I_set reactor [%] I/P_lim I_reac_set [%]
x
r55071 r55120
[6806.7] Neg I_lim active [6812.1]
r55125.01

3.9 Closed-loop control

-1

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6810_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6810 -
- Current/power limitation 27.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
351
352

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-32
500 μs

Lim S1 U_under low Lim S2 U_over up

p55130 (50 V) p55143 (1000 V)
Lim S1 U_under up Lim S2 U_over low
6812 – Voltage limitation

p55131 (100 V) p55142 (800 V)

U_lim t_recovery U_lim t_recovery
p55145 (0.500 s) p55145 (0.500 s)

100% 100%

Act val U inner S1

U U
Act val U inner S2
r55507 r55508
[6850.1] [6850.1]

-100% -100%

p55132 (800 V) p55141 (100 V)

Lim S1 U_over low Lim S2 U_under up
p55133 (1000 V) p55140 (50 V)
Lim S1 U_over up Lim S2 U_under low
y Low U_lim S1 rch y Upp U_lim S2 rch
r55125.08 r55125.10
I/P_lim I_reac_set [%] U_lim I_react_set [%]
x x
r55120 + r55122
[6810.7] Upp U_lim S1 rch Low U_lim S2 rch
r55125.09 r55125.11

U_lim I_react_set [%]

r55150

p55145 (0.500 s) p55145 (0.500 s)

U_lim t_recovery U_lim t_recovery
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6812_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6812 -
- Voltage limiting 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-33 U_rated Pulse frequency

Target voltage
r50071
[6835.2] U_rated
r50071
Lim S2 U dyn s_src 1
p55185
6817 – Voltage limitation, dynamic

(52002) 0

Lim S2 U_over dyn

p55187 Min 100% F60500
Overvolt detected
Fault value = 3
Boost side 2
[6835.2]

Act val U inner S2

U
r55508
[6850.1]

Boost current
[6835.2] y Dyn U_lim S2 rch
p55186 (10.00 V) r55125.13
1
Lim S2 U dyn dU Lim I_ re_sp U dyn [%]
U_lim I_react_set [%] x
r55170
r55150 0 Lim S1 U dyn dU Dyn U_lim S1 rch
[6812.7] p55181 (10.00 V) r55125.12
Boost side 1
[6835.2] _
>1
Boost side 2
[6835.2]

Act val U inner S1 U

r55507
[6850.1]
Boost side 1
[6835.2]

Target voltage U_rated

[6835.2] r50071 F60500
U_rated -100%
r50071 Overvolt detected
Fault value = 3

3.9 Closed-loop control

Lim S1 U dyn s_src
1
p55180

3 Function diagrams
(52002) 0

Lim S1 U_over dyn Min

p55182

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6817_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6817 -
- Voltage limitation, dynamic 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
353
354

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-34
Pulse frequency
Lim I_ re_sp U dyn [%] U_ctrl act s_src
r55170 + p54105
[6817.7] (0)

I_set significance
6818 – Voltage controller

p55060 Boost side 1

[6835.2] _
>1
y
Boost side 2
[6835.2]
Setpoint 1
x
I_set corrected [%]
--->
r55073 0
Reactor U_ctrl enab s_src
[6806.6]
current p54145
U_ctr I_lim posS_s
Boost side 1 (1)
p54141
[6835.2] _
>1 (52002)
U_ctrl Kp U_ctrl droop [6818.2]
Boost side 2 0
[6835.2] p54125 p54127
Lim I_lim actual [%]
1
U_ctrl t_RU/t_RD U_ctrl Tn r55115
p54101 (0.050 s) p54126 U_ctrl Kp disp [%]
[6810.7] _ &
r54131 >1 U_ctrl enabled
U_ctrl I-comp disp [%] + r54135.02
r54132 y
0
U_ctrl setp s_src 0
p54100 0% current setpoint
+ x
(1) +
1 [6820.1]
1
-
U_ctrl lim reach
+ +/- r54135.00

U_ctr I_lim negS_s

Pulses enab +
p54102 p54142 0
r00899.11 +
U_ctrl act val sel (52004)
[2585.8]
U_ctr act val Tv
p54121
PWM limit reached
U_ctrl act val T [6825.8]
p54122
U_ctr VDC dead rng Act val U S1 [%]
p54124 r55501 [6850.2]
U_ctrl Vdc t_min
p54146 1 Act val U S2 [%]
r55502 [6850.2]
Lead- 2
Lag- +
Act val U inner S1 [%]
3
Block r55505 [6850.2]
dc link 4 Act val U inner S2 [%]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

buffering 1 [6818.7]
r55506 [6850.2]

U_act dead range p54102

r54135.01 U_ctrl act val sel
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6818_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6818 -
- Voltage controller 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-35
Pulse frequency

Mn ctr prctr Tv
p55222[0]

Mn ctr prctr Tv
6820 – Main current controller

p55222[1] Mn ctr prctr fact

d p55230 (98.0)
dt
d
dt Precontrol +

Discontinuous lim
r55235
y
Act val U S1 [%]
r55501 + x Main ctrl Kp
p55220[0] (0.2000 )
[6850.2]

p55226 (10.0 %) Adaptation +

Main ctr U low lim Control factor
+ [6825.1]
y
Act val U S2 [%]
r55502 + x
Main ctrl Tn Main ctrl limit
[6850.2] p55221[0] p55228
Kp Tn
y Main ctrl I comp [%]
p55226 (10.0 %) +
Main ctr U low lim + r55202
- x
+

+ I_ctrl lim reach

+
r55125.15
current setpoint 0 -
+
[6818.8]
1
Mn ctr I_react_set [%] PWM limit reached [6825.8]
current setpoint from master r55172 no. Of power sections
[9350.6] p51800
PU topo pos ActVal I_react PU1 [%]
r55511 [6850.2]
ActVal I_re SumAvg [%]
r55520 [6850.2]

3.9 Closed-loop control

Pulses enab
[2585.8] r00899.11

3 Function diagrams
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6820_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6820 -
- Main current controller 27.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
355
356

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-36
Pulse frequency
Mod ctrAng lim pos
Cl-loop ctrl_mode p55305 (200.00)
p55270 (0)
I_set after RFG [%]
r55070 y
6825 – Residual current controller

[6805.4] + + 1 PU1 ctrl_angle [%]

x
- + r55250
+
0

PWM lim rch

_
>1 r55125.14
y

+ + 1 PU 2 3 ctrl_angle [%]
Control factor +
x
+ + r55251[0]
[6820.7] +
0

I_diff_ctrl t_int I_diff_ctrl limit + 1 PU 2 3 ctrl_angle [%]

p55260 (100.000 s) p55262 (10.000 %) - x
r55251[1]
0

I_diff_ctrl_outp [%]
x
+ + r55252[0] p55306 (-200.00)
Mod ctrAng lim neg

ActVal I_re PU1avg [%]

Pulses enab r55521 [6850.2]
[2585.7] r00899.11 + + PWM limit reached [6825.8]
+

-
ActVal I_re PU2avg [%]
y
r55522 [6850.2]
I_diff_ctrl_outp [%]
x
+ + + r55252[1]
ActVal I_re PU1avg [%]
r55521 [6850.2]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

ActVal I_re PU2avg [%]

+ +
r55522 [6850.2]
-
ActVal I_re PU3avg [%]
r55523 [6850.2]
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6825_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6825 -
- Differential current controller 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-37
Pulse frequency

Mod indiv br enab PU property f Modulator freq Mod opt step-dn/up Mod f_sw op_mode
p55310 (3 ) r55603 p55320 (100.000 %) p55321 p55322
6830 – Pulse width modulation

Modulator f_switch [Hz]

r55325
Settings
pulse frequency from master Seq_ctrl quad_dis
status
[9350.6] r50001

Setp positive
[6805.5] r55075.01 Enable direction DC2 --> DC1
& +

PU1 ctrl_angle [%]

[6825.7] r55250 + PWM 1 Control signal jumper 1
[6850.5]

Decision
+
Direction

+
PU 2 3 ctrl_angle [%]
[6825.7] r55251[0] + PWM 2 Control signal jumper 2
+
[6850.5]
+

PU 2 3 ctrl_angle [%]
[6825.7] r55251[1] + PWM 3 Control signal jumper 3
Setp negative [6850.5]
& +
[6805.5] r55075.02 Enable direction DC1 --> DC2 +

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Pulses enab
Enable
[2585.8] r00899.11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6830_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6830 -
- Pulse width modulation 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
357
358

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-38
16,000 μs
6835 – Contactor control/precharging

Prchg t prchg_cont Prechrg_cont S1

p55355[0/1] (100 ms)
r55375.00
Prechrg t DC cont Prechrg I_charge DC cont S1
p55356[0/1] (100 ms) p55360 (5.000 %)
r55375.01
Prechg_mode Prechrg U_set tol Contactor test
p55350 (3) p55357[0/1] (3.0 %) p55370 (0 ) Relays Contactors
3 +
Side 1
4
+
5
ON/OFF1 + 6 Power unit
r00898.00 Contactor control/pre-charging
[2580.8] +
7
8
+
Side 2
9 +

10
Pre targ_val s_src
r55600[0]
p55352 PU property U Prechrg_cont S2
[2460.5] (2050[2])
r55375.02
DC cont S2
r55375.03 +

Boost side 1
[6817.2] F60501
Prechrg fault det
Boost side 2
[6817.2] Act val U S1 [%]
Boost current r55501 [6850.2]
[6817.2] Act val U S2 [%]
Target voltage r55502 [6850.2]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

[6817.2]
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6835_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6835 -
- Contactor control/pre-charging 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-39
16,000 μs
Fan ON
r55460.00 [1020.7]

Fan ON inv
Dev fan test + 1 r55460.01
6845 – Fan control

p55455

Dev fan t_run-on

p55450 (240.0 s) Blower supply M

Pulses enab >1 + M

0 T
r00899.11 <1>
[2585.8] M
<1>

Temp sensor disp [°C]

r52050[0] <1> only connected if unit has speed regulated fans
Temp sensor disp [°C]
r52050[1] Fan speed reference 3
Temp sensor disp [°C]
r52050[6]

Device fan n
r55480[0]
p55456 (20 %) Device fan n
Dev fan min_speed Fan speed detection
r55480[1]

Device fan n
r55480[2]

F60067
Fault PU temp exc
Dev_fan serv life Dev_fan reset h Fault value = 10
p55471 (30000 h) p55472

Dev_fan h disp
r55470

3.9 Closed-loop control

Operating hours counter

3 Function diagrams
A60510
Fan end serv life reach

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6845_89.vsd Function diagram
- Fan control 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
359
360

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-40
U_act T
p55518 ActVal U offs adj ActVal U gain adj Pulse frequency
Act val U S2 [%] p55545 p55546
Act val U S2 r55502 + +
r55504
Act val U inner S2 [%] Voltage actual
Act val U inner S2 +
r55506 value
r55508
Act val U S1 [%] -
measurement
6850 –Actual value acquisition

Act val U S1 r55501 + +

r55503
Act val U inner S1 [%]
Act val U inner S1 +
r55507
r55505 Input Output
+
Act val I_S2 [%] (= Side 1) (= Side 2)
_
>1 F60504
R inner S2 r55542
p55516 PU overvoltage
[6850.4] +

Act val I_S1 [%] 850 V / 1050 V

R inner S1 r55541
p55515 [6830.7] Control signal jumper 1
[6850.4] Control signal jumper 2
Control signal jumper 3
Allow overvoltage
[6810.2]

+/-80%
Act val I_re sum [%] ActVal I offs adj
r55510 + F60503 p55525
PU overcurrent ActVal I gain adj
p55526
ActVal I_react PU1 [%]
Reactor
r55511 + +
current 1
ActVal I_react PU2 [%] Reactor
+
r55512 current 2 +

ActVal I_react PU3 [%] Reactor +

r55513 current 3 + 3.3 ms

Current
actual
ActVal I_re PU1avg [%] value
r55531 r55521 +
measurem
ActVal I_re PU2avg [%]
ent
r55532 r55522 +

ActVal I_re PU3avg [%]

Act P [%]
r55533 r55523 +
r55540
Act val I_S1 [%] I_act abs val [A]
r55541 Act val I_S1
r55543 r00068
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

ActVal I_re SumAvg [%] Act val I_S2 [%]

r55530 r55520 r55542 Act val I_S2 100 ms
+ + r55544 I_act abs val smth [A]
+ r00027
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6850_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6850 -
- Actual value acquisition 02.05.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-41
16,000 μs

F60505
6855 – Power unit monitoring

PU monit status PU IGBT desat

8 signals "IGBT desaturation has occurred"
r55550 + + Q S
r55550.0
r55550.1
H1904 H1900 Q R
r55550.2 H1905 H1901
r55550.3
r55550.4 H1906 H1902
r55550.5
H1907 H1903
r55550.6
r55550.7

F60506
PU monit status PU overcurrent 2 signals "Overcurrent has occurred"
r55550
Evaluation + Q S
r55550.8
r55550.9 H1700 Q R +

H1701 Power unit

F60507
PU monit status PU overvoltage 2 signals "Overvoltage has occurred"
r55550 + Q S
r55550.10
r55550.11
H1501 Q R +

H1503

F60508
PU monit status PU overtemp
2 signals "Overtemperature has occurred"
r55550
r55550.12
r55550.13

PU F ackn s_src
Being ackn p55551
[2548.6] r02139.00 (2139.0) Reset
_
>1

3.9 Closed-loop control

Op_display
r50000 A

3 Function diagrams
A>B
o12.0 B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6855_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6855 -
- Power unit monitoring 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
361
362

3.9 Closed-loop control

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-42
Background
6860 – Power unit, properties

PU property U Article No.

r55600[0...n] r50070[0]

PU property I Serial no.

r55601[0...n] r50069[0]

PU property P Options
r55602 r50068[0]

PU property f
r55603

U_rated
r50071

I_rated
r50072

Power unit
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_6860_89.vsd Function diagram
- 6860 -
- Power unit, properties 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
 3 Function diagrams
3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

Function diagrams

8030 – Temperature sensor 364

8048 – Monitoring functions in the device 365

8054 – Internal diagnostics 366

8055 – General diagnostics 367

8056 – Diagnostic memory 368

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 363
364

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-43
8,000 μs

<1> For r52052, the following applies: [1020.7]

Value = temperature: for KTY84 (p50490=1), PT100 (p50490=6), NTC thermistor (p50490=7) or PT1000 (p50490=8)
Value = 0: for PTC thermistor (p50490 = 2,3,4,5)
8030 – Temperature sensor

<2> A...KTY84 (p50490=1), PT100 (p50490=6), NTC thermistor (p50490=7) or PT1000 (p50490=8)
B...PTC thermistor (p50490 = 2,3,4,5)
<3> Lay shielded cable,
with shield connected to ground at both ends
<4> Terminal 54 (sense) is used for compensating Temp_sens ext disp [°C]
cable resistances; for this, the cable from terminal 53 to the r52052
temperature sensor and the cable from connection 54 to the <1>
temperature sensor should be around the same length.
Shutdown temperature
<5> If terminal 54 (sense) is not required, then
0...200 [°C]
terminal 54 must be connected to terminal 55. p50492 (0)

+
Temp_sens ext typ >1 + F60029
p50490 (0) Ext temp high F
Ext temp_fault
CUD Alarm temperature r53130.1
+ +
0...200 [°C]
p50491 (0)
<3> X177.53
0,6 s <2>
Character
A
<3> <4> X177.54 + istic +
>1 + A60032
+
<5> B Ext temp high A
Ext temp_alarm
<3> X177.55 r53130.0

Operating temperature
(dependent on type of PTC
thermistor)
Monitoring
(short-circuit/
F60096
wire break)
Temp_sensor faulty
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8030_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8030 -
- Temperature sensor 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-44
8,000 μs
Temperature sensor 1 Supply voltage [1020.7]
+  > Schwelle F60067
X202 Fault PU temp exc
=
8048 – Monitoring functions in the device

+ r52050[0]  > Schwelle -5° A60080 F60097

Temp PU1 Alarm PU temp exc = Power supply unit fault
r52051[0] p55101[1]
Reduce temp_thresh P5 F60093
P5 overload
Temperature sensor 2 +  > Schwelle F60067
X202
Fault PU temp exc P15 F60094 F60091
P15 overload P10 outside tol
+ r52050[1]  > Schwelle -5° A60080
Temp PU2 Alarm PU temp exc Abweichung > ± 5%
r52051[1]
p55101[1]
Reduce temp_thresh
Temperature sensor 3 P10 +
Electr supp U_disp
+  > Schwelle F60067 r50823[0]
X202
Fault PU temp exc
+ r52050[6]  > Schwelle -5° A60080 F60092
Temp PU3 Alarm PU temp exc N10 outside tol
r52051[2]
p55101[1] Abweichung > ± 5%
Reduce temp_thresh
Temperature sensor  > 95° F60521
Electr supp U_disp
on the power supply module Flt mod_temp exceeded N10 +
r50823[1]

+  > 90° A60520

Alarm mod_temp exceed
+ r52050[2]

Temperature sensor  > 95° F60090

Fault CUD temp exc

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

on the CUD module
+  > 90° A60081
Temperature sensor  > 95° F60521 Alarm CUD temp exc
Flt mod_temp exceeded
on the mainboard module + r52050[4]
+  > 90° A60520 Temp CUD Ctrl Unit
Alarm mod_temp exceed
+ r52050[3]
Mainboard temp

3 Function diagrams
Note:
The temperature sensors are monitored for wire breaks and F60096 is triggered if necessary.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8048_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8048 -
- Monitoring functions in the device 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
365
366

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-45
Background

[1020.7]
8054 – Internal diagnostics

r50829[0...55] CUD calib. val F60064

Comm_error with TMS320
F60063 F60164
Incorr AI/AO calib_values Com_err to mainb

F60065
Properties r50812 Mainb calib_values
SW update TMS320 failed
of electronics module F60163 F60165
CalVal mainb incor SW upd mainb fail
Internal communication
r50810 Mainb serial no. monitoring
F60523
r50811 Mainb part no. Mainb I2C bus error
F60525
Mainb watchdog err
A60526
r50060[0] Device version ext Mainb PwrSup sw-off A
r50060[1] Device version int
Int diag
r50060[2] DSAC Bootloader r50827[0..1]
r50060[3] BIOS version
r50060[4] Config EEPROM
r50060[5] Base system A60098
A SysUtil too high
r50060[6] DC/DC converter
Monitoring of
Software version r50060[7] TMS version
computing time capacity F60099
r50060[8] TMS image utilization F SysUtil too high
r50060[9] TMS bootloader TMS320 util [%]
r50060[10] TMS bootloader im r50820[0...1]

r50060[11] Mainb version

r50060[12] Mainb bootloader
Trace PU [%]
r50060[13] DCC version
power stack trace r55399[0...9]
r50060[14] FBLOCKS version
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8054_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8054 -
- Diagnostics, internal 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-46
8,000 μs
Diagnostic LEDs [1020.7]

LED H1000 Description

8055 – General diagnostics

red "Hardware Reset pending" or

"Processor clock failure" or "Software update"

orange Initialization
Mainb LED test
p54985 (0 )
green 0.5 Operation, pulses disabled
Hz

green 2.0 Operation, pulses enabled H1000

Hz LED control
H1010
red 0.5 Hz Fault

red 2.0 Hz No internal communication with

the CUD

LED H1010 Description

"Hardware Reset pending" or

dark
"Processor clock failure" or "Software update"

green DC contactors open

EEPROM
EEPROM address
p54990 (0 )
green 0.5 Setpoint equal to zero

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

Hz
EEPROM write_vals EEPROM disp_values
orange 0.5 Hz Pre-charging p54991[0...31] r54994[0...31]

green 2.0 Step up

Hz
A60522
EEPROM write_cmd
orange 2.0 Hz Step down p54992 (0 ) EEPROM write_protect act

3 Function diagrams
red 2.0 Hz Overvoltage range
p54993 (1 )
EEPROM write_prot

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8055_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8055 -
- General diagnostics 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
367
368

3.10 Signals and monitoring functions

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-47 250 μs

[1020.7]
0 ... no action
1 ... trigger immediately \USER\SINAMICS\
8056 – Diagnostic memory

2 ... trigger at trace trigger frequency DATA\LOG\

Diag_mem tr s_src DiagStor.spd
p50839 [0...5] Diag_mem trace STW
(0) every time an unusual event occurs: p50831
(0) Memory -> diagnostics file
(0)
Diag_mem msg_no
(0)
p50838
(0)
(0)

Sampling values:
Memory
- Reactor currents
200 ms long Diag_mem copy file
- Voltage side 1 p50832
- Voltage side 2

Once per hour:

Memory -> diagnostics file

- Average measured temperature values Memory

Diagnostics Diagnostics
file file
on the SD card

each time a fault occurs:

Information -> diagnostics file

- Detailed information on faults

After each action:

Information -> diagnostics file
- Information about change
important parameter,
software-updates etc.
Each time an internal error occurs:
Information -> diagnostics file
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

- Detailed information on internal errors

SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8056_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8056 -
- Diagnostic memory 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
 3 Function diagrams
3.11 Faults and alarms

3.11 Faults and alarms

Function diagrams

8060 – Fault buffer 370

8065 – Alarm buffer 371

8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) 372

8075 – Fault/alarm configuration 373

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 369
370

3.11 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-48
LED "RDY" [flashing light red]
Background
Act fault code Act fault val Comp_no act
[1020.7]
r02114[0] + r02131 r03131 r03132
1 ms 0 = "No fault
<3>
present"
8060 – Fault buffer

Fault code Fault value Fault time Fault time Fault Component Diagnostic
"active" "inactive" drive object number attributes
initiating fault fault
+ Fault times
III Counter
16 bits
32 bit counter, + + + Incoming
r0945[0] r0949[0] [I32] r0948[0] [ms] r2109[0] [ms] fault
freewheeling Fault 1 r3115[0] r3120[0] r3122[0] Fault cases qty
r0947[0] r2133[0] [Float] r2130[0] [d] r2136[0] [d] III +
[8065.1] p00952
Operating time r0945[1] r0949[1] [I32] r0948[1] [ms] r2109[1] [ms] RESET
Fault 2 r3115[1] r3120[1] r3122[1]
r0947[1] r2133[1] [Float] r2130[1] [d] r2136[1] [d]
p0952 = 0:
Current
Faults ackn DO
fault RESET + Fault buffer is cleared
p3981 p03981 Clear fault buffer
p3981 r0945 =0
r0947 =0 p2147 (CU) = 1
r0945[7] r0949[7] [I32] r0948[7] [ms] r2109[7] [ms]
>1
Fault 8 r3115[7] r3120[7] r3122[7] r0948 =0 Automatic
POWER ON r0947[7] r2133[7] [Float] r2130[7] [d] r2136[7] [d] r0949 =0
>1 <1> <2>
Faults r2109 =0
p2102...p2105 Ackn fault acknowledg r2130 =0
p2102...p2105 ement r0945[8] r0949[8] [I32] r0948[8] [ms] r2109[8] [ms]
[2546.1] r02138.07 Fault 1 r3115[8] r3120[8] r3122[8] r2133 =0
r0947[8] r2133[8] [Float] r2130[8] [d] r2136[8] [d]
r2136 =0
r0945[9] r0949[9] [I32] r0948[9] [ms] r2109[9] [ms] r3115 =0
Fault 2 r3115[9] r3120[9] r3122[9]
1. r0947[9] r2133[9] [Float] r2130[9] [d] r2136[9] [d] r3120 =0
Acknowledg r3122 =0
ed
p2106 Ext fault 1 eff 16 bit counter,
fault
p2106r02138.13
[2546.3] Incoming fault freewheeling
Fault buff change
r0945[15] r0949[15] [I32] r0948[15] [ms] r2109[15] [ms] Outgoing fault
Fault 8 r3115[15] r3120[15] r3122[15] >1 + III r00944
r0947[15] r2133[15] [Float] r2130[15] [d] r2136[15] [d] Fault
p2107 Ext fault 2 eff RESET
p2107r02138.14
[2546.3] acknowledged
r0945[56] r0949[56] [I32] r0948[56] [ms] r2109[56] [ms]
Fault 1 r3115[56] r3120[56] r3122[56] POWER ON
p2108, r0947[56] r2133[56] [Float] r2130[56] [d] r2136[56] [d]
p3110...p3112
p2108, Ext fault 3 eff r0945[57] r0949[57] [I32] r0948[57] [ms] r2109[57] [ms]
p3110...p3112 7. Fault 2 r3115[57] r3120[57] r3122[57] Fault buffer change [8065.6]
[2546.1] r02138.15 r0947[57] r2133[57] [Float] r2130[57] [d] r2136[57] [d]
Acknowledg
ed
fault Msg ZSW global
[oldest] Group fault pres
r03114.10
r0945[63] r0949[63] [I32] r0948[63] [ms] r2109[63] [ms]
Fault 8 r3115[63] r3120[63] r3122[63]
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016

r0947[63] r2133[63] [Float] r2130[63] [d] r2136[63] [d]

<1> This fault is overwritten by "more recent" faults (except "safety faults"). Fault reactions to sequence control [2610]
<2> Refer to "Fault buffer - Saving on switching off" in the List Manual. Fault pres
<3> The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139). r02139.03 [5811.1, 5838.1]
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_8060_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8060 -
- Fault buffer 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-49
Actual alarm code
r02132 0 = "No alarm present" Background
<1>
[1020.7]
Alarm code Alarm value Alarm time Alarm time Component Diagnostic
"active" "inactive" number attributes
warning warning
Operating time
8065 – Alarm buffer

[8060.1] Alarm times

Counter
16 bits
Alarm 1 +
r2124[0] [I32] r2123[0] [ms] r2125[0] [ms] Incoming alarm
(oldest) r2122[0] r3121[0] r3123[0] III +
Alarm counter
r2134[0] [Float] r2145[0] [d] r2146[0] [d] p02111
RESET
p2112 Ext alarm 1 eff r2124[1] [I32] r2123[1] [ms] r2125[1] [ms]
Alarm 2 r2122[1] r3121[1] r3123[1]
p2112 r02138.10
[2546.3] r2134[1] [Float] r2145[1] [d] r2146[1] [d] p2111 = 0:
Alarm buffer is cleared
p2116 Ext alarm 2 eff
p2116 r02138.11
[2546.3] RESET + >1
Clear alarm buffer POWER ON
p2117 Ext alarm 3 eff r2122 = 0
Alarm 8 r2124[7] [I32] r2123[7] [ms] r2125[7] [ms]
[2546.3]
p2117 r02138.12 (most recent) r2122[7] r3121[7] r3123[7] r2123 = 0
r2134[7] [Float] r2145[7] [d] r2146[7] [d]
r2124 = 0
r2125 = 0
Alarm history r2134 = 0
r2145 = 0
Alarm 1 r2124[8] [I32] r2123[8] [ms] r2125[8] [ms] r2146 = 0
(most recent)
r2122[8] r3121[8] r3123[8]
r2134[8] [Float] r2145[8] [d] r2146[8] [d] r3121 = 0
r2124[9] [I32] r2123[9] [ms] r2125[9] [ms]
r3123 = 0
Alarm 2 r2122[9] r3121[9] r3123[9]
r2134[9] [Float] r2145[9] [d] r2146[9] [d]

Msg ZSW global

Group alarm pres
r03114.09

Alarm 56 r2124[63] [I32] r2123[63] [ms] r2125[63] [ms] [5811.1]

(oldest) r2122[63] r3121[63] r3123[63]
r2134[63] [Float] r2145[63] [d] r2146[63] [d]

16 bit counter,
freewheeling
Incoming alarm Alrm buff changed
r02110
Alarm number Outgoing alarm >1 + III r02121
RESET

Alarm pres Alarm buffer

r02139.07 change POWER ON
[2548.2]
16 bit counter,
freewheeling
Fault buffer change [8060.8] Sum buffer changed

3.11 Faults and alarms

Fault/alarm buffer changes from >1 III r02120

3 Function diagrams
other drive objects RESET

<1> The buffer parameters are cyclically updated in the background (refer to status signal in r2139).
POWER ON

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_8065_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8065 -
- Alarm buffer 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
371
372

3.11 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams
Fig. 3-50
Background

[1020.7]
8070 – Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129)

Fault/alarm trigger word

(e.g. as trigger frequency for trace recordings)

F/A trigger sel F/A trigger signal

p02128 r02129

0. Message present
[0] 0. Fault/alarm code r02129.00
1. Message present
[1] 1. Fault/alarm code r02129.01

15. Message present

[15] 15. Fault/alarm code r02129.15

Fault/alarm trigger setting

List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_8070_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8070 -
- Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-51
Background
<1> <1>
[1020.7]
Change fault reaction for a maximum of 20 faults Change fault message type <==> Alarm for a maximum of 20 faults/alarms

p02100 p02101 p02118 p02119

8075 – Fault/alarm configuration

[0] 0. Fault code [0] Fault reaction 0 = NONE [0] 0. Fault/alarm code [0] Fault/alarm type 1 = Fault
[1] 1. Fault code [1] Fault reaction 1 = OFF1 [1] 1. Fault/alarm code [1] Fault/alarm type 2 = Alarm
3 = No message
2 = OFF2

3 = OFF3

reserved

reserved

reserved
[19] 19. Fault code [19] Fault reaction reserved [19] 19. Fault/alarm code [19] Fault/alarm type

<1>
Change acknowledge mode for a maximum of 20 faults

p02126 p02127

[0] 0. Fault code [0] Acknowledge mode 1 = Acknowledgement only using POWER ON.

[1] 1. Fault code [1] Acknowledge mode 2 = IMMEDIATE acknowledgment after removal of fault cause.
3 = Acknowledgement only for PULSE INHIBIT

[19] 19. Fault code [19] Acknowledge mode

3.11 Faults and alarms

3 Function diagrams
<1> With the factory settings, the fault reaction, acknowledge mode, and message type are preassigned in a meaningful way for all faults and alarms.
Any changes can only be made in one individual value range, specified by SIEMENS, in each case.
When changes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: All Objects fp_8075_89.vsd Function diagram
- 8075 -
- Fault/alarm configuration 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
373
3 Function diagrams
3.12 Data sets

3.12 Data sets

Function diagrams

8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS) 375

SINAMICS DCP
374 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-52
Not relevant
Example:
Switching Command Data Sets [1020.7]
CDS0 --> CDS1
8560 – Command Data Sets (CDS)

BI: p0810 = "0" BI: p0810 = "1"

CDS0 selected CDS1 selected
r0836.0 = 0 r0836.0 = 1

t t

Source Destination Start

CDS0 effective CDS1 effective Copy CDS Copy CDS Copy CDS
r0050.0 = 0 r0050.0 = 1 p00809[0] (0) p00809[1] (0) p00809[2] (0)

CDS selected
+ r00836
t CDS count
p00170 (2) r00836.0

CDS select., bit 0

p00810
(0)
CDS1

CDS0

CDS effective
+ r00050
r00050.0

3 Function diagrams
3.12 Data sets
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_8560_89.VSD Function diagram
- Command Data Sets (CDS) 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
375
3 Function diagrams
3.13 Communication between devices

3.13 Communication between devices

Function diagrams

9350 – Paralleling interface 377

SINAMICS DCP
376 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-53
500 μs

[1020.7]

CUD
9350 – Paralleling interface

X165
PU topo pos
p51800 (0)

Par_IF bus term

p51805 (0) OFF1 from master
r53310.2
Sync+ Puls_enab fr mast
+
r53310.3
0 RS 485
+ current setpoint from master
1 [6820.2]
+ +
Sync- pulse frequency from master
Par IF bus addr
Evaluation [6830.3]
p51806
+

0 CAN Mn ctr I_react_set [%]

+ r55172 [6818.5]
1
+ + + Modulator f_switch [Hz]
r55325 [6830.7]

Com mon t_del

CUD p50099 1 = "Telegram
X166 monitoring time
expired" P_IF F60014 s_src
T 0 Telegr mon dur p51808

3.13 Communication between devices

+ r53310.0 (53310.0) F60014
Par_IF t_monit expired
1s
Telegr mon pul
r53310.1

Monitoring
r51809 Par_IF diag info
Telegr mon t_fail
p51807
r51810 Par_IF act disp

3 Function diagrams
r51811 Par_IF CAN diag

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: DCP_CTRL fp_9350_89.VSD Function diagram
- Parallel connection interface 25.04.2016 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
377
3 Function diagrams
3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

Function diagrams

9912 – Control word interconnection 379

SINAMICS DCP
378 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
SINAMICS DCP

Fig. 3-54 <1> PROFIdrive sampling time

Interconnection
[1020.7]
Signal Meaning
parameter
9912 – Control word interconnection

STW BOP.0 p0840[0] = r0019.0

STW BOP.1 p0844[0] = r0019.1

STW BOP.2 p0848[0] = r0019.2

STW BOP.3 -

STW BOP.4 -

STW BOP.5 -

STW BOP.6 -

STW BOP.7 p2102[0] = r0019.7

STW BOP.8 -

STW BOP.9 -

STW BOP.10 -

STW BOP.11 -

3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)

STW BOP.12 -

STW BOP.13 -

STW BOP.14 -

3 Function diagrams
STW BOP.15 -

<1> The BICO interconnection is just an example and may be changed by the user.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DO: CU_DCP fp_9912_89.vsd Function diagram
- Control word interconnection 03.06.2014 v 1.2 SINAMICS DCP
379
3 Function diagrams
3.14 Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20)
SINAMICS DCP
380 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Faults and alarms 4
Content

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms 382

4.2 List of faults and alarms 386

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 381
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.1 General information on faults and alarms

Indicating faults and alarms

If a fault occurs, the drive indicates the corresponding fault(s) and/or alarm(s).
The following methods are available for displaying faults and alarms:
• Display via the fault and alarm buffer for PROFIBUS.
• Display via the commissioning software in online operation.

Differences between faults and alarms

The differences between faults and alarms are as follows:

Table 4-1 Differences between faults and alarms

Type Description

Faults What happens when a fault occurs?

• The appropriate fault reaction is triggered.
• Status signal ZSW1.3 is set.
• The fault is entered in the fault buffer.

How are faults eliminated?

• Remove the original cause of the fault.
• Acknowledge the fault.
Alarms What happens when an alarm occurs?
• Status signal ZSW1.7 is set.
• The alarm is entered in the alarm buffer.

How are alarms eliminated?

• Alarms acknowledge themselves. If the cause of the alarm is no longer
present, they automatically reset themselves.

SINAMICS DCP
382 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Fault buffer - save when switching off

The contents of the fault buffer are saved to the non-volatile memory when the Control Unit is
switched off, i.e. the fault buffer history is still available when the unit is switched on again.
The fault buffer of a drive object comprises the following parameters:
• r0945[0...63], r0947[0...63], r0948[0...63], r0949[0...63]
• r2109[0...63], r2130[0...63], r2133[0...63], r2136[0...63]
The fault buffer contents can be deleted manually as follows:
• Delete fault buffer for all drive objects:
p2147 = 1 --> p2147 = 0 is automatically set after execution.
• Delete fault buffer for a specific drive object:
p0952 = 0 --> The parameter belongs to the specified drive object.
The fault buffer contents are automatically deleted when the following occurs:
• Restore factory setting (p0009 = 30 and p0976 = 1).
• Download with modified structure (e.g. number of drive objects changed).
• Power-up after other parameter values have been loaded (e.g. p0976 = 10).
• Upgrade firmware to later version.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 383
4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

4.1.2 Explanation of the list of faults and alarms

The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The information listed below is
the maximum amount of information that a description can contain. Some of the information is
optional.
The "List of faults and alarms" (Page 386) has the following layout:

- - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx (F, N) Fault location (optional): Name

Drive object: List of objects.
Cause: Description of possible causes.
Fault value (r0949, interpret format): or alarm value (r2124, interpret format): (optional)
Information about fault or alarm values (optional).
Remedy: Description of possible remedies.

- - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

Axxxxx Alarm xxxxx

Axxxxx (F, N) Alarm xxxxx (message type can be changed in F or N)
Fxxxxx Fault xxxxx
Fxxxxx (A, N) Fault xxxxx (message type can be changed in A or N)
Nxxxxx No message
Nxxxxx (A) No message (message type can be changed in A)
A message comprises a letter followed by the relevant number.
The meaning of the letters is as follows:
• A means "Alarm"
• F means "Fault"
• N means "No message" or "Internal message" (or "No report")
The optional brackets indicate whether the type specified for this message can be changed
and which message types can be adjusted via parameters (p2118, p2119).

Note
You can change the default properties of a fault or alarm by setting parameters.
References: SINAMICS DCP operating instructions
The "List of faults and alarms" (Page 386) supplies information referred to the properties of a
message set as default. If the properties of a specific message are changed, the corresponding
information may have to be modified in this list.

Fault location (optional): Name

The fault location (optional), the name of the fault or alarm and the message number are all
used to identify the message (e.g. with the commissioning software).

SINAMICS DCP
384 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.1 Overview of faults and alarms

Drive object:
Each message (fault/alarm) specifies the drive object in which it can be found.
A message can belong to either one, several, or all drive objects.

Cause:
Describes the possible causes of the fault or alarm. A fault or alarm value can also be specified
(optional).
Fault value (r0949, format):
The fault value is entered in the fault buffer in r0949[0...63] and specifies additional, more
precise information about a fault.
Alarm value (r2124, format):
The alarm value specifies additional, more precise information about an alarm.
The alarm value is entered in the alarm buffer in r2124[0...7] and specifies additional, more
precise information about an alarm.

Remedy:
Provides a general description of the methods available for eliminating the cause of the active
fault/alarm.

WARNING
Service and maintenance personnel are responsible for choosing a suitable method for
eliminating the cause of faults on a case-for-case basis.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 385
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

4.2 List of faults and alarms

Product: SINAMICS DCP, Version: 4703500, Language: eng
Objects: CU_DCP, DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Product: SINAMICS DCDC_V, Version: 1200700, Language: eng
Objects: DCP_CTRL

F01000 Internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - evaluate fault buffer (r0945).
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- if required, check the data on the non-volatile memory (e.g. memory card).
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.
- replace the Control Unit.

F01001 FloatingPoint exception

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An exception occurred during an operation with the FloatingPoint data type.
The error may be caused by the basic system or an OA application (e.g., FBLOCKS, DCC).
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Note:
Refer to r9999 for further information about this fault.
r9999[0]: Fault number.
r9999[1]: Program counter at the time when the exception occurred.
r9999[2]: Cause of the FloatingPoint exception.
Bit 0 = 1: Operation invalid
Bit 1 = 1: Division by zero
Bit 2 = 1: Overflow
Bit 3 = 1: Underflow
Bit 4 = 1: Inaccurate result
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- check configuration and signals of the blocks in FBLOCKS.
- check configuration and signals of DCC charts.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

F01002 Internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

F01003 Acknowledgement delay when accessing the memory

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A memory area was accessed that does not return a "READY".
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- contact the Hotline.

SINAMICS DCP
386 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

N01004 (F, A) Internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - read out diagnostics parameter (r9999).
- contact the Hotline.
See also: r9999 (Software error internal supplementary diagnostics)

F01005 Firmware download for DRIVE-CLiQ component unsuccessful

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: It was not possible to download the firmware to a DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxxxx hex: yy = component number, xxxx = fault cause
xxxx = 000B hex = 11 dec:
DRIVE-CLiQ component has detected a checksum error.
xxxx = 000F hex = 15 dec:
The selected DRIVE-CLiQ component did not accept the contents of the firmware file.
xxxx = 0012 hex = 18 dec:
Firmware version is too old and is not accepted by the component.
xxxx = 0013 hex = 19 dec:
Firmware version is not suitable for the hardware release of the component.
xxxx = 0065 hex = 101 dec:
After several communication attempts, no response from the DRIVE-CLiQ component.
xxxx = 008B hex = 139 dec:
Initially, a new boot loader is loaded (must be repeated after POWER ON).
xxxx = 008C hex = 140 dec:
Firmware file for the DRIVE-CLiQ component not available on the memory card.
xxxx = 008D hex = 141 dec:
An inconsistent length of the firmware file was signaled. The firmware download may have been caused by a loss of
connection to the firmware file. This can occur during a project download/reset in the case of a SINAMICS Integrated
Control Unit, for example.
xxxx = 008F hex = 143 dec:
Component has not changed to the mode for firmware download. It was not possible to delete the existing firmware.
xxxx = 0090 hex = 144 dec:
When checking the firmware that was downloaded (checksum), the component detected a fault. It is possible that the
file on the memory card is defective.
xxxx = 0091 hex = 145 dec:
Checking the loaded firmware (checksum) was not completed by the component in the appropriate time.
xxxx = 009C hex = 156 dec:
Component with the specified component number is not available (p7828).
xxxx = Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the selected component number (p7828).
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
- save suitable firmware file for download in the directory "/siemens/sinamics/code/sac/".
- use a component with a suitable hardware version
- after POWER ON has been carried out again for the DRIVE-CLiQ component, download firmware again.
Depending on p7826, the firmware will be automatically downloaded.

A01006 Firmware update for DRIVE-CLiQ component required

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The firmware of a DRIVE-CLiQ component must be updated as there is no suitable firmware or firmware version in
the component for operation with the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the DRIVE-CLiQ component.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 387
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Firmware update using the commissioning software:

The firmware version of all of the components on the "Version overview" page can be read in the Project Navigator
under "Configuration" of the associated drive unit and an appropriate firmware update can be carried out.
Firmware update via parameter:
- take the component number from the alarm value and enter into p7828.
- start the firmware download with p7829 = 1.

A01007 POWER ON for DRIVE-CLiQ component required

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ component must be powered up again (POWER ON) (e.g. due to a firmware update).
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Note:
For a component number = 1, a POWER ON of the Control Unit is required.
Remedy: - Switch off the power supply of the specified DRIVE-CLiQ component and switch it on again.
- For SINUMERIK, auto commissioning is prevented. In this case, a POWER ON is required for all components and
the auto commissioning must be restarted.

F01010 Drive type unknown

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An unknown drive type was found.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Drive object number (refer to p0101, p0107).
Remedy: - replace Power Module.
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

F01011 (N) Download interrupted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The project download was interrupted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The user prematurely interrupted the project download.
2: The communication cable was interrupted (e.g. cable breakage, cable withdrawn).
3: The project download was prematurely ended by the commissioning software (e.g. STARTER, SCOUT).
100: Different versions between the firmware version and project files which were loaded by loading into the file
system "Download from memory card".
Note:
The response to an interrupted download is the state "first commissioning".
Remedy: - check the communication cable.
- download the project again.
- boot from previously saved files (power-down/power-up or p0976).
- when loading into the file system (download from memory card), use the matching version.

F01015 Internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

SINAMICS DCP
388 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01016 (F) Firmware changed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: At least one firmware file in the directory was illegally changed on the non-volatile memory (memory card/device
memory) with respect to the version when shipped from the factory.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Checksum of one file is incorrect.
1: File missing.
2: Too many files.
3: Incorrect firmware version.
4: Incorrect checksum of the back-up file.
Remedy: For the non-volatile memory for the firmware (memory card/device memory), restore the delivery condition.
Note:
The file involved can be read out using parameter r9925.
The status of the firmware check is displayed using r9926.
See also: r9925 (Firmware file incorrect), r9926 (Firmware check status)

A01017 Component lists changed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: On the memory card, one file in the directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA or /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA has been
illegally changed with respect to that supplied from the factory. No changes are permitted in this directory.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
zyx dec: x = Problem, y = Directory, z = File name
x = 1: File does not exist.
x = 2: Firmware version of the file does not match the software version.
x = 3: File checksum is incorrect.
y = 0: Directory /SIEMENS/SINAMICS/DATA/
y = 1: Directory /ADDON/SINAMICS/DATA/
z = 0: File MOTARM.ACX
z = 1: File MOTSRM.ACX
z = 2: File MOTSLM.ACX
z = 3: File ENCDATA.ACX
z = 4: File FILTDATA.ACX
z = 5: File BRKDATA.ACX
z = 6: File DAT_BEAR.ACX
z = 7: File CFG_BEAR.ACX
z = 8: File ENC_GEAR.ACX
Remedy: For the file on the memory card involved, restore the status originally supplied from the factory.

F01018 Booting has been interrupted several times

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Module booting was interrupted several times. As a consequence, the module boots with the factory setting.
Possible reasons for booting being interrupted:
- power supply interrupted.
- CPU crashed.
- parameterization invalid.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on). After switching on, the module reboots from the valid parameterization (if
available).
- restore the valid parameterization.
Examples:
a) Carry out a first commissioning, save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
b) Load another valid parameter backup (e.g. from the memory card), save, carry out a POWER ON (switch-
off/switch-on).
Note:
If the fault situation is repeated, then this fault is again output after several interrupted boots.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 389
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01019 Writing to the removable data medium unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The write access to the removable data medium was unsuccessful.
Remedy: Remove and check the removable data medium. Then run the data backup again.

A01020 Writing to RAM disk unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A write access to the internal RAM disk was unsuccessful.
Remedy: Adapt the file size for the system logbook to the internal RAM disk (p9930).

F01023 Software timeout (internal)

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software timeout has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

F01030 Sign-of-life failure for master control

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: For active PC master control, no sign-of-life was received within the monitoring time.
The master control was returned to the active BICO interconnection.
Remedy: Set the monitoring time higher at the PC or, if required, completely disable the monitoring function.
For the commissioning software, the monitoring time is set as follows:
<Drive> -> Commissioning -> Control panel -> Button "Fetch master control" -> A window is displayed to set the
monitoring time in milliseconds.
Notice:
The monitoring time should be set as short as possible. A long monitoring time means a late response when the
communication fails!

F01031 Sign-of-life failure for OFF in REMOTE

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: With the "OFF in REMOTE" mode active, no sign-of-life was received within 3 seconds.
Remedy: - Check the data cable connection at the serial interface for the Control Unit (CU) and operator panel.
- Check the data cable between the Control Unit and operator panel.

A01032 (F) ACX: all parameters must be saved

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The parameters of an individual drive object were saved (p0971 = 1), although there is still no backup of all drive
system parameters.
The saved object-specific parameters are not loaded the next time that the system powers up.
For the system to successfully power up, all of the parameters must have been completely backed up.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
See also: p0971 (Save drive object parameters)
Remedy: Save all parameters (p0977 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").
See also: p0977 (Save all parameters)

SINAMICS DCP
390 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01035 (F) ACX: Parameter back-up file corrupted

Drive object: All objects
Cause: When the Control Unit is booted, no complete data set was found from the parameter back-up files. The last time that
the parameterization was saved, it was not completely carried out.
It is possible that the backup was interrupted by switching off or withdrawing the memory card.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
aa = 01 hex:
Power up was realized without data backup. The drive is in the factory setting.
aa = 02 hex:
The last available backup data record was loaded. The parameterization must be checked. It is recommended that
the parameterization is downloaded again.
dd, cc, bb:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
See also: p0971 (Save drive object parameters), p0977 (Save all parameters)
Remedy: - Download the project again with the commissioning software.
- save all parameters (p0977 = 1 or "copy RAM to ROM").
See also: p0977 (Save all parameters)

F01036 (A) ACX: Parameter back-up file missing

Drive object: All objects
Cause: When downloading the device parameterization, a parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.ACX associated with a drive
object cannot be found.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX
yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file
yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
Byte 2, 3, 4:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, carry out a new download for your project.
Save using the function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0977 = 1
This means that the parameter files are again completely written into the non-volatile memory.
Note:
If the project data have not been backed up, then a new first commissioning is required.

F01038 (A) ACX: Loading the parameter back-up file unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An error has occurred when downloading PSxxxyyy.ACX or PTxxxyyy.ACX files from the non-volatile memory.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Byte 1: yyy in the file name PSxxxyyy.ACX
yyy = 000 --> consistency back-up file
yyy = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
yyy = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
Byte 2:
255: Incorrect drive object type.
254: Topology comparison unsuccessful -> drive object type was not able to be identified.
Reasons could be:
- Incorrect component type in the actual topology
- Component does not exist in the actual topology.
- Component not active.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Byte 4, 3:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 391
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - If you have saved the project data using the commissioning software, download the project again. Save using the
function "Copy RAM to ROM" or with p0977 = 1 so that all of the parameter files are again completely written to the
non-volatile memory.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.
Re byte 2 = 255:
- Correct the drive object type (see p0107).

F01039 (A) ACX: Writing to the parameter back-up file was unsuccessful
Drive object: All objects
Cause: Writing to at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** in the non-volatile memory was unsuccessful.
- In the directory /USER/SINAMICS/DATA/ at least one parameter back-up file PSxxxyyy.*** has the "read only" file
attribute and cannot be overwritten.
- There is not sufficient free memory space available.
- The non-volatile memory is defective and cannot be written to.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
dcba hex
a = yyy in the file names PSxxxyyy.***
a = 000 --> consistency back-up file
a = 001 ... 062 --> drive object number
a = 070 --> FEPROM.BIN
a = 080 --> DEL4BOOT.TXT
a = 099 --> PROFIBUS parameter back-up file
b = xxx in the file names PSxxxyyy.***
b = 000 --> data save started with p0977 = 1 or p0971 = 1
b = 010 --> data save started with p0977 = 10
b = 011 --> data save started with p0977 = 11
b = 012 --> data save started with p0977 = 12
d, c:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the file attribute of the files (PSxxxyyy.***, CAxxxyyy.***, CCxxxyyy.***) and, if required, change from "read
only" to "writeable".
- check the free memory space in the non-volatile memory. Approx. 80 kbyte of free memory space is required for
every drive object in the system.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.

F01040 Save parameter settings and carry out a POWER ON

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A parameter was changed in the drive system which means that it is necessary to save the parameters and re-boot.
Remedy: - save parameters (p0971, p0977).
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
Then:
- upload the drive unit (commissioning software).

F01041 Parameter save necessary

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Defective or missing files were detected on the memory card when booting.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Source file cannot be opened.
2: Source file cannot be read.
3: Target directory cannot be set up.
4. Target file cannot be set up/opened.
5. Target file cannot be written to.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
392 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - save the parameters.

- download the project again to the drive unit.
- update the firmware
- if required, replace the Control Unit and/or memory card card.

F01042 Parameter error during project download

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software (e.g. incorrect parameter
value).
For the specified parameter, it was detected that dynamic limits were exceeded that may possibly depend on other
parameters.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccbbaaaa hex
aaaa = Parameter
bb = Index
cc = fault cause
0: Parameter number illegal.
1: Parameter value cannot be changed.
2: Lower or upper value limit exceeded.
3: Sub-index incorrect.
4: No array, no sub-index.
5: Data type incorrect.
6: Setting not permitted (only resetting).
7: Descriptive element cannot be changed.
9: Descriptive data not available.
11: No master control.
15: No text array available.
17: Task cannot be executed due to operating state.
20: Illegal value.
21: Response too long.
22: Parameter address illegal.
23: Format illegal.
24: Number of values not consistent.
25: Drive object does not exist.
101: Presently de-activated.
104: Illegal value.
107: Write access not permitted when controller enabled.
108: Unit unknown.
109: Write access only in the commissioning state, encoder (p0010 = 4).
110: Write access only in the commissioning state, motor (p0010 = 3).
111: Write access only in the commissioning state, power unit (p0010 = 2).
112: Write access only in the quick commissioning mode (p0010 = 1).
113: Write access only in the ready mode (p0010 = 0).
114: Write access only in the commissioning state, parameter reset (p0010 = 30).
115: Write access only in the Safety Integrated commissioning state (p0010 = 95).
116: Write access only in the commissioning state, technological application/units (p0010 = 5).
117: Write access only in the commissioning state (p0010 not equal to 0).
118: Write access only in the commissioning state, download (p0010 = 29).
119: Parameter may not be written in download.
120: Write access only in the commissioning state, drive basic configuration (device: p0009 = 3).
121: Write access only in the commissioning state, define drive type (device: p0009 = 2).
122: Write access only in the commissioning state, data set basic configuration (device: p0009 = 4).
123: Write access only in the commissioning state, device configuration (device: p0009 = 1).
124: Write access only in the commissioning state, device download (device: p0009 = 29).
125: Write access only in the commissioning state, device parameter reset (device: p0009 = 30).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 393
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

126: Write access only in the commissioning state, device ready (device: p0009 = 0).
127: Write access only in the commissioning state, device (device: p0009 not equal to 0).
129: Parameter may not be written in download.
130: Transfer of the master control is inhibited via binector input p0806.
131: Required BICO interconnection not possible because BICO output does not supply floating value
132: Free BICO interconnection inhibited via p0922.
133: Access method not defined.
200: Below the valid values.
201: Above the valid values.
202: Cannot be accessed from the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
203: Cannot be read from the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
204: Write access not permitted.
Remedy: - enter the correct value in the specified parameter.
- identify the parameter that restricts the limits of the specified parameter.

F01043 Fatal error at project download

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fatal error was detected when downloading a project using the commissioning software.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Device status cannot be changed to Device Download (drive object ON?).
2: Incorrect drive object number.
3: A drive object that has already been deleted is deleted again.
4: Deleting of a drive object that has already been registered for generation.
5: Deleting a drive object that does not exist.
6: Generating an undeleted drive object that already existed.
7: Regenerating a drive object already registered for generation.
8: Maximum number of drive objects that can be generated exceeded.
9: Error while generating a device drive object.
10: Error while generating target topology parameters (p9902 and p9903).
11: Error while generating a drive object (global component).
12: Error while generating a drive object (drive component).
13: Unknown drive object type.
14: Drive status cannot be changed to "ready for operation" (r0947 and r0949).
15: Drive status cannot be changed to drive download.
16: Device status cannot be changed to "ready for operation".
17: It is not possible to download the topology. The component wiring should be checked, taking into account the
various messages/signals.
18: A new download is only possible if the factory settings are restored for the drive unit.
19: The slot for the option module has been configured several times (e.g. CAN and COMM BOARD)
20: The configuration is inconsistent (e.g. CAN for Control Unit, however no CAN configured for drive objects A_INF,
SERVO or VECTOR ).
21: Error when accepting the download parameters.
22: Software-internal download error.
Additional values: only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - use the current version of the commissioning software.
- modify the offline project and carry out a new download (e.g. compare the number of drive objects, motor, encoder,
power unit in the offline project and at the drive).
- change the drive state (is a drive rotating or is there a message/signal?).
- carefully note any other messages/signals and remove their cause.
- boot from previously saved files (power-down/power-up or p0976).

F01044 CU: Descriptive data error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An error was detected when loading the descriptive data saved in the non-volatile memory.
Remedy: Replace the memory card or Control Unit.

SINAMICS DCP
394 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01045 CU: Configuring data invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An error was detected when evaluating the parameter files PSxxxyyy.ACX, PTxxxyyy.ACX, CAxxxyyy.ACX, or
CCxxxyyy.ACX saved in the non-volatile memory. Because of this, under certain circumstances, several of the saved
parameter values were not able to be accepted. Also see r9406 up to r9408.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - Check the parameters displayed in r9406 up to r9408, and correct these if required.
- Restore the factory setting using (p0976 = 1) and re-load the project into the drive unit.
Then save the parameterization in STARTER using the "Copy RAM to ROM" function or with p0977 = 1. This
overwrites the incorrect parameter files in the non-volatile memory – and the alarm is withdrawn.

A01049 CU: It is not possible to write to file

Drive object: All objects
Cause: It is not possible to write into a write-protected file (PSxxxxxx.acx). The write request was interrupted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Drive object number.
Remedy: Check whether the "write protected" attribute has been set for the files in the non-volatile memory under
.../USER/SINAMICS/DATA/...
When required, remove write protection and save again (e.g. set p0977 to 1).

F01050 Memory card and device incompatible

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The memory card and the device type do not match (e.g. a memory card for SINAMICS S is inserted in SINAMICS
G).
Remedy: - insert the matching memory card.
- use the matching Control Unit or power unit.

F01054 CU: System limit exceeded

Drive object: All objects
Cause: At least one system overload has been identified.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Computing time load too high (r9976[1]).
5: Peak load too high (r9976[5]).
Note:
As long as this fault is present, it is not possible to save the parameters (p0971, p0977).
See also: r9976 (System utilization)
Remedy: Re fault value = 1, 5:
- reduce the computing time load of the drive unit (r9976[1] and r9976[5]) to under 100 %.
- check the sampling times and adjust if necessary (p0115, p0799, p4099).
- de-activate function modules.
- de-activate drive objects.
- remove drive objects from the target topology.
- note the DRIVE-CLiQ topology rules and if required, change the DRIVE-CLiQ topology.
When using the Drive Control Chart (DCC) or free function blocks (FBLOCKS), the following applies
- the computing time load of the individual run-time groups on a drive object can be read out in r21005 (DCC) or
r20005 (FBLOCKS).
- if necessary, the assignment of the run-time group (p21000, p20000) can be changed in order to increase the
sampling time (r21001, r20001).
- if necessary, reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).

F01055 CU: Internal error (SYNO of port and application not identical)
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: All applications that operate with slaves at one port must be derived from the same SYNO clock cycle.
The first application whose registration (log-on) connects a slave to a port defines the SYNO clock cycle that will be
used as basis for the port.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 395
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):

Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01056 CU: Internal error (clock cycle of parameter group already assigned differently)
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The requested parameter group (IREG, NREG, ...) is already being used in a different clock cycle.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01057 CU: Internal error (different DRIVE-CLiQ type for the slave)
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The requested DRIVE-CLiQ type (hps_ps, hps_enc, ...) has been specified differently for the same slave component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01058 CU: Internal error (slave missing in topology)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The requested slave component does not exist in the topology.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01059 CU: Internal error (port does not exist)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The port object assigned according to the topology of the requested slave component does not exist.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01060 CU: Internal error (parameter group not available)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The requested parameter group (IREG, NREG, ...) is not offered by this slave type.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01061 CU: Internal error (application not known)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: An application that is not registered with TSM has attempted to register with registerSlaves().
The cause can be an unsuccessful TSM registration or an incorrect registration sequence. It is always necessary to
log in to the TSM before registerSlaves() can be used.

SINAMICS DCP
396 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):

Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01063 CU: Internal error (PDM)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: An internal software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

F01068 CU: Data memory memory overflow

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The utilization for a data memory area is too large.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: High-speed data memory 1 overloaded
Bit 1 = 1: High-speed data memory 2 overloaded
Bit 2 = 1: High-speed data memory 3 overloaded
Bit 3 = 1: High-speed data memory 4 overloaded
Remedy: - de-activate the function module.
- de-activate drive object.
- remove the drive object from the target topology.

A01069 Parameter backup and device incompatible

Drive object: CU_DCP
Cause: The parameter backup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match.
The module boots with the factory settings.
Example:
Devices A and B. are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device
B.
Remedy: - insert a memory card with compatible parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- insert a memory card without parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- If required, withdraw the memory card and carry out POWER ON.
- save the parameters (p0971 = 1).

A01069 Parameter backup and device incompatible

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The parameter backup on the memory card and the drive unit do not match.
The module boots with the factory settings.
Example:
Devices A and B. are not compatible and a memory card with the parameter backup for device A is inserted in device
B.
Remedy: - insert a memory card with compatible parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- insert a memory card without parameter backup and carry out a POWER ON.
- save the parameters (p0977 = 1).

F01072 Memory card restored from the backup copy

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The Control Unit was switched-off while writing to the memory card. This is why the visible partition became
defective.
After switching on, the data from the non-visible partition (backup copy) were written to the visible partition.
Remedy: Check that the firmware and parameterization is up-to-date.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 397
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01073 (N) POWER ON required for backup copy on memory card

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The parameter assignment on the visible partition of the memory card has changed.
In order that the backup copy on the memory card is updated on the non-visible partition, it is necessary to carry out
a POWER ON or hardware reset (p0972) of the Control Unit.
Note:
It is possible that a new POWER ON is requested via this alarm (e.g. after saving with p0971 = 1).
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for the Control Unit.
- carry out a hardware reset (RESET button, p0972).

A01099 Tolerance window of time synchronization exited

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The time master exited the selected tolerance window for time synchronization.
See also: p3109 (RTC real time synchronization tolerance window)
Remedy: Select the re-synchronization interval so that the synchronization deviation between the time master and drive
system lies within the tolerance window.
See also: r3108 (RTC last synchronization deviation)

A01100 CU: Memory card withdrawn

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The memory card (non-volatile memory) was withdrawn during operation.
Notice:
It is not permissible for the memory card to be withdrawn or inserted under voltage.
Remedy: - power down the drive system.
- re-insert the memory card that was withdrawn - this card must match the drive system.
- power up the drive system again.

A01104 CU: Do not power down. File system being optimized.

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The file system is currently being optimized in the non-volatile device memory of the Control Unit. This process may
take several minutes.
Notice:
The Control Unit must not be powered down during optimization, as this can lead to user data being lost.
Remedy: Leave the Control Unit powered up during optimization.
Note:
The alarm disappears automatically once file system optimization is complete.

F01105 (A) CU: Insufficient memory

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA
applications, blocks, etc).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g. fewer drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications,
blocks, etc).
- use an additional Control Unit.

F01106 CU: Insufficient memory

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: There is not sufficient free memory space available.
Remedy: Not necessary.

SINAMICS DCP
398 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01107 CU: Save to memory card unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A data save in the non-volatile memory was not able to be successfully carried out.
- non-volatile memory is defective.
- insufficient space in the non-volatile memory.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - try to save again.
- replace the memory card or Control Unit.

F01110 CU: More than one SINAMICS G on one Control Unit

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: More than one SINAMICS G type power unit is being operated from the Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Number of the second drive with a SINAMICS G type power unit.
Remedy: Only one SINAMICS G drive type is permitted.

F01111 CU: Mixed operation of drive units illegal

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Illegal operation of various drive units on one Control Unit:
- SINAMICS S together with SINAMICS G
- SINAMICS S together with SINAMICS S Value or Combi
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Number of the first drive object with a different power unit type.
Remedy: Only power units of one particular drive type may be operated with one Control Unit.

F01112 CU: Power unit not permissible

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The connected power unit cannot be used together with this Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Power unit is not supported (e.g. PM240).
2: DC/AC power unit connected to CU310 not permissible.
3: Power unit (S120M) not permitted for vector control.
Remedy: Replace the power unit that is not permissible by a component that is permissible.

F01120 (A) Terminal initialization has failed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An internal software error occurred while the terminal functions were being initialized.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.
- replace the Control Unit.

F01122 (A) Frequency at the measuring probe input too high

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input is too high.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: DI/DO 9 (X122.8)
2: DI/DO 10 (X122.10)
4: DI/DO 11 (X122.11)
8: DI/DO 13 (X132.8)
16: DI/DO 14 (X132.10)
32: DI/DO 15 (X132.11)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 399
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

64: DI/DO 8 (X122.7)

128: DI/DO 12 (X132.7)
Remedy: Reduce the frequency of the pulses at the measuring probe input.

F01150 CU: Number of instances of a drive object type exceeded

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The maximum permissible number of instances of a drive object type was exceeded.
Drive object type:
Drive object type (p0107), for which the maximum permissible number of instances was exceeded.
Number permitted:
Max. permissible number of instances for this drive object type.
Actual number:
Current number of instances for this drive object type.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
ddccbbaa hex: aa = drive object type, bb = number limited, cc = actual number, dd = no significance
Remedy: - power down the unit.
- suitably restrict the number of instances of a drive object type by reducing the number of inserted components.
- re-commission the unit.

F01151 CU: Number of drive objects of a category exceeded

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The maximum permissible number of drive objects of a category was exceeded.
Drive object category:
Drive object category, for which the maximum permissible number of drive objects was exceeded.
Number permitted:
Max. permissible number for this drive object category.
Actual number:
Actual number for this drive object category.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
ddccbbaa hex: aa = drive object category, bb = number limited, cc = actual number, dd = no significance
Remedy: - power down the unit.
- suitably restrict the number of drive objects of the specified category by reducing the number of inserted
components.
- re-commission the unit.

F01152 CU: Invalid constellation of drive object types

Drive object: All objects
Cause: It is not possible to simultaneously operate drive object types SERVO, VECTOR and HLA.
A maximum of 2 of these drive object types can be operated on a Control Unit.
Remedy: - power down the unit.
- restrict the use of drive object types SERVO, VECTOR, HLA to a maximum of 2.
- re-commission the unit.

F01200 CU: Time slice management internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A time slice management error has occurred.
It is possible that the sampling times have been inadmissibly set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
998:
Too many time slices occupied by OA (e.g. DCC).
999:
Too many time slices occupied by the basic system. Too many different sampling times may have been set.
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
400 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the sampling time setting (p0112, p0115, p4099, p9500, p9511).
- contact the Hotline.

F01205 CU: Time slice overflow

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Insufficient processing time is available for the existing topology.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - reduce the number of drives.
- increase the sampling times.

F01221 CU: Bas clk cyc too low

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The closed-loop control / monitoring cannot maintain the envisaged clock cycle.
The runtime of the closed-loop control/monitoring is too long for the particular clock cycle or the computing time
remaining in the system is not sufficient for the closed-loop control/monitoring.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Increase the basic clock cycle of DRIVE-CLiQ communication.
See also: p0112 (Sampling times pre-setting p0115)

F01222 CU: Basic clock cycle too low (computing time for communication not available)
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: A time slice has not been defined that fulfills the requirements.
The port cannot be correctly operated as the alternating cyclic clock cycle cannot be maintained.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Method ID.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Contact the Hotline.

A01223 CU: Sampling time inconsistent

Drive object: All objects
Cause: When changing a sampling time (p0115[0], p0799 or p4099), inconsistency between the clock cycles has been
identified.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Value lower than minimum value.
2: Value higher than maximum value.
3: Value not a multiple of 1.25 µs.
4: Value does not match clock-cycle synchronous PROFIBUS operation.
5: Value not a multiple of 125 µs.
6: Value not a multiple of 250 µs.
7: Value not a multiple of 375 µs.
8: Value not a multiple of 400 µs.
10: Special restriction of the drive object violated.
20: On a SERVO with a sampling time of 62.5 µs, more than two drive objects or one drive object of a type other than
SERVO have been detected on the same DRIVE-CLiQ line (a maximum of two SERVO type drive objects are
permitted).
21: Value can be a multiple of the current controller sampling time of a servo or vector drive in the system (e.g. for
TB30, the values of all of the indices should be taken into account).
30: Value less than 31.25 µs.
31: Value less than 62.5 µs (31.25 µs is not supported for SMC10, SMC30, SMI10 and Double Motor Modules).
32: Value less than 125 µs.
33: Value less than 250 µs.
40: Nodes have been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose highest common denominator of the sampling times
is less than 125 µs. Further, none of the nodes has a sampling time of less than 125 µs.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 401
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

41: A chassis unit was identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line as a node. Further, the highest common denominator of the
sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is less than 250 µs.
42: An Active Line Module was identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line as a node. Further, the highest common
denominator of the sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is less than 125 µs.
43: A Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) was identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line as a node. Further, the highest common
denominator of the sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is not equal to the current controller
sampling time of the drive object of the VSM.
44: The highest common denominator of the sampling times of all of the components connected to the DRIVE-CLiQ
line is not the same for all components of this drive object (e.g. there are components on different DRIVE-CLiQ lines
on which different highest common denominators are generated).
45: A chassis parallel unit was identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line as a node. Further, the highest common
denominator of the sampling times of all of the nodes connected to the line is less than 162.5 µs or 187.5 µs (for a 2
or 3x parallel connection).
46: A node has been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose sampling time is not a multiple of the lowest sampling
time on this line.
52: Nodes have been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose highest common denominator of the sampling times
is less than 31.25 µs.
54: Nodes have been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose highest common denominator of the sampling times
is less than 62.5 µs.
56: Nodes have been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose highest common denominator of the sampling times
is less than 125 µs.
58: Nodes have been identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line whose highest common denominator of the sampling times
is less than 250 µs.
99: Inconsistency of cross drive objects detected.
116: Recommended clock cycle in r0116[0...1].
General note:
The topology rules should be noted when connecting up DRIVE-CLiQ (refer to the appropriate product
documentation).
The parameters of the sampling times can also be changed with automatic calculations.
Example for highest common denominator: 125 s, 125 µs, 62.5 µs --> 62.5 µs
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ cables.
- set a valid sampling time.
See also: p0115, p4099

A01224 CU: Pulse frequency inconsistent

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When changing the minimum pulse frequency (p0113) inconsistency between the pulse frequencies was identified.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Value lower than minimum value.
2: Value higher than maximum value.
3: Resulting sampling time is not a multiple of 1.25 µs.
4: Value does not match clock-cycle synchronous PROFIBUS operation.
10: Special restriction of the drive object violated.
99: Inconsistency of cross drive objects detected.
116: Recommended clock cycle in r0116[0...1].
Remedy: Set a valid pulse frequency.

F01250 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-only data

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.

SINAMICS DCP
402 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01251 CU: CU-EEPROM incorrect read-write data

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Error when reading the read-write data of the EEPROM in the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: For alarm value r2124 < 256, the following applies:
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.
For alarm value r2124 >= 256, the following applies:
- for the drive object with this alarm, clear the fault memory (p0952 = 0).
- as an alternative, clear the fault memory of all drive objects (p2147 = 1).
- replace the Control Unit.

F01255 CU: Option Board EEPROM read-only data error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Error when reading the read-only data of the EEPROM in the Option Board.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.

A01256 CU: Option Board EEPROM read-write data error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Error when reading the read-write data of the EEPROM in the Option Board.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the Control Unit.

F01303 Component does not support the required function

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A function requested by the Control Unit is not supported by a DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The component does not support the de-activation.
101: The Motor Module does not support an internal armature short-circuit.
102: The Motor Module does not support the de-activation.
201: The Sensor Module does not support actual value inversion (p0410.0 = 1) when using a Hall sensor (p0404.6 =
1) for the commutation.
202: The Sensor Module does not support parking/unparking.
203: The Sensor Module does not support the de-activation.
204: The firmware of this Terminal Module 15 (TM15) does not support the application TM15DI/DO.
205: The Sensor Module does not support the selected temperature evaluation (r0458).
206: The firmware of this Terminal Modules TM41/TM31/TM15 refers to an old firmware version. It is urgently
necessary to upgrade the firmware to ensure disturbance-free operation.
207: The power unit with this hardware version does not support operation with device supply voltages of less than
380 V.
208: The Sensor Module does not support de-selection of commutation with zero mark (via p0430.23).
211: The Sensor Module does not support single-track encoders (r0459.10).
212: The Sensor Module does not support LVDT sensors (p4677.0).
213: The Sensor Module does not support the characteristic type (p4662).
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved.
For fault value = 205:
Check parameter p0600 and p0601 and if required, adapt interpretation.
For fault value = 207:
Replace the power unit or if required set the device supply voltage higher (p0210).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 403
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 208:

Check parameter p0430.23 and reset if necessary.

A01304 (F) Firmware version of DRIVE-CLiQ component is not up-to-date

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The non-volatile memory has a more recent firmware version than the one in the connected DRIVE-CLiQ
component.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved.
Remedy: Update the firmware (p7828, p7829 and commissioning software).

F01305 Topology: Component number missing

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The component number from the topology was not parameterized (p0121 (for power unit, refer to p0107), p0131 (for
servo/vector drives, refer to p0107), p0141, p0151, p0161).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Data set number.
Note:
The fault also occurs if encoders have been configured (p0187 to p0189) but no component numbers exist for them.
In this case, the fault value includes the drive data set number plus 100 * encoder number (e.g. 3xx, if a component
number was not entered in p0141 for encoder 3 (p0189)).
See also: p0151 (Terminal Module component number)
Remedy: - enter missing component number.
- if required, remove the component and restart commissioning.
See also: p0151 (Terminal Module component number)

A01306 Firmware of the DRIVE-CLiQ component being updated

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Firmware update is active for at least one DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Remedy: Not necessary.
This alarm automatically disappears after the firmware has been updated.

A01314 Topology: Component must not be present

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: For a component, "de-activate and not present" is set but this component is still in the topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
aa = component number
bb = component class of the component
cc = connection number
Note:
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: - remove the corresponding component.
- change the setting "de-activate and not present".
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).
See also: p0105 (Activate/de-activate drive object)

A01315 Drive object not ready for operation

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: For the active drive object involved, at least one activated component is missing.
Note:
All other active and operational drive objects can be in the "RUN" state.

SINAMICS DCP
404 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: The alarm automatically disappears again with the following actions:
- de-activate the drive object involved (p0105 = 0).
- de-activate the components involved (p0125 = 0, p0145 = 0, p0155 = 0, p0165 = 0).
- re-insert the components involved.
See also: p0105 (Activate/de-activate drive object)

A01316 Drive object inactive and again ready for operation

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: If, when inserting a component of the target topology, an inactive, non-operational drive object becomes operational
again. The associated parameter of the component is, in this case, set to "activate" (p0125, p0145, p0155, p0165).
Note:
This is the only message that is displayed for a de-activated drive object.
Remedy: The alarm automatically disappears again with the following actions:
- activate the drive object involved (p0105 = 1).
- again withdraw the components involved.
See also: p0105 (Activate/de-activate drive object)

A01317 (N) De-activated component again present

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: If a component of the target topology for an active drive object is inserted and the associated parameter of the
component is set to "de-activate" (p0125, p0145, p0155, p0165).
Note:
This is the only message that is displayed for a de-activated component.
Remedy: The alarm automatically disappears again with the following actions:
- activate the components involved (p0125 = 1, p0145 = 1, p0155 = 1, p0165 = 1).
- again withdraw the components involved.

A01318 BICO: De-activated interconnections present

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: This alarm is used in the following cases:
- If an inactive/non-operational drive object is active again/ready for operation
- If there are items in the list of BI/CI parameters (r9498[0...29], r9499[0...29])
- If the BICO interconnections saved in the list of BI/CI parameters (r9498[0...29], r9499[0...29]) have actually been
changed
Remedy: Reset alarm:
- Set p9496 to 1 or 2
or
- de-activate the drive object again.

A01319 Inserted component not initialized

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Initialization is required for at least one inserted component.
This is only possible if the pulses are inhibited for all the drive objects.
Remedy: Activate pulse inhibit for all drive objects.

A01320 Topology: Drive object number does not exist in configuration

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A drive object number is missing in p0978
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0101 under which the missing drive object number can be determined.
Remedy: Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 405
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.

A01321 Topology: Drive object number does not exist in configuration

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: p0978 contains a drive object number that does not exist.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0978 under which the drive object number can be determined.
Remedy: Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.
- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.

A01322 Topology: Drive object number present twice in configuration

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A drive object number is present more than once in p0978.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0978 under which the involved drive object number is located.
Remedy: Set parameter p0009 = 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.
- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.

A01323 Topology: More than two partial lists created

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Partial lists are available more than twice in p0978. After the second 0, all must be 0.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0978 under which the illegal value is located.
Remedy: Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.
- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.

A01324 Topology: Dummy drive object number incorrectly created

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: In p0978, dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Index of p0978 under which the illegal value is located.
Remedy: Set p0009 to 1 and change p0978:
Rules:
- p0978 must include all of the drive object numbers (p0101).
- it is not permissible for a drive object number to be repeated.
- by entering a 0, the drive objects with PZD are separated from those without PZD.
- only 2 partial lists are permitted. After the second 0, all values must be 0.
- dummy drive object numbers (255) are only permitted in the first partial list.

SINAMICS DCP
406 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F01325 Topology: Component number not present in target topology

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The component configured in a parameter (e.g. p0121, p0131, etc.) is not present in the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Configured component number that is not present in target topology.
Remedy: Establish topology and DO configuration consistency.

A01330 Topology: Quick commissioning not possible

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Unable to carry out a quick commissioning. The existing actual topology does not fulfill the requirements.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ccccbbaa hex: cccc = preliminary component number, bb = supplementary information, aa = fault cause
aa = 01 hex = 1 dec:
On one component illegal connections were detected.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: For a Motor Module, more than one motor with DRIVE-CLiQ was detected.
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ, the DRIVE-CLiQ cable is not connected to a Motor Module.
aa = 02 hex = 2 dec:
The topology contains too many components of a particular type.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: There is more than one master Control Unit.
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: There is more than 1 infeed (8 for a parallel circuit configuration).
- bb = 03 hex = 3 dec: There are more than 10 Motor Modules (8 for a parallel circuit configuration).
- bb = 04 hex = 4 dec: There are more than 9 encoders.
- bb = 05 hex = 5 dec: There are more than 8 Terminal Modules.
- bb = 07 hex = 7 dec: Unknown component type
- bb = 08 hex = 8 dec: There are more than 6 drive slaves.
- bb = 09 hex = 9 dec: Connection of a drive slave not permitted.
- bb = 0a hex = 10 dec: There is no drive master.
- bb = 0b hex = 11 dec: There is more than one motor with DRIVE-CLiQ for a parallel circuit.
- bb = 0c hex = 12 dec: Different power units are being used in a parallel connection.
- cccc: Not used.
aa = 03 hex = 3 dec:
More than 16 components are connected at a DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the Control Unit.
- bb = 0, 1, 2, 3 means e.g. detected at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100, X101, X102, X103.
- cccc: Not used.
aa = 04 hex = 4 dec:
The number of components connected one after the other is greater than 125.
- bb: Not used.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the first component and component that resulted in the fault.
aa = 05 hex = 5 dec:
The component is not permissible for SERVO.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: SINAMICS G available.
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: Chassis available.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the first component and component that resulted in the fault.
aa = 06 hex = 6 dec:
On one component illegal EEPROM data was detected. These must be corrected before the system continues to
boot.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: The Order No. [MLFB] of the power unit that was replaced includes a space retainer. The
space retainer (*) must be replaced by a correct character.
- cccc = preliminary component number of the component with illegal EEPROM data.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 407
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

aa = 07 hex = 7 dec:
The actual topology contains an illegal combination of components.
- bb = 01 hex = 1 dec: Active Line Module (ALM) and Basic Line Module (BLM).
- bb = 02 hex = 2 dec: Active Line Module (ALM) and Smart Line Module (SLM).
- bb = 03 hex = 3 dec: SIMOTION control (e.g. SIMOTION D445) and SINUMERIK component (e.g. NX15).
- bb = 04 hex = 4 dec: SINUMERIK control (e.g. SINUMERIK 730.net) and SIMOTION component (e.g. CX32).
- cccc: Not used.
Note:
Connection type and connection number are described in F01375.
See also: p0097 (Select drive object type), r0098 (Actual device topology), p0099 (Device target topology)
Remedy: - adapt the output topology to the permissible requirements.
- carry out commissioning using the commissioning software.
- for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, connect the power and DRIVE-CLiQ cable to the same Motor Module (Single Motor
Module: DRIVE-CLiQ at X202, Double Motor Module: DRIVE-CLiQ from motor 1 (X1) to X202, from motor 2 (X2) to
X203).
Re aa = 06 hex = 6 dec and bb = 01 hex = 1 dec:
Correct the order number when commissioning using the commissioning software.
See also: p0097 (Select drive object type), r0098 (Actual device topology), p0099 (Device target topology)

A01331 Topology: At least one component not assigned to a drive object

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: At least one component is not assigned to a drive object.
- when commissioning, a component was not able to be automatically assigned to a drive object.
- the parameters for the data sets are not correctly set.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number of the unassigned component.
Remedy: This component is assigned to a drive object.
Check the parameters for the data sets.
Examples:
- power unit (p0121).
- motor (p0131, p0186).
- encoder interface (p0140, p0141, p0187 ... p0189).
- encoder (p0140, p0142, p0187 ... p0189).
- Terminal Module (p0151).
- option board (p0161).

F01340 Topology: Too many components on one line

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: For the selected communications clock cycle, too many DRIVE-CLiQ components are connected to one line of the
Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
xyy hex: x = fault cause, yy = component number or connection number.
1yy:
The communications clock cycle of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection on the Control Unit is not sufficient for all read
transfers.
2yy:
The communications clock cycle of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection on the Control Unit is not sufficient for all write
transfers.
3yy:
Cyclic communication is fully utilized.
4yy:
The DRIVE-CLiQ cycle starts before the earliest end of the application. An additional dead time must be added to the
control. Sign-of-life errors can be expected.
The conditions of operation with a current controller sampling time of 31.25 µs have not been maintained.
5yy:
Internal buffer overflow for net data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.

SINAMICS DCP
408 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

6yy:
Internal buffer overflow for receive data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
7yy:
Internal buffer overflow for send data of a DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
8yy:
The component clock cycles cannot be combined with one another
900:
The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system is too high to be determined.
901:
The lowest common multiple of the clock cycles in the system cannot be generated with the hardware.
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
- Reduce the number of components on the DRIVE-CLiQ line involved and distribute these to other DRIVE-CLiQ
sockets of the Control Unit. This means that communication is uniformly distributed over several lines.
Re fault value = 1yy - 4yy in addition:
- increase the sampling times (p0112, p0115, p4099). If necessary, for DCC or FBLOCKS, change the assignment of
the run-time group (p21000, p20000) so that the sampling time (r21001, r20001) is increased.
- if necessary, reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).
- reduce the function modules (r0108).
- establish the conditions for operation with a current controller sampling time of 31.25 µs (at the DRIVE-CLiQ line,
only operate Motor Modules and Sensor Modules with this sampling time and only use a permitted Sensor Module
(e.g. SMC20, this means a 3 at the last position of the order number)).
- For an NX, the corresponding Sensor Module for a possibly existing second measuring system should be
connected to a free DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the NX.
Re fault value = 8yy in addition:
- check the clock cycles settings (p0112, p0115, p4099). Clock cycles on a DRIVE-CLiQ line must be perfect integer
multiples of one another. As clock cycle on a line, all clock cycles of all drive objects in the previously mentioned
parameters apply, which have components on the line involved.
Re fault value = 9yy in addition:
- check the clock cycles settings (p0112, p0115, p4099). The lower the numerical value difference between two clock
cycles, the higher the lowest common multiple. This behavior has a significantly stronger influence, the higher the
numerical values of the clock cycles.

F01341 Topology: Maximum number of DRIVE-CLiQ components exceeded

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Too many DRIVE-CLiQ components were defined in the actual topology.
Note:
Pulse enable is withdrawn and prevented.
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
- reduce the number components on the DRIVE-CLiQ line involved in order to maintain the maximum quantity
structure.

F01354 Topology: Actual topology indicates an illegal component

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The actual topology indicates at least one illegal component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = cause.
xx = 1: Component at this Control Unit not permissible.
xx = 2: Component in combination with another component not permissible.
Note:
Pulse enable is prevented.
Remedy: Remove the illegal components and restart the system.

F01355 Topology: Actual topology changed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The device target topology (p0099) does not correspond to the device actual topology (r0098).
The fault only occurs if the topology was commissioned using the automatic internal device mechanism and not using
the commissioning software.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 409
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):

Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
See also: r0098 (Actual device topology), p0099 (Device target topology)
Remedy: One of the following counter-measures can be selected if no faults have occurred in the topology detection itself:
If commissioning is still not completed:
- carry out a self-commissioning routine (starting from p0009 = 1).
In general:
Set p0099 = r0098, set p0009 = 0; for existing Motor Modules, this results in servo drives being automatically
generated (p0107).
Generating servo drives: Set p0097 to 1, set p0009 to 0.
Generating vector drives: Set p0097 to 2, set p0009 to 0.
Generating vector drives with parallel circuit: Set p0097 to 12, set p0009 to 0.
In order to set configurations in p0108, before setting p0009 to 0, it is possible to first set p0009 to 2 and modify
p0108. The index corresponds to the drive object (p0107).
If commissioning has already been completed:
- re-establish the original connections and re-connect power to the Control Unit.
- restore the factory setting for the complete equipment (all of the drives) and allow automatic self-commissioning
again.
- change the device parameterization to match the connections (this is only possible using the commissioning
software).
Notice:
Topology changes that result in this fault being generated cannot be accepted by the automatic function in the
device, but must be transferred using the commissioning software and parameter download. The automatic function
in the device only allows constant topology to be used. Otherwise, when the topology is changed, all of the previous
parameter settings are lost and replaced by the factory setting.
See also: r0098 (Actual device topology)

F01356 Topology: There is a defective DRIVE-CLiQ component

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The actual topology indicates at least one defective DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
zzyyxx hex:
zz = connection number of the component at which the defective component is connected
yy = component number of the component at which the defective component is connected
xx = fault cause
xx = 1: Component at this Control Unit not permissible.
xx = 2: component with communication defect.
Note:
Pulse enable is withdrawn and prevented.
Remedy: Replace the defective component and restart the system.

F01357 Topology: Two Control Units identified on the DRIVE-CLiQ line

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: In the actual topology, 2 Control Units are connected with one another through DRIVE-CLiQ.
As standard, this is not permitted.
It is only permitted, if the OA application OALINK is already installed on both Control Units.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex:
yy = connection number of the Control Unit at which the second Control Unit is connected
xx = component number of the Control Unit at which the second Control Unit is connected
Note:
Pulse enable is withdrawn and prevented.
Remedy: - remove the DRIVE-CLiQ connection, restart the systems, install OALINK on both Control Units and commission.
- remove the connection to the second Control Unit and restart.
- for the S120M component DRIVE-CLiQ extension, interchange the hybrid cable (IN/OUT).

SINAMICS DCP
410 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01358 Topology: Line termination not available

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: At least one line with distributed drives is not terminated. The last participant on the line must be terminated with a
line termination connector.
This therefore ensures the degree of protection of the distributed drives.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
zzyyxx hex:
zz = connection number of the distributed drive where there is no terminating connector
yy = component number
xx = CU connection number
Remedy: Install the line terminating connector for the last distributed drive.

F01359 Topology: DRIVE-CLiQ performance not sufficient

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ performance is not sufficient at one line in order to identify an inserted component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- Distribute components across several DRIVE-CLiQ lines.
Note:
For this topology, do not withdraw and insert components in operation.

F01360 Topology: Actual topology not permissible

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The detected actual topology is not permissible.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccccbbaa hex:
cccc = preliminary component number, bb = no significance, aa = fault cause
aa = 01 hex = 1 dec:
Too many components were detected at the Control Unit. A maximum of 199 components is permissible.
aa = 02 hex = 2 dec:
The component type of a component is not known.
aa = 03 hex = 3 dec:
It is illegal to combine ALM and BLM.
aa = 04 hex = 4 dec:
It is illegal to combine ALM and SLM.
aa = 05 hex = 5 dec:
It is illegal to combine BLM and SLM.
aa = 06 hex = 6 dec:
A CX32 was not directly connected to a permitted Control Unit.
aa = 07 hex = 7 dec:
An NX10 or NX15 was not directly connected to a permitted Control Unit.
aa = 08 hex = 8 dec:
A component was connected to a Control Unit that is not permitted for this purpose.
aa = 09 hex = 9 dec:
A component was connected to a Control Unit with out-of-date firmware.
aa = 0A hex = 10 dec:
Too many components of a particular type detected.
aa = 0B hex = 11 dec:
Too many components of a particular type detected on a single line.
Note:
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 411
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Re fault cause = 1:

Change the configuration. Connect less than 199 components to the Control Unit.
Re fault cause = 2:
Remove the component with unknown component type.
Re fault cause = 3, 4, 5:
Establish a valid combination.
Re fault cause = 6, 7:
Connect the expansion module directly to a permitted Control Unit.
Re fault cause = 8:
Remove component or use a permissible component.
Re fault cause = 9:
Upgrade the firmware of the Control Unit to a later version.
Re fault cause = 10, 11:
Reduce the number of components.

A01361 Topology: Actual topology contains SINUMERIK and SIMOTION components

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The detected actual topology contains SINUMERIK and SIMOTION components.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex: cc = fault cause, bb = component class of the actual topology, aa = component number of the
component
cc = 01 hex = 1 dec:
An NX10 or NX15 was connected to a SIMOTION control.
cc = 02 hex = 2 dec:
A CX32 was connected to a SINUMERIK control.
Remedy: Re alarm value = 1:
Replace all NX10 or NX15 by a CX32.
Re alarm value = 2:
Replace all CX32 by an NX10 or NX15.

A01362 Topology: Topology rule(s) broken

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: At least one topology rule for the SINAMICS S120 Combi has been broken.
In the event of a fault, the ramping up of the drive system is aborted and closed-loop drive control is not enabled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
The alarm value indicates which rule has been violated.
1: The S120 Combi may only be wired via DRIVE-CLiQ socket X200 to X100 on the NCU.
2: Only one Single Motor Module (SMM) or one Double Motor Module (DMM) may be connected via X200 to the
DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101 on the NCU.
3: Only one Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) or one DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module (hub) may be connected via X500 to the
DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102 on the NCU.
4: Only Sensor Modules may be connected to DRIVE-CLiQ sockets X201 up to X203 (3-axis) or X204 (4-axis) on the
S120 Combi.
5: Only one Sensor Module, type SMC20 or SME20 may be connected to DRIVE-CLiQ socket X205 (X204 is not
available for 3-axis).
6: If a Single Motor Module is being used as the first expansion axis, only one more Single Motor Module may be
connected (via X200 to X201 on the first Single Motor Module).
7: Only Sensor Modules may be connected to the corresponding DRIVE-CLiQ socket X202 on any Single Motor
Modules which may be present.
8: For a second Single Motor Module or for a Double Motor Module, it is not permissible to connect anything at X201.
9: If a Double Motor Module is used as an expansion axis, only Sensor Modules may be connected to X202 and
X203.
10: If a Terminal Module 54F (TM54F) is configured, only one DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module (DMC20, DME20) may be
connected to X501 of the TM54F module via DRIVE-CLiQ socket X500.
11: On the DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module, only Sensor Modules Cabinet (SMC) and Sensor Modules External (SME) may
be connected to X501 through X505.

SINAMICS DCP
412 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

12: Only certain Motor Modules may be used for expansion axes.
13: For an S120 Combi with 3 axes, nothing must be connected at the DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module at X503.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm value and ensure compliance with the corresponding topology rule(s).

F01375 Topology: Connection duplicated between two components

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When checking the actual topology, a ring-type connection was detected.
The fault value describes a component contained in the ring.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccbbaaaa hex:
cc = connection number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aaaa = preliminary component number (%1)
Component class:
0: Component unknown.
1: Control Unit
2: Motor Module
3: Line Module
4: Sensor Module
5: Voltage Sensing Module
6: Terminal Module
7: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module
8: Controller Extension
9: Filter Module
10: Hydraulic Module.
49: DRIVE-CLiQ component
50: Option slot
60: Encoder
70: DRIVE-CLiQ motor
71: Hydraulic cylinder
72: Hydraulic valve
80: Motor
Connection number:
0: Port 0, 1: Port 1, 2: Port 2, 3: Port 3, 4: Port 4, 5: Port 5
10: X100, 11: X101, 12: X102, 13: X103, 14: X104, 15: X105
20: X200, 21: X201, 22: X202, 23: X203
50: X500, 51: X501, 52: X502, 53: X503, 54: X504, 55: X505
Remedy: Output the fault value and remove the specified connection.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

F01380 Topology: Actual topology EEPROM defective

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When detecting the actual topology, a component with a defective EEPROM was detected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
bbbbaaaa hex:
bbbb = reserved
aaaa = preliminary component number of the defective components
Remedy: Output the fault value and remove the defected component.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 413
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01381 Topology: power unit incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a power unit in the actual topology that has been incorrectly inserted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01382 Topology: Sensor Module incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a Sensor Module in the actual topology that has been incorrectly inserted with
respect to the target technology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01383 Topology: Terminal Module incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a Terminal Module in the actual topology that has been incorrectly inserted
with respect to the target technology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)

SINAMICS DCP
414 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01384 Topology: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in the actual topology that has been incorrectly
inserted with respect to the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01385 Topology: Controller Extension incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a controller extension 32 (CX32) in the actual topology that has been
incorrectly inserted with respect to the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 415
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01386 Topology: DRIVE-CLiQ component incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE-CLiQ component in the actual topology that has been incorrectly
inserted with respect to the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01389 Topology: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ incorrectly inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ in the actual topology that has been incorrectly
inserted with respect to the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the incorrectly inserted component (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component involved is incorrectly inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01416 Topology: Component additionally inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has found a component in the actual topology which is not specified in the target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = component class (% 2)
cc = connection number (%4)
bb = component class of the additional component (%1)
aa = component number (%3)

SINAMICS DCP
416 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
The component class of the additional component is contained in bb.
The component is described in dd, cc and aa, where the additional component is inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- remove the additional component (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01420 Topology: Component different

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected differences in the actual and target topologies in the electronic rating plate.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex: aa = component number (%1), bb = component class of the target topology (%2), cc = component
class of the actual topology (%3), dd = difference (%4)
dd = 01 hex = 1 dec:
Different component type.
dd = 02 hex = 2 dec:
Different Order No.
dd = 03 hex = 3 dec:
Different manufacturer.
dd = 04 hex = 4 dec:
Connection changed over for a multi-component slave (e.g. Double Motor Module), defective EEPROM data in the
electronic rating plate, or only part of a multi-component slave set to "de-activate and not present".
dd = 05 hex = 5 dec:
NX10 or NX15 used instead of CX32.
dd = 06 hex = 6 dec:
NX10 or NX15 used instead of CX32.
dd = 07 hex = 7 dec:
Different number of connections.
Note:
The component class is described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- connect the expected component (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Topology comparison - if required, adapt the comparison level:
- parameterize the topology comparison of all components (p9906).
- parameterize the topology comparison of one components (p9907, p9908).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01425 Topology: Serial number different

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected differences in the actual and target topologies in relation to one component.
The serial number is different.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = reserved
cc = number of differences (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number (%1)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 417
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
The component class is described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- change over the actual topology to match the target topology.
- download the target topology that matches the actual topology (commissioning software).
Re byte cc:
cc = 1 --> can be acknowledged using p9904 or p9905.
cc > 1 --> can be acknowledged using p9905 and can be de-activated using p9906 or p9907/p9908.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01428 Topology: Incorrect connection used

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected differences in the actual and target topologies in relation to one component.
For a component, another connection was used.
The different connections of a component are described in the alarm value.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number of the target topology (%4)
cc = connection number of the actual topology (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number (%1)
Note:
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
The drive system is no longer booted. In this state, the drive control (closed-loop) cannot be enabled.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- reinsert the DRIVE-CLiQ cable to the component (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
- automatically remove the topology error (p9904).
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

F01451 Topology: Target topology is invalid

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error was detected in the target topology.
The target topology is invalid.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccccbbaa hex: cccc = index error, bb = component number, aa = fault cause
aa = 1B hex = 27 dec: Error not specified.
aa = 1C hex = 28 dec: Value illegal.
aa = 1D hex = 29 dec: Incorrect ID.
aa = 1E hex = 30 dec: Incorrect ID length.
aa = 1F hex = 31 dec: Too few indices left.
aa = 20 hex = 32 dec: component not connected to Control Unit.
Remedy: Reload the target topology using the commissioning software.

A01481 (N) Topology: power unit not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a power unit that is missing in the actual topology with respect to the target
topology.

SINAMICS DCP
418 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):

ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01482 Topology: Sensor Module not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a Sensor Module that is missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01483 Topology: Terminal Module not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a Terminal Module that is missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 419
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01484 Topology: DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01485 Topology: Controller Extension not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a Control Extension (CX32) missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).

SINAMICS DCP
420 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Check the hardware:

- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01486 Topology: DRIVE-CLiQ component not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a DRIVE-CLiQ component missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

A01487 Topology: Option slot component not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected an option slot component missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 421
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01489 Topology: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ not inserted

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The topology comparison has detected a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ missing in the actual topology with respect to the
target topology.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
ddccbbaa hex:
dd = connection number (%4)
cc = component number (%3)
bb = component class (% 2)
aa = component number of the component that has not been inserted (% 1)
Note:
The component is described in dd, cc and bb, where the component has not been inserted.
Component class and connection number are described in F01375.
Remedy: Adapting topologies:
- insert the components involved at the right connection (correct the actual topology).
- adapt the project/parameterization in the commissioning software (correct the target topology).
Check the hardware:
- check the 24 V supply voltage.
- check DRIVE-CLiQ cables for interruption and contact problems.
- check that the component is working properly.
Note:
Under "Topology --> Topology view" the commissioning software where relevant offers improved diagnostics
capability (e.g. setpoint/actual value comparison).

F01505 (A) BICO: Interconnection cannot be established

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A PROFIdrive telegram has been set (p0922).
An interconnection contained in the telegram was not able to be established.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter receiver that should be changed.
Remedy: Establish another interconnection.

F01506 (A) BICO: No standard telegram

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM31
Cause: The standard telegram in p0922 is not maintained and therefore p0922 is set to 999.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
BICO parameter for which the write attempt was unsuccessful.
Remedy: Again set the required standard telegram (p0922).

A01507 (F, N) BICO: Interconnections to inactive objects present

Drive object: All objects
Cause: There are BICO interconnections to an inactive/inoperable drive object.
The BI/CI parameters involved are listed in r9498.
The associated BO/CO parameters are listed in r9499.
The list of the BICO interconnections to other drive objects is displayed in r9491 and r9492 of the de-activated drive
object.
Note:
r9498 and r9499 are only written to, if p9495 is not set to 0.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of BICO interconnections found to inactive drive objects.
Remedy: - set all open BICO interconnections centrally to the factory setting with p9495 = 2.
- make the non-operational drive object active/operational again (re-insert or activate components).

SINAMICS DCP
422 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01508 BICO: Interconnections to inactive objects exceeded

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The maximum number of BICO interconnections (signal sinks) when de-activating a drive object was exceeded.
When de-activating a drive object, all BICO interconnections (signal sinks) are listed in the following parameters:
- r9498[0...29]: List of the BI/CI parameters involved.
- r9499[0...29]: List of the associated BO/CO parameters.
Remedy: The alarm automatically disappears as soon as no BICO interconnection (value = 0) is entered in r9498[29] and
r9499[29].
Notice:
When re-activating the drive object, all BICO interconnections should be checked and if required, re-established.

F01510 BICO: Signal source is not float type

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The requested connector output does not have the correct data type. This interconnection is not established.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number to which an interconnection should be made (connector output).
Remedy: Interconnect this connector input with a connector output having a float data type.

F01511 (A) BICO: Interconnection with different scalings

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and
BICO input using the reference values.
- the BICO output has different normalized units than the BICO input.
- message only for interconnections within a drive object.
Example:
The BICO output has, as normalized unit, voltage and the BICO input has current.
This means that the factor p2002/p2001 is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO input.
p2002: contains the reference value for current
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

F01512 BICO: No scaling available

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An attempt was made to determine a conversion factor for a scaling that does not exist.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Unit (e.g. corresponding to SPEED) for which an attempt was made to determine a factor.
Remedy: Apply scaling or check the transfer value.

F01513 (N, A) BICO: Interconnection cross DO with different scalings

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The requested BICO interconnection was established. However, a conversion is made between the BICO output and
BICO input using the reference values.
An interconnection is made between different drive objects and the BICO output has different normalized units than
the BICO input or the normalized units are the same but the reference values are different.
Example 1:
BICO output with voltage normalized unit, BICO input with current normalized unit, BICO output and BICO input lie in
different drive objects. This means that the factor p2002/p2001 is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO
input.
p2002: contains the reference value for current
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 423
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Example 2:
BICO output with voltage normalized unit in drive object 1 (DO1), BICO input with voltage normalized unit in drive
object 2 (DO2). The reference values for voltage (p2001) of the two drive objects have different values. This means
that the factor p2001(DO1)/p2001(DO2) is calculated between the BICO output and the BICO input.
p2001: contains the reference value for voltage, drive objects 1, 2
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

A01514 (F) BICO: Error when writing during a reconnect

Drive object: All objects
Cause: During a reconnect operation (e.g. while booting or downloading - but can also occur in normal operation) a
parameter was not able to be written to.
Example:
When writing to BICO input with double word format (DWORD), in the second index, the memory areas overlap (e.g.
p8861). The parameter is then reset to the factory setting.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Parameter number of the BICO input (signal sink).
Remedy: Not necessary.

F01515 (A) BICO: Writing to parameter not permitted as the master control is active
Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: When changing the number of CDS or when copying from CDS, the master control is active.
Remedy: If required, return the master control and repeat the operation.

A01590 (F) Drive: Motor maintenance interval expired

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The selected service/maintenance interval for this motor was reached.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Motor data set number.
Remedy: carry out service/maintenance and reset the service/maintenance interval (p0651).

F01800 DRIVE-CLiQ: Hardware/configuration error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ connection fault has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
100 ... 107:
Communication via DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 ... X107 has not been switched to cyclic operation. The cause may be
an incorrect structure or a configuration that results in an impossible bus timing.
10:
Loss of the DRIVE-CLiQ connection. The cause may be, for example, that the DRIVE-CLiQ cable was withdrawn
from the Control Unit or as a result of a short-circuit for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ. This fault can only be
acknowledged in cyclic communication.
11:
Repeated faults when detecting the connection. This fault can only be acknowledged in cyclic communication.
12:
A connection was detected but the node ID exchange mechanism does not function. The reason is probably that the
component is defective. This fault can only be acknowledged in cyclic communication.
Remedy: Re fault value = 100 ... 107:
- ensure that the DRIVE-CLiQ components have the same firmware versions.
- avoid longer topologies for short current controller clock cycles.
For fault value = 10:
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ cables at the Control Unit.
- remove any short-circuit for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ.
- carry out a POWER ON.
For fault value = 11:
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

SINAMICS DCP
424 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For fault value = 12:

- replace the component involved.

A01839 DRIVE-CLiQ diagnostics: cable fault to the component

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The fault counter (r9936[0...199]) to monitor the DRIVE-CLiQ connections/cables has been incremented.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Component number.
Note:
The component number specifies the component whose feeder cable from the direction of the Control Unit is faulted.
The alarm automatically disappears after 5 seconds, assuming that no other data transfer error has occurred.
Remedy: - check the corresponding DRIVE-CLiQ cables.
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance

A01900 (F) PB/PN: Configuration telegram error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1:
Connection established to more drive objects than configured in the device. The drive objects for process data
exchange and their sequence are defined in p0978.
2:
Too many PZD data words for output or input to a drive object. The number of possible PZD items in a drive object is
determined by the number of indices in r2050/p2051.
3:
Uneven number of bytes for input or output.
4:
Setting data for synchronization not accepted. For more information, see A01902.
211:
Unknown parameterizing block.
223:
Clock synchronization for the PZD interface set in p8815[0] is not permissible.
More than one PZD interface is operated in clock synchronism.
253:
PN Shared Device: Illegal mixed configuration of PROFIsafe and PZD.
254:
PN Shared Device: Illegal double assignment of a slot/subslot.
255:
PN: Configured drive object and existing drive object do not match.
500:
Illegal PROFIsafe configuration for the interface set in p8815[1].
More than one PZD interface is operated with PROFIsafe.
501:
PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest).
502:
PROFIsafe telegram does not match.
503:
PROFIsafe connection is rejected as long as there is no isochronous connection (p8969).
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 425
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Check the bus configuration on the master and the slave sides.
Re alarm value = 1, 2:
- Check the list of the drive objects with process data exchange (p0978).
Note:
With p0978[x] = 0, all of the following drive objects in the list are excluded from the process data exchange.
Re alarm value = 2:
- Check the number of data words for output and input to a drive object.
Re alarm value = 211:
- Ensure offline version <= online version.
Re alarm value = 223, 500:
- Check the setting in p8839 and p8815.
- Check for inserted but not configured CBE20.
- Ensure that only one PZD interface is operated in clock synchronism or with PROFIsafe.
Re alarm value = 255:
- Check configured drive objects.
Re alarm value = 501:
- Check the set PROFIsafe address (p9610).
Re alarm value = 502:
- Check the set PROFIsafe telegram (p60022, p9611).

A01902 PB/PN clock cycle synchronous operation parameterization not permissible

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Parameterization for isochronous operation is not permissible.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Bus cycle time Tdp < 0.5 ms.
1: Bus cycle time Tdp > 32 ms.
2: Bus cycle time Tdp is not an integer multiple of the current controller sampling time.
3: Instant of the actual value sensing Ti > Bus cycle time Tdp or Ti = 0.
4: Instant of the actual value sensing Ti is not an integer multiple of the current controller sampling time.
5: Instant of the setpoint acceptance To >= Bus cycle time Tdp or To = 0.
6: Instant of the setpoint acceptance To is not an integer multiple of the current controller sampling time.
7: Master application cycle time Tmapc is not an integer multiple of the speed controller sampling time.
8: Bus reserve bus cycle time Tdp - data exchange time Tdx less than two current controller sampling times.
10: Instant of the setpoint acceptance To <= data exchange time Tdx + current controller sampling time
11: Master application cycle time Tmapc > 14 x Tdp or Tmapc = 0.
12: PLL tolerance window Tpll_w > Tpll_w_max.
13: Bus cycle time Tdp is not a multiple of all basic clock cycles p0110[x].
16: For COMM BOARD, the instant in time for the actual value sensing Ti is less than two current controller sampling
times.
Remedy: - Adapt the bus parameterization Tdp, Ti, To.
- adapt the sampling time for the current controller or speed controller.
Re alarm value = 10:
- Reduce Tdx by using fewer bus participants or shorter telegrams.
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

F01910 (N, A) Fieldbus: setpoint timeout

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The reception of setpoints from the fieldbus interface (onboard, PROFIBUS/PROFINET/USS) has been interrupted.
- bus connection interrupted.
- controller switched off.
- controller set into the STOP state.
See also: p2040 (Fieldbus interface monitoring time), p2047 (PROFIBUS additional monitoring time)

SINAMICS DCP
426 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Restore the bus connection and set the controller to RUN.
Note regarding PROFIBUS slave redundancy:
For operation on a Y link, it must be ensured that "DP alarm mode = DPV1" is set in the slave parameterization.

F01911 (N, A) PB/PN clock cycle synchronous operation clock cycle failure
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The global control telegram to synchronize the clock cycles has failed - in cyclic operation - for several DP clock
cycles or has violated the time grid specified in the parameterizing telegram over several consecutive DP clock
cycles (refer to the bus cycle time, Tdp and Tpllw).
Remedy: - check the physical bus configuration (cable, connector, terminating resistor, shielding, etc.).
- check whether communication was briefly or permanently interrupted.
- check the bus and controller for utilization level (e.g. bus cycle time Tdp was set too short).
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

F01915 (N, A) PB/PN clock cycle synchronous operation sign-of-life failure drive object 1
Drive object: All objects
Cause: Group display for problems with the sign-of-life of the master (clock-cycle synchronous operation) on the drive object
1 (Control Unit).
For central measurements, synchronism with the central master is lost.
Remedy: Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

A01920 (F) PROFIBUS: Interruption cyclic connection

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The cyclic connection to the PROFIBUS master is interrupted.
Remedy: Establish the PROFIBUS connection and activate the PROFIBUS master in the cyclic mode.
Note:
If there is no communication to a higher-level control system, then p2030 should be set = 0 to suppress this
message.
See also: p2030 (Field bus int protocol selection)

A01921 (F) PROFIBUS: Receive setpoints after To

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Output data of PROFIBUS master (setpoints) received at the incorrect instant in time within the PROFIBUS clock
cycle.
Remedy: - check bus configuration.
- check parameters for clock cycle synchronization (ensure To > Tdx).
Note:
To: Time of setpoint acceptance
Tdx: Data exchange time

A01930 PB/PN current controller sampling time clock cycle synch. not equal
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The current controller sampling time of all drives must be set the same for the clock cycle synchronous operation.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object with different current controller sampling time.
Remedy: Set current controller sampling time to identical values (p0115[0]).
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET
See also: p0115

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 427
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01931 PB/PN speed controller sampling time clock cycle synch. not equal
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The speed controller sampling time of all drives must be set the same for the clock cycle synchronous operation.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object with the different speed controller sampling time.
Remedy: Set the speed controller sampling times to identical values (p0115[1]).
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET
See also: p0115

A01940 PB/PN clock cycle synchronism not reached

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the parameterizing
telegram. It was not possible to synchronize to the clock cycle specified by the master.
- the master does not send a clock synchronous global control telegram although clock synchronous operation was
selected when configuring the bus.
- the master is using another clock synchronous DP clock cycle than was transferred to the slave in the
parameterizing telegram.
- at least one drive object has a pulse enable (not controlled from PROFIBUS/PROFINET either).
Remedy: - check the master application and bus configuration.
- check the consistency between the clock cycle input when configuring the slave and clock cycle setting at the
master.
- check that no drive object has a pulse enable. Only enable the pulses after synchronizing the
PROFIBUS/PROFINET drives.
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

A01941 PB/PN clock cycle signal missing when establishing bus communication
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the parameterizing
telegram. The global control telegram for synchronization is not being received.
Remedy: Check the master application and bus configuration.
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

A01943 PB/PN clock cycle signal error when establishing bus communication
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The bus is in the data exchange state and clock synchronous operation has been selected using the parameterizing
telegram.
The global control telegram for synchronization is being irregularly received.
-.the master is sending an irregular global control telegram.
- the master is using another clock synchronous DP clock cycle than was transferred to the slave in the
parameterizing telegram.
Remedy: - check the master application and bus configuration.
- check the consistency between the clock cycle input when configuring the slave and clock cycle setting at the
master.
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

SINAMICS DCP
428 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01945 PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher failed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: For PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer, the connection to at least one Publisher has failed.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection failed.
...
Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection failed.
Remedy: - check the PROFIBUS cables.
- carry out a first commissioning of the Publisher that has the failed connection.
See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses)

F01946 (A) PROFIBUS: Connection to the Publisher aborted

Drive object: All objects
Cause: At this drive object, the connection to at least one Publisher for PROFIBUS peer-to-peer data transfer in cyclic
operation has been aborted.
Fault value (r0949, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[0], connection aborted.
...
Bit 15 = 1: Publisher with address in r2077[15], connection aborted.
Remedy: - check the PROFIBUS cables.
- check the state of the Publisher that has the aborted connection.
See also: r2077 (PROFIBUS diagnostics peer-to-peer data transfer addresses)

F01950 (N, A) PB/PN clock cycle synchronous operation synchronization unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Synchronization of the internal clock cycle to the global control telegram has failed. The internal clock cycle exhibits
an unexpected shift.
Remedy: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Note:
PB: PROFIBUS
PN: PROFINET

F01951 CU SYNC: Synchronization application clock cycle missing

Drive object: All objects
Cause: If DRIVE-CLiQ components with different application clock cycle are operated on a DRIVE-CLiQ port, this requires
synchronization with the Control Unit. This synchronization routine was unsuccessful.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade the software of the DRIVE-CLiQ components.
- upgrade the Control Unit software.
Note:
If a Controller Extension is being used (e.g. CX32, NX10), then the following applies:
Check whether the Controller Extension is issuing error messages, and if required, remove these.

F01952 CU DRIVE-CLiQ: Synchronization of component not supported

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The existing system configuration requires that the connected DRIVE-CLiQ components support the synchronization
between the basic clock cycle, DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle and the application clock cycle.
However, not all DRIVE-CLiQ components have this functionality.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number of the first faulty DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the component specified in the fault value.
Note:
If required, also upgrade additional components in the DRIVE-CLiQ line.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 429
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A01953 CU SYNC: Synchronization not completed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: After the drive system is powered up, the synchronization between the basic clock cycle, DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle
and application clock cycle was started but was not completed within the selected time tolerance.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
If the error occurs after the drive sampling times were changed, and if a Terminal Module 31 (TM31) is being used,
the sampling times (p0115, p4099) should be set as integer multiples to the drive clock cycles (p0115).

F01954 CU DRIVE-CLiQ: Synchronization unsuccessful

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Synchronization between the basic clock cycle, DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle and application clock cycle was started and
was not able to be successfully completed (e.g. after switch-on).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: 1. Remove the cause of a possible DRIVE-CLiQ fault.
2. Initiate a new synchronization, e.g. as follows:
- remove the PROFIBUS master and re-insert again.
- restart the PROFIBUS master.
- switch-off the Control Unit and switch-on again.
- carry out a Control Unit hardware reset (RESET button, p0972).
- carry out a parameter reset and download the saved parameters (p0009 = 30, p0976 = 2, 3).

A01955 CU DRIVE-CLiQ: Synchronization DO not completed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: After the drive system is powered up, the synchronization between the basic clock cycle, DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle
and application clock cycle was started but was not completed within the selected time tolerance.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components of the DO.

A01990 (F) USS: PZD configuration error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The configuration of the process data (PZD) for the USS protocol is incorrect.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
2: PZD amount (p2022) too great for the first drive object (p978[0]).
The number of possible PZD items in a drive object is determined by the number of indices in r2050/p2051.
Remedy: Re alarm value = 2:
Check the amount of USS PZD (p2022) and the maximum PZD amount (r2050/p2051) for the first drive object
(p0978[0]).

A02000 Function generator: Start not possible

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The function generator has already been started.
Remedy: Stop the function generator and restart again if necessary.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4800 (Function generator control)

A02005 Function generator: Drive does not exist

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The drive object specified for connection does not exist.

SINAMICS DCP
430 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: Use the existing drive object with the corresponding number.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02006 Function generator: No drive specified for connection

Drive object: All objects
Cause: No drive specified for connection in p4815.
Remedy: At least one drive to be connected must be specified in p4815.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02007 Function generator: Drive not SERVO / VECTOR / DC_CTRL

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The drive object specified for connection is not a SERVO / VECTOR or DC_CTRL.
Remedy: Use a SERVO / VECTOR / DC_CTRL drive object with the corresponding number.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02008 Function generator: Drive specified a multiple number of times

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The drive object specified for connection is already specified.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Drive object number of the drive object that is specified a multiple number of times.
Remedy: Specify a different drive object.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02009 Function generator: Illegal mode

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The set operating mode (p1300) of the drive object is not permissible when using the function generator.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object involved.
Remedy: Change the operating mode for this drive object to p1300 = 20 (encoderless speed control) or p1300 = 21 (speed
control with encoder).
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02010 Function generator: Speed setpoint from the drive is not zero
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The speed setpoint of a drive selected for connection is greater than the value for the standstill detection set using
p1226.
Remedy: For all of the drives specified for connection, set the speed setpoints to zero.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 431
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02011 Function generator: The actual drive speed is not zero

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The speed actual value of a drive selected for connection is greater than the value for the standstill detection set
using p1226.
Remedy: Set the relevant drives to zero speed before starting the function generator.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02015 Function generator: Drive enable signals missing

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The master control and/or enable signals are missing to connect to the specified drive.
Remedy: Fetch the master control to the specified drive object and set all enable signals.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02016 Function generator: Magnetizing running

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Magnetizing has not yet been completed on a drive object specified for connection.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Number of the drive object involved.
Remedy: Wait for magnetizing of the motor (r0056.4).
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- restart the function generator.

A02020 Function generator: Parameter cannot be changed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: This parameter setting cannot be changed when the function generator is active (p4800 = 1).
See also: p4810, p4812, p4813, p4820, p4821, p4822, p4823, p4824, p4825, p4826, p4827, p4828, p4829
Remedy: - stop the function generator before parameterizing (p4800 = 0).
- if required, start the function generator (p4800 = 1).
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4800 (Function generator control)

A02025 Function generator: Period too short

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The value for the period is too short.
See also: p4821 (Function generator period)
Remedy: Check and adapt the value for the period.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4821 (Function generator period)

SINAMICS DCP
432 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02026 Function generator: Pulse width too high

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The selected pulse width is too high.
The pulse width must be less than the period duration.
See also: p4822 (Function generator pulse width)
Remedy: Reduce pulse width.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4821 (Function generator period), p4822 (Function generator pulse width)

A02030 Function generator: Physical address equals zero

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The specified physical address is zero.
See also: p4812 (Function generator physical address)
Remedy: Set a physical address with a value other than zero.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4812 (Function generator physical address)

A02040 Function generator: Illegal value for offset

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The value for the offset is higher than the value for the upper limit or lower than the value for the lower limit.
See also: p4826 (Function generator offset)
Remedy: Adjust the offset value accordingly.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.
See also: p4826 (Function generator offset), p4828 (Function generator lower limit), p4829 (Function generator
upper limit)

A02041 Function generator: Illegal value for bandwidth

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The bandwidth referred to the time slice clock cycle of the function generator has either been set too low or too high.
Depending on the time slice clock cycle, the bandwidth is defined as follows:
Bandwidth_max = 1 / (2 x time slice clock cycle)
Bandwidth_min = Bandwidth_max / 100000
Example:
Assumption: p4830 = 125 µs
--> Bandwidth_max = 1 / (2 x 125 µs) = 4000 Hz
--> Bandwidth_min = 4000 Hz / 100000 = 0.04 Hz
Note:
p4823: Function generator bandwidth
p4830: Function generator time slice clock cycle
See also: p4823 (Function generator bandwidth), p4830 (Function generator time slice cycle)
Remedy: Check the value for the bandwidth and adapt accordingly.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 433
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02047 Function generator: Time slice clock cycle invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices.
See also: p4830 (Function generator time slice cycle)
Remedy: Enter an existing time slice clock cycle. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.
Note:
The alarm is reset as follows:
- remove the cause of this alarm.
- restart the function generator.

A02050 Trace: Start not possible

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The trace has already been started.
See also: p4700 (Trace control)
Remedy: Stop the trace and, if necessary, start again.

A02051 Trace: recording not possible as a result of know-how protection

Drive object: All objects
Cause: TRACE recording is not possible as at least one signal or trigger signal being used is under know-how protection.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Recorder 0
2: Recorder 1
3: Recorders 0 and 1
See also: p4700, p4711, p4730, p4731, p4732, p4733, p4734, p4735, p4736, p4737
Remedy: - Temporarily activate or deactivate know-how protection (p7766).
- Include the signal in the OEM exception list (p7763, p7764).
- Where relevant do not record the signal.
See also: p7763 (KHP OEM exception list number of indices for p7764), p7764 (KHP OEM exception list)

A02055 Trace: Recording time too short

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The trace duration is too short.
The minimum is twice the value of the trace clock cycle.
See also: p4721 (Trace recording time)
Remedy: Check the selected recording time and, if necessary, adjust.

A02056 Trace: Recording cycle too short

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The selected recording cycle is shorter than the selected basic clock cycle 0 (p0110[0]).
See also: p4720 (Trace recording cycle)
Remedy: Increase the value for the trace cycle.

A02057 Trace: Time slice clock cycle invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The time slice clock cycle selected does not match any of the existing time slices.
See also: p4723 (Trace time slice cycle)
Remedy: Enter an existing time slice clock cycle. The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

A02058 Trace: Time slice clock cycle for endless trace not valid
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for the endless trace
See also: p4723 (Trace time slice cycle)
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 2 ms for up to 4 recording channels or >= 4 ms
from 5 recording channels per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

SINAMICS DCP
434 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A02059 Trace: Time slice clock cycle for 2 x 8 recording channels not valid
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The selected time slice clock cycle cannot be used for more than 4 recording channels.
See also: p4723 (Trace time slice cycle)
Remedy: Enter the clock cycle of an existing time slice with a cycle time >= 4 ms or reduce the number of recording channels
to 4 per trace.
The existing time slices can be read out via p7901.

A02060 Trace: Signal to be traced missing

Drive object: All objects
Cause: - a signal to be traced was not specified.
- the specified signals are not valid.
See also: p4730 (Trace record signal 0), p4731 (Trace record signal 1), p4732 (Trace record signal 2), p4733 (Trace
record signal 3)
Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced.
- check whether the relevant signal can be traced.

A02061 Trace: Invalid signal

Drive object: All objects
Cause: - the specified signal does not exist.
- the specified signal can no longer be traced (recorded).
See also: p4730 (Trace record signal 0), p4731 (Trace record signal 1), p4732 (Trace record signal 2), p4733 (Trace
record signal 3)
Remedy: - specify the signal to be traced.
- check whether the relevant signal can be traced.

A02062 Trace: Invalid trigger signal

Drive object: All objects
Cause: - a trigger signal was not specified.
- the specified signal does not exist.
- the specified signal is not a fixed-point signal.
- the specified signal cannot be used as a trigger signal for the trace.
See also: p4711 (Trace trigger signal)
Remedy: Specify a valid trigger signal.

A02063 Trace: Invalid data type

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The specified data type to select a signal using a physical address is invalid.
See also: p4711 (Trace trigger signal), p4730 (Trace record signal 0), p4731 (Trace record signal 1), p4732 (Trace
record signal 2), p4733 (Trace record signal 3)
Remedy: Use a valid data type.

A02070 Trace: Parameter cannot be changed

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The trace parameter settings cannot be changed when the trace is active.
See also: p4700, p4710, p4711, p4712, p4713, p4714, p4715, p4716, p4720, p4721, p4722, p4730, p4731, p4732,
p4733, p4780, p4781, p4782, p4783, p4789, p4795
Remedy: - stop the trace before parameterization.
- if required, start the trace.

A02075 Trace: Pretrigger time too long

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The selected pretrigger time must be shorter than the trace time.
See also: p4721 (Trace recording time), p4722 (Trace trigger delay)
Remedy: Check the pretrigger time setting and change if necessary.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 435
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F02080 Trace: Parameterization deleted due to unit changeover

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The trace parameterization in the drive unit was deleted due to a unit changeover or a change in the reference
parameters.
Remedy: Restart trace.

A02095 MTrace 0: multiple trace cannot be activated

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace (trace recorder 0):
- measuring function
- long-time trace
- trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE)
- trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START)
Remedy: - if required, deactivate the multiple trace (p4840[0] = 0).
- deactivate function or setting that is not permissible
See also: p4840 (MTrace cycle number setting)

A02096 MTrace 0: cannot be saved

Drive object: All objects
Cause: It is not possible to save the measurement results of a multiple trace on the memory card (trace recorder 0).
A multiple trace is not started or is canceled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Memory card cannot be accessed.
- card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive.
3: data save operation to slow.
- a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved.
- writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save.
4: Data save operation canceled.
- for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found.
See also: p4840 (MTrace cycle number setting)
Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card.
- use a larger memory card.
- configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace.
- avoid saving parameters while a multiple trace is running.
- check whether other functions are presently accessing measurement result files.

A02097 MTrace 1: multiple trace cannot be activated

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The following functions or settings are not permissible in conjunction with a multiple trace (trace recorder 1):
- measuring function
- long-time trace
- trigger condition "immediate recording start" (IMMEDIATE)
- trigger condition "start with function generator" (FG_START)
Remedy: - if required, deactivate the multiple trace (p4840[1] = 0).
- deactivate function or setting that is not permissible
See also: p4840 (MTrace cycle number setting)

A02098 MTrace 1: cannot be saved

Drive object: All objects
Cause: It is not possible to save the measurement results of a multiple trace on the memory card (trace recorder 1).
A multiple trace is not started or is canceled.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Memory card cannot be accessed.
- card is not inserted or is blocked by a mounted USB drive.

SINAMICS DCP
436 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

3: data save operation to slow.

- a second trace has been completed before the measurement results of the first trace were able to be saved.
- writing the measurement result files to the card is blocked by the parameter save.
4: Data save operation canceled.
- for instance, the file required for the data save operation was not able to be found.
See also: p4840 (MTrace cycle number setting)
Remedy: - insert or remove the memory card.
- use a larger memory card.
- configure a longer trace time or use an endless trace.
- avoid saving parameters while a multiple trace is running.
- check whether other functions are presently accessing measurement result files.

A02099 Trace: Insufficient Control Unit memory

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The memory space still available on the Control Unit is no longer sufficient for the trace function.
Remedy: Reduce the memory required, e.g. as follows:
- reduce the trace time.
- increase the trace clock cycle.
- reduce the number of signals to be traced.
See also: r4708 (Trace memory space required), r4799 (Trace memory location free)

A02150 OA: Application cannot be loaded

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The system was not able to load an OA application.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
16:
The interface version in the DCB user library is not compatible to the DCC standard library that has been loaded.
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.
Re alarm value = 16:
Load a compatible DCB user library (compatible to the interface of the DCC standard library).
Note:
OA: Open Architecture
See also: r4950, r4955, p4956, r4957

F02151 (A) OA: Internal software error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: An internal software error has occurred within an OA application.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.
- replace the Control Unit.
Note:
OA: Open Architecture
See also: r4950, r4955, p4956, r4957

F02152 (A) OA: Insufficient memory

Drive object: All objects
Cause: Too many functions have been configured on this Control Unit (e.g. too many drives, function modules, data sets, OA
applications, blocks, etc).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 437
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - change the configuration on this Control Unit (e.g. fewer drives, function modules, data sets, OA applications,
blocks, etc).
- use an additional Control Unit.
Note:
OA: Open Architecture

F03000 NVRAM fault on action

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A fault occurred during execution of action p7770 = 1 or 2 for the NVRAM data.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyxx hex: yy = fault cause, xx = application ID
yy = 1:
The action p7770 = 1 is not supported by this version if Drive Control Chart (DCC) is activated for the drive object
concerned.
yy = 2:
The data length of the specified application is not the same in the NVRAM and the backup.
yy = 3:
The data checksum in p7774 is not correct.
yy = 4:
No data available to load.
See also: p7770 (NVRAM action)
Remedy: - Perform the remedy according to the results of the troubleshooting.
- If necessary, start the action again.

F03001 NVRAM checksum incorrect

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A checksum error occurred when evaluating the non-volatile data (NVRAM) on the Control Unit.
The NVRAM data affected was deleted.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.

F03500 (A) TM: Initialization

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When initializing the Terminal Modules, the terminals of the Control Unit or the Terminal Board 30, an internal
software error has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
yxxx dex
y = Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting
xxx = component number (p0151)
Remedy: - power down/power up the power supply for the Control Unit.
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
- if required, replace the Terminal Module.
The Terminal Module should be directly connected to a DRIVE-CLiQ socket of the Control Unit.
If the fault occurs again, replace the Terminal Module.

A03501 TM: Sampling time change

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The sampling times of the inputs/outputs were changed.
This change only becomes valid after the next boot.
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F03505 (N, A) TM: Analog input wire breakage

Drive object: TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The wire-break monitoring for an analog input has responded.
The input current of the analog input has exceeded the threshold value parameterized in p4061[x].
Index x = 0: Analog input 0 (X521.1/X521.2)
Index x = 1: Analog input 1 (X521.3/X521.4)

SINAMICS DCP
438 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):

yxxx dec
y = analog input (0 = analog input 0 (AI 0), 1 = analog input 1 (AI 1))
xxx = component number (p0151)
Note:
For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 ... +20 mA)
Remedy: - check the wiring for interruptions.
- Check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low.
- Check the load resistor (250 Ohm).
Note:
The input current measured by the Terminal Module can be read out from r4052[x].
For p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 ... +20 mA)) the following applies:
A current less than 4 mA is not displayed in r4052[x] - but instead r4052[x] = 4 mA is output.

F03505 (N, A) Analog input wire breakage

Drive object: TM150
Cause: The wire-break monitoring for an analog input has responded.
The input current of the analog input has exceeded the threshold value parameterized in p4061[x].
Index x = 0: Analog input 0 (X521.1/X521.2)
Index x = 1: Analog input 1 (X521.3/X521.4)
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
yxxx dec
y = analog input (0 = analog input 0 (AI 0), 1 = analog input 1 (AI 1))
xxx = component number (p0151)
Note:
For the following analog input type, the wire breakage monitoring is active:
p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 ... +20 mA)
Remedy: - check the wiring for interruptions.
- Check the magnitude of the injected current - it is possible that the infed signal is too low.
- Check the load resistor (250 Ohm).
Note:
The input current measured by the Terminal Module can be read out from r4052[x].
For p4056[x] = 3 (unipolar current input monitored (+4 ... +20 mA)) the following applies:
A current less than 4 mA is not displayed in r4052[x] - but instead r4052[x] = 4 mA is output.

A03510 (F, N) Calibration data not plausible

Drive object: CU_DCP
Cause: During ramp-up, the Terminal Module 31 (TM31) calibration data is read in and checked for plausibility.
At least one calibration data point was determined to be invalid.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 1: 10 V value, analog input 0 invalid.
Bit 3: 10 V value, analog input 1 invalid.
Bit 4: Offset, analog output 0 invalid.
Bit 5: 10 V value, analog output 0 invalid.
Bit 6: Offset, analog output 1 invalid.
Bit 7: 10 V value, analog input 1 invalid.
Remedy: - power down/power up the power supply for the Control Unit.
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
Note:
If it reoccurs, then replace the module.
In principle, operation could continue.
The analog channel involved possibly does not achieve the specified accuracy.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 439
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A03510 (F, N) TM: Calibration data not plausible

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: During ramp-up, the Terminal Module 31 (TM31) calibration data is read in and checked for plausibility.
At least one calibration data point was determined to be invalid.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 1: 10 V value, analog input 0 invalid.
Bit 3: 10 V value, analog input 1 invalid.
Bit 4: Offset, analog output 0 invalid.
Bit 5: 10 V value, analog output 0 invalid.
Bit 6: Offset, analog output 1 invalid.
Bit 7: 10 V value, analog input 1 invalid.
Remedy: - power down/power up the power supply for the Control Unit.
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
Note:
If it reoccurs, then replace the module.
In principle, operation could continue.
The analog channel involved possibly does not achieve the specified accuracy.

A03550 TM: Speed setpoint filter natural frequency > Shannon frequency
Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The natural filter frequency of the speed setpoint filter (p1417) is greater than or equal to the Shannon frequency.
The Shannon frequency is calculated according to the following formula:
0.5 / p4099[3]
Remedy: Reduce the natural frequency of the speed setpoint filter (PT2 low pass) (p1417).

F03590 (N, A) TM: Module not ready

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The Terminal Module involved does not send a ready signal and no valid cyclic data.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Drive object number of the Terminal Module involved.
Remedy: - check the 24 V power supply.
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring.
- check whether the sampling time of the drive object involved is not equal to zero (p4099[0]).

F07082 Macro: Execution not possible

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The macro cannot be executed.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
ccccbbaa hex:
cccc = preliminary parameter number, bb = supplementary information, aa = fault cause
Fault causes for the trigger parameter itself:
19: Called file is not valid for the trigger parameter.
20: Called file is not valid for parameter 15.
21: Called file is not valid for parameter 700.
22: Called file is not valid for parameter 1000.
23: Called file is not valid for parameter 1500.
24: Data type of a TAG is incorrect (e.g. Index, number or bit is not U16).
Fault causes for the parameters to be set:
25: Error level has an undefined value.
26: Mode has an undefined value.
27: A value was entered as string in the tag value that is not "DEFAULT".
31: Entered drive object type unknown.
32: A device was not able to be found for the determined drive object number.
34: A trigger parameter was recursively called.
35: It is not permissible to write to the parameter via macro.

SINAMICS DCP
440 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

36: Check, writing to a parameter unsuccessful, parameter can only be read, not available, incorrect data type, value
range or assignment incorrect.
37: Source parameter for a BICO interconnection was not able to be determined.
38: An index was set for a non-indexed (or CDS-dependent) parameter.
39: No index was set for an indexed parameter.
41: A bit operation is only permissible for parameters with the parameter format DISPLAY_BIN.
42: A value not equal to 0 or 1 was set for a BitOperation.
43: Reading the parameter to be changed by the BitOperation was unsuccessful.
51: Factory setting for DEVICE may only be executed on the DEVICE.
61: The setting of a value was unsuccessful.
Remedy: - check the parameter involved.
- check the macro file and BICO interconnection.
See also: p0015, p0700, p1000 (Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints), p1500 (Macro Connector Inputs
(CI) for torque setpoints)

F07083 Macro: ACX file not found

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The ACX file (macro) to be executed was not able to be found in the appropriate directory.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number with which the execution was started.
See also: p0015, p0700, p1000 (Macro Connector Inputs (CI) for speed setpoints), p1500 (Macro Connector Inputs
(CI) for torque setpoints)
Remedy: - check whether the file is saved in the appropriate directory on the memory card.
Example:
If p0015 is set to 1501, then the selected ACX file must be located in the following directory:
... /PMACROS/DEVICE/P15/PM001501.ACX

F07084 Macro: Condition for WaitUntil not fulfilled

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The WaitUntil condition set in the macro was not fulfilled in a certain number of attempts.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Parameter number for which the condition was set.
Remedy: Check and correct the conditions for the WaitUntil loop.

A07089 Changing over units: Function module activation is blocked because the units have
been changed over
Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An attempt was made to activate a function module. This is not permissible if the units have already been changed
over.
Remedy: Restore units that have been changed over to the factory setting.

F07110 Drive: Sampling times and basic clock cycle do not match
Drive object: All objects
Cause: The parameterized sampling times do not match the basic clock cycle.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value specifies the parameter involved.
See also: r0110, r0111, p0115
Remedy: Enter the current controller sampling times so that they are identical to the basic clock cycle, e.g. by selecting p0112.
Note which basic clock cycle is selected in p0111.
The sampling times in p0115 can only be changed manually in the sampling times pre-setting "Expert" (p0112).
See also: r0110, r0111, p0112, p0115

A07200 Drive: Master control ON command present

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The ON/OFF1 command is present (no 0 signal).
The command is either influenced via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control.
Remedy: Switch the signal via binector input p0840 (current CDS) or control word bit 0 via the master control to 0.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 441
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F07220 (N, A) Drive: Master control by PLC missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The "master control by PLC" signal was missing in operation.
- interconnection of the binector input for "master control by PLC" is incorrect (p0854).
- the higher-level control has withdrawn the "master control by PLC" signal.
- data transfer via the fieldbus (master/drive) was interrupted.
Remedy: - check the interconnection of the binector input for "master control by PLC" (p0854).
- check the "master control by PLC" signal and, if required, switch in.
- check the data transfer via the fieldbus (master/drive).
Note:
If the drive should continue to operate after withdrawing "master control by PLC" then fault response must be
parameterized to NONE or the message type should be parameterized as alarm.

A07350 (F) Drive: Measuring probe parameterized to a digital output

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The measuring probe is connected to a bi-directional digital input/output and the terminal is set as output.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
8: DI/DO 8 (X122.9/X132.1)
9: DI/DO 9 (X122.10/X132.2)
10: DI/DO 10 (X122.12/X132.3)
11: DI/DO 11 (X122.13/X132.4)
12: DI/DO 12 (X132.9)
13: DI/DO 13 (X132.10)
14: DI/DO 14 (X132.12)
15: DI/DO 15 (X132.13)
To the terminal designation:
The first designation is valid for CU320, the second for CU305.
Remedy: - set the terminal as input (p0728).
- de-select the measuring probe (p0488, p0489, p0580).

F07500 Drive: Power unit data set PDS not configured

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Only for controlled line supply infeed/regenerative feedback units:
The power unit data set was not configured - this means that a data set number was not entered into the drive data
set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Drive data set number of p0185.
Remedy: The index of the power unit data set associated with the drive data set should be entered into p0185.

F07501 Drive: Motor Data Set MDS not configured

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Only for power units:
The motor data set was not configured - this means that a data set number was not entered into the associated drive
data set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value includes the drive data set number of p0186.
Remedy: The index of the motor data set associated with the drive data set should be entered into p0186.

F07502 Drive: Encoder Data Set EDS not configured

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Only for power units:
The encoder data set was not configured - this means that a data set number was not entered into the associated
drive data set.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The fault value includes the drive data set number of p0187, p0188 and p0189.
The fault value is increased by 100 * encoder number (e.g. for p0189: Fault value 3xx with xx = data set number).

SINAMICS DCP
442 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: The index of the encoder data set associated with the drive data set should be entered into p0187 (1st encoder),
p0188 (2nd encoder) and p0189 (3rd encoder).

F07510 Drive: Identical encoder in the drive data set

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: More than one encoder with identical component number is assigned to a single drive data set. In one drive data set,
it is not permissible that identical encoders are operated together.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1000 * first identical encoder + 100 * second identical encoder + drive data set.
Example:
Fault value = 1203 means:
In drive data set 3, the first (p0187[3]) and second encoder (p0188[3]) are identical.
Remedy: Assign the drive data set to different encoders.

F07511 Drive: Encoder used a multiple number of times

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Each encoder may only be assigned to one drive and within a drive must - in each drive data set - either always be
encoder 1, always encoder 2 or always encoder 3. This unique assignment has been violated.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
The two parameters in coded form, that refer to the same component number.
First parameter:
Index: First and second decimal place (99 for EDS, not assigned DDS)
Parameter number: Third decimal place (1 for p0187, 2 for p0188, 3 for p0189, 4 for EDS not assigned DDS)
Drive number: Fourth and fifth decimal place
Second parameter:
Index: Sixth and seventh decimal place (99 for EDS, not assigned DDS)
Parameter number: Eighth decimal place (1 for p0187, 2 for p0188, 3 for p0189, 4 for EDS, not assigned DDS)
Drive number: Ninth and tenth decimal place
Remedy: Correct the double use of a component number using the two parameters coded in the fault value.

A07531 Drive: Command Data Set CDS not present

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The selected command data set is not available (p0836 > p0170). The command data set was not changed over.
See also: p0810 (Command data set selection CDS bit 0), r0836 (Command Data Set CDS selected)
Remedy: - select the existing command data set.
- set up additional command data sets.

N07570 (F) Encoder identification data transfer running

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The encoder type was automatically determined using p0400 = 10100.
This fault causes the pulses to be suppressed - this is necessary to transfer the encoder parameterization to p0400ff.
Remedy: The fault can be acknowledged without any additional measures.

A07850 (F) External alarm 1

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External alarm 1" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External alarm 1" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2112.
See also: p2112 (External alarm 1)
Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 443
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A07851 (F) External alarm 2

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External alarm 2" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External alarm 2" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2116.
See also: p2116 (External alarm 2)
Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm.

A07852 (F) External alarm 3

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External alarm 3" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External alarm 3" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2117.
See also: p2117 (External alarm 3)
Remedy: Eliminate the causes of this alarm.

F07860 (A) External fault 1

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External fault 1" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External fault 1" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2106.
See also: p2106 (External fault 1)
Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault.
- acknowledge fault.

F07861 (A) External fault 2

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External fault 2" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External fault 2" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via binector input p2107.
See also: p2107 (External fault 2)
Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault.
- acknowledge fault.

F07862 (A) External fault 3

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The condition for "External fault 3" is satisfied.
Note:
The "External fault 3" is initiated by a 1/0 edge via the following parameters.
- AND logic operation, binector input p2108, p3111, p3112.
- switch-on delay p3110.
See also: p2108, p3110, p3111, p3112
Remedy: - eliminate the causes of this fault.
- acknowledge fault.

F08000 (N, A) TB: +/-15 V power supply faulted

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Terminal Board 30 detects an incorrect internal power supply voltage.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: Error when testing the monitoring circuit.
1: Fault in normal operation.
Remedy: - replace Terminal Board 30.
- replace Control Unit.

SINAMICS DCP
444 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F08010 (N, A) TB: Analog-digital converter

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The analog/digital converter on Terminal Board 30 has not supplied any converted data.
Remedy: - check the power supply.
- replace Terminal Board 30.

F08500 (A) COMM BOARD: Monitoring time configuration expired

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The monitoring time for the configuration has expired.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: The transfer time of the send configuration data has been exceeded.
1: The transfer time of the receive configuration data has been exceeded.
Remedy: Check communications link.

F08501 (N, A) PN/COMM BOARD: Setpoint timeout

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The reception of setpoints from the COMM BOARD has been interrupted.
- bus connection interrupted.
- controller switched off.
- controller set into the STOP state.
- COMM BOARD defective.
Remedy: - Restore the bus connection and set the controller to RUN.
- check the set monitoring time if the error persists (p2040).
See also: p8840 (COMM BOARD monitoring time)

F08502 (A) PN/COMM BOARD: Monitoring time sign-of-life expired

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The monitoring time for the sign-of-life counter has expired.
The connection to the COMM BOARD was interrupted.
Remedy: - check communications link.
- check COMM BOARD.

A08504 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Internal cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The cyclic actual and/or setpoint values were not transferred within the specified times.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Check the parameterizing telegram (Ti, To, Tdp, etc.).

F08510 (A) PN/COMM BOARD: Send configuration data invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: COMM BOARD did not accept the send-configuration data.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Return value of the send-configuration data check.
Remedy: Check the send configuration data.

A08511 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Receive configuration data invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The drive unit did not accept the receive configuration data.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Return value of the receive configuration data check.
1: Connection established to more drive objects than configured in the device. The drive objects for process data
exchange and their sequence are defined in p0978.
2: Too many PZD data words for output or input to a drive object. The number of possible PZD items in a drive object
is determined by the number of indices in r2050/p2051 for PZD IF1, and in r8850/p8851 for PZD IF2.
3: Uneven number of bytes for input or output.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 445
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

4: Setting data for synchronization not accepted. For more information, see A01902.
5: Cyclic operation not active.
17: CBE20 Shared Device: Configuration of the F-CPU has been changed.
223: Illegal clock synchronization for the PZD interface set in p8815[0].
500: Illegal PROFIsafe configuration for the interface set in p8815[1].
501: PROFIsafe parameter error (e.g. F_dest).
503: PROFIsafe connection is rejected as long as there is no isochronous connection (p8969).
Additional values:
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: Check the receive configuration data.
Re alarm value = 1, 2:
- Check the list of the drive objects with process data exchange (p0978). With p0978[x] = 0, all of the following drive
objects in the list are excluded from the process data exchange.
Re alarm value = 2:
- Check the number of data words for output and input to a drive object.
Re alarm value = 17:
- CBE20 Shared Device: Unplug/plug A-CPU.
Re alarm value = 223, 500:
- Check the setting in p8839 and p8815.
- Ensure that only one PZD interface is operated in clock synchronism or with PROFIsafe.
Re alarm value = 501:
- Check the set PROFIsafe address (p9610).

A08520 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Non-cyclic channel error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The memory or the buffer status of the non-cyclic channel has an error.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Error in the buffer status.
1: Error in the memory.
Remedy: Check communications link.

A08526 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: No cyclic connection

Drive object: All objects
Cause: There is no cyclic connection to the control.
Remedy: Establish the cyclic connection and activate the control with cyclic operation.
For PROFINET, check the parameters "Name of Station" and "IP of Station" (r61000, r61001).
If a CBE20 is inserted and PROFIBUS is to communicate via PZD Interface 1, then this must be parameterized using
the STARTER commissioning tool or directly using p8839.

A08530 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Message channel error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: The memory or the buffer status of the message channel has an error.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: Error in the buffer status.
1: Error in the memory.
Remedy: Check communications link.

A08550 PZD Interface Hardware assignment error

Drive object: CU_DCP
Cause: The assignment of the hardware to the PZD interface has been incorrectly parameterized.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
3: Assigned COMM BOARD missing.
See also: p8839 (PZD interface hardware assignment)
Remedy: Check the parameterization and if required, correct (p8839).

SINAMICS DCP
446 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A08550 PZD Interface Hardware assignment error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The assignment of the hardware to the PZD interface has been incorrectly parameterized.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Only one of the two indices is not equal to 99 (automatic).
2: Both PZD interfaces are assigned to the same hardware.
3: Assigned COMM BOARD missing.
4: CBC10 is assigned to interface 1.
See also: p8839 (PZD interface hardware assignment)
Remedy: Check the parameterization and if required, correct (p8839).

A08564 CBE20: Syntax error in configuration file

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A syntax error has been detected in the ASCII configuration file for the Communication Board Ethernet 20 (CBE20).
The saved configuration file has not been loaded.
Remedy: - Check the CBE20 configuration (p8940 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8945 = 2).
Note:
The configuration is not applied until the next POWER ON!
- reconfigure the CBE20 (e.g. using the STARTER commissioning software)
See also: p8945 (CBE2x interface configuration)

A08565 PNCOMM BOARD : Consistency error affecting adjustable parameters

Drive object: All objects
Cause: A consistency error was detected when activating the configuration (p8945) for the Communication Board Ethernet
20 (CBE20).
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0: general consistency error
1: error in the IP configuration (IP address, subnet mask or standard gateway).
2: Error in the station names.
3: DHCP was not able to be activated, as a cyclic PROFINET connection already exists.
4: a cyclic PROFINET connection is not possible as DHCP is activated.
Note:
For all alarm values, the following applies: currently set configuration has not been activated.
DHCP: Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
See also: p8940 (CBE2x Name of Station), p8941 (CBE2x IP Address of Station), p8942 (CBE2x Default Gateway of
Station), p8943 (CBE2x Subnet Mask of Station), p8944 (CBE2x DHCP Mode)
Remedy: - Check the required interface configuration (p8940 and following), correct if necessary, and activate (p8945).
or
- Reconfigure the station via the "Edit Ethernet node" screen form (e.g. with STARTER commissioning software).
See also: p8945 (CBE2x interface configuration)

A13000 License not adequate

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: - for the drive unit, the options that require a license are being used but the licenses are not sufficient.
- an error occurred when checking the existing licenses.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
0:
The existing license is not sufficient.
1:
An adequate license was not able to be determined as the memory card with the required licensing data was
withdrawn in operation.
2:
An adequate license was not able to be determined as there is no licensing data available on the memory card.
3:
An adequate license was not able to be determined as there is a checksum error in the license key.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 447
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

4:
An internal error occurred when checking the license.
Remedy: Re alarm value = 0:
Additional licenses are required and these must be activated (p9920, p9921).
Re alarm value = 1:
With the system powered down, re-insert the memory card that matches the system.
Re alarm value = 2:
Enter and activate the license key (p9920, p9921).
Re alarm value = 3:
Compare the license key (p9920) entered with the license key on the certificate of license.
Re-enter the license key and activate (p9920, p9921).
Re alarm value = 4:
- carry out a POWER ON.
- upgrade firmware to later version.
- contact the Hotline.

A13001 Error in license checksum

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When checking the checksum of the license key, an error was detected.
Remedy: Compare the license key (p9920) entered with the license key on the certificate of license.
Re-enter the license key and activate (p9920, p9921).

F13009 Licensing OA application not licensed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: At least one OA application which is under license does not have a license.
Note:
Refer to r4955 and p4955 for information about the installed OA applications.
Remedy: - enter and activate the license key for OA applications under license (p9920, p9921).
- if necessary, de-activate unlicensed OA applications (p4956).

F13010 Licensing function module not licensed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: At least one function module which is under license does not have a license.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Bit x = 1: The corresponding function module does not have a license.
Note:
Refer to p0108 or r0108 for the assignment between the bit number and function module.
Remedy: - enter and activate the license key for function modules under license (p9920, p9921).
- if necessary, de-activate unlicensed function modules (p0108, r0108).

F13100 Know-how protection: Copy protection error

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The know-how protection with copy protection for the memory card is active.
An error has occurred when checking the memory card.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: A memory card is not inserted.
2: An invalid memory card is inserted.
3: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit.
12: An invalid memory card is inserted (OEM input incorrect, p7769).
13: The memory card is being used in another Control Unit (OEM input incorrect, p7759).
Remedy: For fault value = 0:
- Insert the correct memory card and carry out POWER ON.
Re fault value = 2, 3, 12, 13:
- contact the responsible OEM.
- Deactivate copy protection (p7765) and acknowledge the fault (p3981).
- Deactivate know-how protection (p7766 ... p7768) and acknowledge the fault (p3981).

SINAMICS DCP
448 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
In general, the copy protection can only be changed when know-how protection is deactivated.
KHP: Know-How Protection
See also: p3981 (Faults acknowledge drive object)

F13101 Know-how protection: Copy protection cannot be activated

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error occurred when attempting to activate the copy protection for the memory card.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: A memory card is not inserted.
Note:
KHP: Know-How Protection
Remedy: - insert the memory card and carry out POWER ON.
- Try to activate copy protection again (p7765).

F13102 Know-how protection: Consistency error of the protected data

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error was identified when checking the consistency of the protected files. As a consequence, the project on the
memory card cannot be run.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = object number, xxxx = fault cause
xxxx = 1:
A file has a checksum error.
xxxx = 2:
The files are not consistent with one another.
xxxx = 3:
The project files, which were loaded into the file system via load (download from the memory card), are inconsistent.
Note:
KHP: Know-How Protection
Remedy: - Replace the project on the memory card or replace project files for download from the memory card.
- Restore the factory setting and download again.

F30051 Power unit: Motor holding brake short circuit detected

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A short-circuit at the motor holding brake terminals has been detected.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.
Remedy: - check the motor holding brake for a short-circuit.
- check the connection and cable for the motor holding brake.

F30053 FPGA data faulty

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The FPGA data of the power unit are faulty.
Remedy: Replace the power unit or update the FPGA data.

F30080 Power unit: Current increasing too quickly

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The power unit has detected an excessive rate of rise in the overvoltage range.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
- U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
- U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
- infeed: High discharge and post-charging currents for voltage dip.
- infeed: High post-charging currents for overload when motoring and DC link voltage dip.
- infeed: Short-circuit currents at power-up due to the missing line reactor.
- power cables are not correctly connected.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 449
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

- power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.

- power unit defective.
Additional causes for a parallel switching device (r0108.15 = 1):
- a power unit has tripped (powered down) due to a ground fault.
- the closed-loop circulating current control is either too slow or has been set too fast.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0: Phase U.
Bit 1: Phase V.
Bit 2: Phase W.
Remedy: - check the motor data - if required, carry out commissioning.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta)
- U/f operation: Increase up ramp.
- U/f operation: Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit.
- infeed: Check the line supply quality.
- infeed: Reduce the motor load.
- infeed: Correct connection of the line reactor.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.
For a parallel switching device (r0108.15 = 1) the following additionally applies:
- check the ground fault monitoring thresholds (p0287).
- check the setting of the closed-loop circulating current control (p7036, p7037).

F30081 Power unit: Switching operations too frequent

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The power unit has executed too many switching operations for current limitation.
- closed-loop control is incorrectly parameterized.
- motor has a short-circuit or fault to ground (frame).
- U/f operation: Up ramp set too low.
- U/f operation: rated current of motor much greater than that of power unit.
- infeed: High discharge and post-charging currents for voltage dip.
- infeed: High post-charging currents for overload when motoring and DC link voltage dip.
- infeed: Short-circuit currents at power-up due to the missing line reactor.
- power cables are not correctly connected.
- power cables exceed the maximum permissible length.
- power unit defective.
Additional causes for a parallel switching device (r0108.15 = 1):
- a power unit has tripped (powered down) due to a ground fault.
- the closed-loop circulating current control is either too slow or has been set too fast.
Fault value (r0949, interpret bitwise binary):
Bit 0: Phase U.
Bit 1: Phase V.
Bit 2: Phase W.
Remedy: - check the motor data - if required, carry out commissioning.
- check the motor circuit configuration (star-delta)
- U/f operation: Increase up ramp.
- U/f operation: Check assignment of rated currents of motor and power unit.
- infeed: Check the line supply quality.
- infeed: Reduce the motor load.
- infeed: Correct connection of the line reactor.
- check the power cable connections.
- check the power cables for short-circuit or ground fault.
- check the length of the power cables.
- replace power unit.

SINAMICS DCP
450 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

For a parallel switching device (r0108.15 = 1) the following additionally applies:

- check the ground fault monitoring thresholds (p0287).
- check the setting of the closed-loop circulating current control (p7036, p7037).

F30895 PU DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Alternating cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the power unit to the Control Unit involved.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F31142 (N, A) Encoder 1: Battery voltage fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: When switched-off, the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information. The battery voltage is no longer
sufficient to check the multiturn information.
Remedy: Replace battery.

F32142 (N, A) Encoder 2: Battery voltage fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: When switched-off, the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information. The battery voltage is no longer
sufficient to check the multiturn information.
Remedy: Replace battery.

F33142 (N, A) Encoder 3: Battery voltage fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: When switched-off, the encoder uses a battery to back up the multiturn information. The battery voltage is no longer
sufficient to check the multiturn information.
Remedy: Replace battery.

F34851 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved (VSM) to the Control
Unit.
The DRIVE-CLiQ component did not set the sign-of-life to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the component involved.

F34860 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Telegram error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved (VSM) to the Control
Unit.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 451
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
17 (= 11 hex):
CRC error and the receive telegram is too early.
18 (= 12 hex):
The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
19 (= 13 hex):
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
20 (= 14 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
21 (= 15 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
22 (= 16 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive telegram is too
early.
25 (= 19 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

F34875 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Supply voltage failed

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ communication from the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the
supply voltage has failed.
Fault cause:
9 (= 09 hex):
The power supply voltage for the components has failed.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE-CLiQ component (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE-CLiQ component.

F34885 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved (VSM) to the Control
Unit.
The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
26 (= 1A hex):
Sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early.

SINAMICS DCP
452 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
98 (= 62 hex):
Error at the transition to cyclic operation.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the power supply voltage of the component involved.
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.

F34886 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Error when sending DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved (VSM) to the Control
Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F34887 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Component fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Voltage Sensing Module) involved. Faulty hardware cannot be
excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.
35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
96 (= 60 hex):
Response received too late during runtime measurement.
97 (= 61 hex):
Time taken to exchange characteristic data too long.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 453
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F34895 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Alternating cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Voltage Sensing Module involved (VSM) to the Control
Unit.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F34896 VSM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Inconsistent component properties

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The properties of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Voltage Sensing Module), specified by the fault value, have changed
in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted. One cause can be, e.g. that a DRIVE-CLiQ
cable or DRIVE-CLiQ component has been replaced.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- when a component is replaced, the same component type and if possible the same firmware version should be
used.
- when a cable is replaced, only cables whose length is the same as or as close as possible to the length of the
original cables should be used (ensure compliance with the maximum cable length).

A35200 (F, N) TM: Calibration data

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error was detected in the calibration data of the Terminal Module.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
ddcbaa dec: dd = component number, c = AI/AO, b = fault type, aa = number
c = 0: analog input (AI, Analog Input)
c = 1: analog output (AO, Analog Output)
b = 0: No calibration data available.
b = 1: Offset too high (> 100 mV).
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- Replace the component if necessary.

F35207 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 0 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module (TM), at least one of the following conditions to initiate this
fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[0], p4103[0]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[1]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[0] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[0] = 250 °C
- if r4101[0] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[0] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[0] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].

SINAMICS DCP
454 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[1] - hysteresis (5 K, for TM150, can be set using
p4118[0]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35208 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 1 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module (TM), at least one of the following conditions to initiate this
fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[2], p4103[1]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[3]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[1] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[1] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[1] = 250 °C
- if r4101[1] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[1] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[1] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[3] - hysteresis (5 K, for TM150, can be set using
p4118[1]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35209 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 2 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module (TM), at least one of the following conditions to initiate this
fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[4], p4103[2]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[5]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[2] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[2] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[2] = 250 °C
- if r4101[2] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[2] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[2] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[5] - hysteresis (5 K, for TM150, can be set using
p4118[2]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35210 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 3 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module (TM), at least one of the following conditions to initiate this
fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[6], p4103[3]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[7]).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 455
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[3] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[3] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[3] = 250 °C
- if r4101[3] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[3] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[3] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[7] - hysteresis (5 K, for TM150, can be set using
p4118[3]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

A35211 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 0 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The temperature measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module (TM) (r4105[0]) has exceeded the
threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[0]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[0] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[0] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[0] = 250 °C
- if r4101[0] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[0] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[0] - hysteresis (5 K); for TM150, can be set using
p4118[0].
See also: p4102

A35212 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 1 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module (TM) (r4105[1]) has exceeded the
threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[2]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[1] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[1] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[1] = 250 °C
- if r4101[1] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[1] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[4] - hysteresis (5 K); for TM150, can be set using
p4118[1].
See also: p4102

A35213 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 2 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module (TM) (r4105[2]) has exceeded the
threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[4]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[2] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[2] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[2] = 250 °C
- if r4101[2] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[2] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[4] - hysteresis (5 K); for TM150, can be set using
p4118[2].
See also: p4102

SINAMICS DCP
456 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35214 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 3 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module (TM) (r4105[3]) has exceeded the
threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[6]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[3] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[3] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[3] = 250 °C
- if r4101[3] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[3] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[6] - hysteresis (5 K); for TM150, can be set using
p4118[3].
See also: p4102

F35220 (N, A) TM: Frequency limit reached for signal output

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The signals output from the Terminal Module 41 (TM41) for tracks A/B have reached the limit frequency. The output
signals are no longer in synchronism with the specified setpoint.
SIMOTION (p4400 = 0) operating mode:
- If the TM41 has been configured as the technology project, this fault is also output in response to short-circuited A/B
signals in X520.
SINAMICS (p4400 = 1) operating mode:
- the fine resolution of TM41 in p0418 does not match that of the connector input that was interconnected at p4420
- the encoder position actual value r0479 interconnected at connector input p4420 has an excessively high actual
speed
- the output signals correspond to a speed, which is greater than the maximum speed (r1082 of TM41).
Remedy: SIMOTION (p4400 = 0) operating mode:
- enter a lower speed setpoint (p1155).
- reduce the encoder pulse number (p0408).
- check track A/B for short-circuits.
SINAMICS (p4400 = 1) operating mode:
- enter a lower speed setpoint (p1155).
- reduce the encoder pulse number (p0408).
Notice:
The output signal is no longer monitored after changing the message type to "Alarm" (A).

F35221 (N, A) TM: Setpoint - actual value deviation outside the tolerance range
Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The deviation between the setpoint and the output signals (track A/B) exceeds the tolerance of +/-3 %. The deviation
between the internal and external measured value is too high (> 1000 pulses).
Remedy: - reduce the basic clock cycle (p0110, p0111).
- if required, replace the component (e.g. internal short-circuit).

A35222 (F, N) TM: Encoder pulse number not permissible

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The encoder pulse number entered does not match the permissible pulse number from a hardware perspective.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Encoder pulse number is too high.
2: Encoder pulse number is too low.
4: Encoder pulse number is less than the zero mark offset (p4426).
Remedy: - enter the encoder pulse number in the permissible range (p0408).
- if necessary, replace TM41 SAC with TM41 DAC.
Note:
TM41 SAC: order no. = 6SL3055-0AA00-3PA0
TM41 DAC: order no. = 6SL3055-0AA00-3PA1

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 457
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

The following applies for TM41 SAC:

- minimum/maximum value for p0408: 1000/8192
The following applies for TM41 DAC:
- minimum/maximum value for p0408: 1000/16384

A35223 (F, N) TM: Zero mark offset not permissible

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The entered zero mark offset is not permissible.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Zero mark offset is too high.
Remedy: Enter the zero mark offset in the permissible range (p4426).

F35230 TM: Hardware fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The Terminal Module (TM) used has signaled internal errors.
Signals from this module may not be evaluated because they are very likely to be incorrect.
Remedy: If required, replace the Terminal Module.

F35233 DRIVE-CLiQ component function not supported

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM31
Cause: A function requested by the Control Unit is not supported by a DRIVE-CLiQ component.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Terminal Module 31 does not support the function "Timer for temperature evaluation" (X522.7/8, p4103 > 0.000).
4: The improved actual value resolution is not supported (p4401.4).
5: The improved setpoint resolution is not supported (p4401.5).
6: The residual value handling in the setpoint channel cannot be deactivated (p4401.6).
7: Output frequencies greater than 750 kHz cannot be activated (p4401.7).
Remedy: For fault value = 1:
- De-activate timer for temperature evaluation (X522.7/8) (p4103 = 0.000).
- Use Terminal Module 31 and the relevant firmware version to enable the "Timer for temperature evaluation"
function (Order No. 6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1, firmware version 2.6 and higher).
See also: p4103

F35400 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 4 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[8], p4103[4]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[9]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[4] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[4] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[4] = 250 °C
- if r4101[4] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[4] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[4] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[9] - hysteresis (p4118[4]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

SINAMICS DCP
458 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F35401 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 5 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[10], p4103[5]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[11]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[5] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[5] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[5] = 250 °C
- if r4101[5] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[5] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[5] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[11] - hysteresis (p4118[5]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35402 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 6 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[12], p4103[6]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[13]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[6] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[6] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[6] = 250 °C
- if r4101[6] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[6] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[6] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[13] - hysteresis (p4118[6]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35403 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 7 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[14], p4103[7]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[15]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[7] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[7] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[7] = 250 °C
- if r4101[7] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[7] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[7] and can be interconnected.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 459
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[15] - hysteresis (p4118[7]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35404 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 8 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[16], p4103[8]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[17]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[8] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[8] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[8] = 250 °C
- if r4101[8] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[8] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[8] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[17] - hysteresis (p4118[8]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35405 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 9 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[18], p4103[9]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[19]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[9] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[9] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[9] = 250 °C
- if r4101[9] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[9] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[9] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[19] - hysteresis (p4118[9]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

SINAMICS DCP
460 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F35406 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 10 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[20], p4103[10]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[21]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[10] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[10] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[10] = 250 °C
- if r4101[10] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[10] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[10] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[21] - hysteresis (p4118[10]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

F35407 (N, A) TM: Temperature fault/alarm threshold channel 11 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: For the temperature evaluation via the Terminal Module 150 (TM150), at least one of the following conditions to
initiate this fault is fulfilled:
- alarm threshold has been exceeded longer than that set in the timer (p4102[22], p4103[11]).
or
- fault threshold exceeded (p4102[23]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[11] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[11] = 250 °C
- if r4101[11] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[11] = -50 °C
The temperature actual value is displayed via connector output r4105[11] and can be interconnected.
Notice:
This fault only causes the drive to shut down if there is at least one BICO interconnection between the drive and the
Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: - allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[23] - hysteresis (p4118[11]).
- if required, set the fault response to NONE (p2100, p2101).
See also: p4102

A35410 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 4 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[4]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[8]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[4] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[4] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[4] = 250 °C
- if r4101[4] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[4] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[8] - hysteresis (p4118[4]).
See also: p4102

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 461
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35411 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 5 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[5]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[10]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[5] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[5] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[5] = 250 °C
- if r4101[5] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[5] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[10] - hysteresis (p4118[5]).
See also: p4102

A35412 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 6 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[6]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[12]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[6] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[6] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[6] = 250 °C
- if r4101[6] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[6] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[12] - hysteresis (p4118[6]).
See also: p4102

A35413 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 7 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[7]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[14]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[7] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[7] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[7] = 250 °C
- if r4101[7] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[7] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[14] - hysteresis (p4118[7]).
See also: p4102

A35414 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 8 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[8]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[16]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[8] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[8] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[8] = 250 °C
- if r4101[8] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[8] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[16] - hysteresis (p4118[8]).
See also: p4102

SINAMICS DCP
462 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35415 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 9 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[9]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[18]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[9] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[9] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[9] = 250 °C
- if r4101[9] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[9] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[18] - hysteresis (p4118[9]).
See also: p4102

A35416 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 10 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[10]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[20]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[10] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[10] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[10] = 250 °C
- if r4101[10] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[10] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[20] - hysteresis (p4118[10]).
See also: p4102

A35417 (F, N) TM: Temperature alarm threshold channel 11 exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: The temperature (r4105[11]) measured using the temperature sensing of the Terminal Module 150 (TM150) has
exceeded the threshold value to initiate this alarm (p4102[22]).
Note:
For sensor type "PTC thermistor" and "Bimetallic NC contact" (p4100[11] = 1, 4), the following applies:
- if r4101[11] > 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[11] = 250 °C
- if r4101[11] <= 1650 ohms, the temperature r4105[11] = -50 °C
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Temperature actual value at the time of initiation [0.1 °C].
Remedy: Allow the temperature sensor to cool down to below p4102[22] - hysteresis (p4118[11]).
See also: p4102

N35800 (F) TM: Group signal

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The Terminal Module has detected at least one fault.
Remedy: Evaluates other actual messages.

A35801 (F, N) TM DRIVE-CLiQ: Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred between the Control Unit and the Terminal Module involved.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
- replace the component involved.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 463
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35802 (F, N) TM: Time slice overflow

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A time slice overflow has occurred on the Terminal Module.
Remedy: Replace the Terminal Module.

A35803 (F, N) TM: Memory test

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error has occurred during the memory test on the Terminal Module.
Remedy: - check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the Terminal Module is being maintained.
- replace the Terminal Module.

F35804 (N, A) TM: CRC

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A checksum error has occurred when reading-out the program memory on the Terminal Module.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Difference between the checksum at POWER ON and the actual checksum.
Remedy: - check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained.
- replace the Terminal Module.

A35805 (F, N) TM: EEPROM checksum error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Internal parameter data is corrupted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
01: EEPROM access error.
02: Too many blocks in the EEPROM.
Remedy: - check whether the permissible ambient temperature for the component is maintained.
- replace the Terminal Module 31 (TM31).

A35807 (F, N) TM: Sequence control time monitoring

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Error, timeout, sequence control on the Terminal Module.
Remedy: Replace the Terminal Module.

F35820 TM DRIVE-CLiQ: Telegram error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the Terminal Module involved.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
7 (= 07 hex):
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the received telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
8 (= 08 hex):
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the received telegram is one.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.

SINAMICS DCP
464 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

F35835 TM DRIVE-CLiQ: Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Control Unit to the Terminal Module involved. The nodes
do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.

F35836 TM DRIVE-CLiQ: Send error for DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred between the Control Unit and the Terminal Module involved. Data
were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F35837 PTM DRIVE-CLiQ: Component fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component concerned. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.
35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 465
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

F35845 TM DRIVE-CLiQ: Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred between the Control Unit and the Terminal Module (TM) involved.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F35850 TM: Internal software error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An internal software error in the Terminal Module (TM) has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Background time slice is blocked.
2: Checksum over the code memory is not OK.
Remedy: - replace the Terminal Module (TM).
- if required, upgrade the firmware in the Terminal Module.
- contact the Hotline.

F35851 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved (TM) to the Control Unit.
The DRIVE-CLiQ component did not set the sign-of-life to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the component involved.

F35860 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Telegram error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved (TM) to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.

SINAMICS DCP
466 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
17 (= 11 hex):
CRC error and the receive telegram is too early.
18 (= 12 hex):
The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
19 (= 13 hex):
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
20 (= 14 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
21 (= 15 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
22 (= 16 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive telegram is too
early.
25 (= 19 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

F35875 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Supply voltage failed

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ communication from the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the
supply voltage has failed.
Fault cause:
9 (= 09 hex):
The power supply voltage for the components has failed.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE-CLiQ component (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE-CLiQ component.

F35885 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved (TM) to the Control Unit.
The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
26 (= 1A hex):
Sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early.
33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
98 (= 62 hex):
Error at the transition to cyclic operation.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 467
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note regarding the message value:

The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the power supply voltage of the component involved.
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.

F35886 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Error when sending DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved (TM) to the Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F35887 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Component fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Terminal Module) involved. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.
35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
96 (= 60 hex):
Response received too late during runtime measurement.
97 (= 61 hex):
Time taken to exchange characteristic data too long.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

F35895 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Alternating cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communication error has occurred from the Terminal Module involved (TM) to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

SINAMICS DCP
468 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F35896 TM DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Inconsistent component properties

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The properties of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (Terminal Module), specified by the fault value, have changed in an
incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted. One cause can be, e.g. that a DRIVE-CLiQ cable or
DRIVE-CLiQ component has been replaced.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.
- when a component is replaced, the same component type and if possible the same firmware version should be
used.
- when a cable is replaced, only cables whose length is the same as or as close as possible to the length of the
original cables should be used (ensure compliance with the maximum cable length).

F35899 (N, A) TM: Unknown fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred on the Terminal Module that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware.
This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Fault number.
Note:
If required, the significance of this new fault can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit.
Remedy: - replace the firmware on the Terminal Module by an older firmware version (r0158).
- upgrade the firmware on the Control Unit (r0018).

A35903 (F, N) TM: I2C bus error occurred

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error has occurred while accessing the internal I2C bus of the Terminal Module.
Remedy: Replace the Terminal Module.

A35904 (F, N) TM: EEPROM

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An error has occurred accessing the non-volatile memory on the Terminal Module.
Remedy: Replace the Terminal Module.

A35905 (F, N) TM: Parameter access

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The Control Unit attempted to write an illegal parameter value to the Terminal Module.
Remedy: - check whether the firmware version of the Terminal Module (r0158) matches the firmware version of Control Unit
(r0018).
- if required, replace the Terminal Module.
Note:
The firmware versions that match each other are in the readme.txt file on the memory card.

A35906 (F, N) TM: 24 V power supply missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The 24 V power supply for the digital outputs is missing.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
01: TM17 24 V power supply for DI/DO 0 ... 7 missing.
02: TM17 24 V power supply for DI/DO 8 ... 15 missing.
04: TM15 24 V power supply for DI/DO 0 ... 7 (X520) missing.
08: TM15 24 V power supply for DI/DO 8 ... 15 (X521) missing.
10: TM15 24 V power supply for DI/DO 16 ... 23 (X522) missing.
20: TM41 24 V power supply for DI/DO 0 ... 3 missing.
Remedy: Check the terminals for the power supply voltage (L1+, L2+, L3+, M or +24 V_1 for TM41).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 469
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35907 (F, N) TM: Hardware initialization error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The Terminal Module was not successfully initialized.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
01: TM17 or TM41 - incorrect configuration request.
02: TM17 or TM41 - programming not successful.
04: TM17 or TM41 - invalid time stamp
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

A35910 (F, N) TM: Module overtemperature

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The temperature in the module has exceeded the highest permissible limit.
Remedy: - reduce the ambient temperature.
- replace the Terminal Module.

A35911 (F, N) TM: Clock synchronous operation sign-of-life missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The maximum permissible number of errors in the master sign-of-life (clock synchronous operation) has been
exceeded in cyclic operation.
When the alarm is output, the module outputs are reset up to the next synchronization.
Remedy: - check the physical bus configuration (terminating resistor, shielding, etc.).
- check the interconnection of the master sign-of-life (r4201 via p0915).
- check whether the master correctly sends the sign-of-life (e.g. set up a trace with r4201.12 ... r4201.15 and trigger
signal r4301.9).
- check the bus and master for utilization level (e.g. bus cycle time Tdp was set too short).

A35920 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 0

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 1630 Ohm (TM150: R > 2170 Ohm), PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 50 Ohm (TM150: R < 180 Ohm), PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603
Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35921 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 1

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 1630 Ohm (TM150: R > 2170 Ohm), PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 50 Ohm (TM150: R < 180 Ohm), PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603
Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

SINAMICS DCP
470 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A35922 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 2

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 1630 Ohm (TM150: R > 2170 Ohm), PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 50 Ohm (TM150: R < 180 Ohm), PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603
Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35923 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 3

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 1630 Ohm (TM150: R > 2170 Ohm), PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 50 Ohm (TM150: R < 180 Ohm), PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603
Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35924 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 4

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35925 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 5

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35926 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 6

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 471
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.

- replace the sensor.

A35927 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 7

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35928 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 8

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35929 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 9

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35930 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 10

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm
Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.
- replace the sensor.

A35931 (F, N) TM: Error temperature sensor channel 11

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150
Cause: When evaluating the temperature sensor, an error occurred.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
1: Wire breakage or sensor not connected.
KTY84: R > 2170 Ohm, PT100: R > 194 Ohm, PT1000: R > 1944 Ohm
2: Measured resistance too low.
PTC thermistor: R < 20 Ohm, KTY84: R < 180 Ohm, PT100: R < 60 Ohm, PT1000: R < 603 Ohm

SINAMICS DCP
472 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - make sure that the sensor is connected correctly.

- replace the sensor.

A35999 (F, N) TM: Unknown alarm

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred on the Terminal Module that cannot be interpreted by the Control Unit firmware.
This can occur if the firmware on this component is more recent than the firmware on the Control Unit.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Alarm number.
Note:
If required, the significance of this new alarm can be read about in a more recent description of the Control Unit.
Remedy: - replace the firmware on the Terminal Module by an older firmware version (r0158).
- upgrade the firmware on the Control Unit (r0018).

F36851 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit.
The DRIVE-CLiQ component did not set the sign-of-life to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the component involved.

F36860 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Telegram error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
17 (= 11 hex):
CRC error and the receive telegram is too early.
18 (= 12 hex):
The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
19 (= 13 hex):
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
20 (= 14 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 473
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

21 (= 15 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
22 (= 16 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive telegram is too
early.
25 (= 19 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

F36875 HUB DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Supply voltage failed

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ communication from the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the
supply voltage has failed.
Fault cause:
9 (= 09 hex):
The power supply voltage for the components has failed.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the power supply voltage wiring for the DRIVE-CLiQ component (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the dimensioning of the power supply for the DRIVE-CLiQ component.

F36885 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to the Control Unit.
The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
26 (= 1A hex):
Sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early.
33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
98 (= 62 hex):
Error at the transition to cyclic operation.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the supply voltage of the component involved.
- carry out a POWER ON.
- replace the component involved.

SINAMICS DCP
474 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F36886 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Error when sending DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F36887 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Component fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component (DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module) involved. Faulty hardware cannot be
excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.
35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
96 (= 60 hex):
Response received too late during runtime measurement.
97 (= 61 hex):
Time taken to exchange characteristic data too long.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

F36895 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Alternating cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: DRIVE-CLiQ communication error from DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module in question to Control Unit.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON.

F36896 Hub DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Inconsistent component properties

Drive object: DCP_CTRL, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The properties of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module), specified by the fault value, have
changed in an incompatible fashion with respect to the properties when booted. One cause can be, e.g. that a
DRIVE-CLiQ cable or DRIVE-CLiQ component has been replaced.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
Component number.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 475
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON.

- when a component is replaced, the same component type and if possible the same firmware version should be
used.
- when a cable is replaced, only cables whose length is the same as or as close as possible to the length of the
original cables should be used (ensure compliance with the maximum cable length).

F40000 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

F40001 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

F40002 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

F40003 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

F40004 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

F40005 Fault at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A fault has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
First fault that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the fault buffer of the specified object.

A40100 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

SINAMICS DCP
476 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A40101 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

A40102 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

A40103 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

A40104 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

A40105 Alarm at DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: An alarm has occurred at the drive object at the DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
First alarm that has occurred for this drive object.
Remedy: Evaluate the alarm buffer of the specified object.

F40799 CX32: Configured transfer end time exceeded

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The configured transfer end time when transferring the cyclic actual values was exceeded.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on) for all components.
- contact the Hotline.

F40801 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- replace the component involved.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 477
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F40820 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Telegram error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the component in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
7 (= 07 hex):
A SYNC telegram is expected - but the received telegram is not a SYNC telegram.
8 (= 08 hex):
No SYNC telegram is expected - but the received telegram is one.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

F40825 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Supply voltage failed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ communication from the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the
supply voltage has failed.
Fault cause:
9 (= 09 hex):
The power supply voltage for the components has failed.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the supply voltage wiring of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the dimensioning of the DRIVE-CLiQ component power supply.

F40835 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved. The
nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.

SINAMICS DCP
478 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- replace the component involved.

F40836 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Send error for DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved. Data
were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).

F40837 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Component fault

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component concerned. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.
35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

F40845 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ: Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the Control Unit to the controller extension involved.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 479
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F40851 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Sign-of-life missing

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit.
The DRIVE-CLiQ component did not set the sign-of-life to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
10 (= 0A hex):
The sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram is not set.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Upgrade the firmware of the component involved.

F40860 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Telegram error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
1 (= 01 hex):
Checksum error (CRC error).
2 (= 02 hex):
Telegram is shorter than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
3 (= 03 hex):
Telegram is longer than specified in the length byte or in the receive list.
4 (= 04 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
5 (= 05 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list.
6 (= 06 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list do not match.
9 (= 09 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set.
16 (= 10 hex):
The receive telegram is too early.
17 (= 11 hex):
CRC error and the receive telegram is too early.
18 (= 12 hex):
The telegram is shorter than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too
early.
19 (= 13 hex):
The telegram is longer than that specified in the length byte or in the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
20 (= 14 hex):
The length of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
21 (= 15 hex):
The type of the receive telegram does not match the receive list and the receive telegram is too early.
22 (= 16 hex):
The address of the power unit in the telegram and in the receive list does not match and the receive telegram is too
early.
25 (= 19 hex):
The error bit in the receive telegram is set and the receive telegram is too early.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).

SINAMICS DCP
480 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F40875 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Supply voltage failed

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: The DRIVE-CLiQ communication from the DRIVE-CLiQ component involved to the Control Unit signals that the
supply voltage has failed.
Fault cause:
9 (= 09 hex):
The power supply voltage for the components has failed.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- check the supply voltage wiring of the DRIVE-CLiQ component (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the dimensioning of the DRIVE-CLiQ component power supply.

F40885 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit.
The nodes do not send and receive in synchronism.
Fault cause:
26 (= 1A hex):
Sign-of-life bit in the receive telegram not set and the receive telegram is too early.
33 (= 21 hex):
The cyclic telegram has not been received.
34 (= 22 hex):
Timeout in the telegram receive list.
64 (= 40 hex):
Timeout in the telegram send list.
98 (= 62 hex):
Error at the transition to cyclic operation.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the power supply voltage of the component involved.
- carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- replace the component involved.

F40886 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Error when sending DRIVE-CLiQ data

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit.
Data were not able to be sent.
Fault cause:
65 (= 41 hex):
Telegram type does not match send list.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).

F40887 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Component fault

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: Fault detected on the DRIVE-CLiQ component concerned. Faulty hardware cannot be excluded.
Fault cause:
32 (= 20 hex):
Error in the telegram header.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 481
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

35 (= 23 hex):
Receive error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
66 (= 42 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
67 (= 43 hex):
Send error: The telegram buffer memory contains an error.
96 (= 60 hex):
Response received too late during runtime measurement.
97 (= 61 hex):
Time taken to exchange characteristic data too long.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: - check the DRIVE-CLiQ wiring (interrupted cable, contacts, ...).
- check the electrical cabinet design and cable routing for EMC compliance
- if required, use another DRIVE-CLiQ socket (p9904).
- replace the component involved.

F40895 CX32 DRIVE-CLiQ (CU): Cyclic data transfer error

Drive object: TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: A DRIVE-CLiQ communications error has occurred from the controller extension involved to the Control Unit.
Fault cause:
11 (= 0B hex):
Synchronization error during alternating cyclic data transfer.
Note regarding the message value:
The individual information is coded as follows in the message value (r0949/r2124):
0000yyxx hex: yy = component number, xx = error cause
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).

A50001 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Configuration error

Drive object: All objects
Cause: CBE20:
A PROFINET controller attempts to establish a connection using an incorrect configuring telegram. The "Shared
Device" function has been activated (p8829 = 2).
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
10: A CPU sends a PROFIsafe telegram.
11: F CPU sends a PZD telegram.
12: F CPU without an A CPU.
13: F CPU with more PROFIsafe subslots than activated with p9601.3.
14: F CPU with fewer PROFIsafe subslots than activated with p9601.3.
15: PROFIsafe telegram of the F-CPU does not match the setting in p60022.
Remedy: CBE20:
Check the configuration of the PROFINET controllers as well as the p8829 and p9601.3 setting.

A50002 (F) COMM BOARD: Alarm 2

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
A specific telegram word (send) is being used twice.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Telegram word used twice
See also: p8871 (SINAMICS Link send telegram word PZD)
Remedy: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Correct the parameter assignment.
See also: p8871 (SINAMICS Link send telegram word PZD)

SINAMICS DCP
482 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A50003 (F) COMM BOARD: Alarm 3

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
A specific telegram word (receive) is being used twice.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = info. 1, xxxx = info. 2
Info. 1 (decimal) = Address of sender
Info. 2 (decimal) = Receive telegram word
See also: p8870 (SINAMICS Link receive telegram word PZD), p8872 (SINAMICS Link address receive PZD)
Remedy: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Correct the parameter assignment.

A50004 (F) COMM BOARD: Alarm 4

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
- telegram word (receive) and address of sender inconsistent. Both values have to be either equal to zero or not
equal to zero.
- drive object number p8872 > 16 with p8811 = 16.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = info. 1, xxxx = info. 2
Info. 1 (decimal) = Drive object number from p8870, p8872
Info. 2 (decimal) = Index from p8870, p8872
See also: p8870 (SINAMICS Link receive telegram word PZD), p8872 (SINAMICS Link address receive PZD)
Remedy: In the case of CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Correct the parameter assignment.

A50005 (F) COMM BOARD: Alarm 5

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Sender not found on SINAMICS Link.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret decimal):
Address of sender that cannot be located
See also: p8872 (SINAMICS Link address receive PZD)
Remedy: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Check the connection to the sender.

A50006 (F) COMM BOARD: Alarm 6

Drive object: CU_DCP, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM31
Cause: CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
The parameter assignment indicates that the sender and the receiver are one and the same. This is not permitted.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret hexadecimal):
yyyyxxxx hex: yyyy = info. 1, xxxx = info. 2
Info. 1 (decimal) = Drive object number from p8872
Info. 2 (decimal) = Index from p8872
See also: p8872 (SINAMICS Link address receive PZD)
Remedy: In the case of CBE20 SINAMICS Link:
Correct the parameter assignment. All p8872[index] must be set to a value not equal to p8836.

A50010 (F) PN/COMM BOARD: Station name invalid

Drive object: All objects
Cause: CBE20:
PROFINET Name of Station is invalid.
Remedy: CBE20:
Correct the name of the station (p8940) and activate (p8945 = 2).
See also: p8940 (CBE2x Name of Station)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 483
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A50020 (F) PNCOMM BOARD: Second controller missing

Drive object: All objects
Cause: CBE20:
The PROFINET function "Shared Device" has been activated (p8829 = 2). However, only the connection to a
PROFINET controller is present.
Remedy: CBE20:
Check the configuration of the PROFINET controllers as well as the p8829 setting.

F60014 (N, A) Parallel interface telegram monitoring time expired

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The telegram monitoring time for communication via the parallel interface has expired.
No further valid telegrams were received during the active monitoring time (p51807).
Possible causes:
- interrupted connecting cable
- electromagnetic interference on the connecting cable
- telegram monitoring time set too short (p51807)
Remedy: - check connecting cable and cable connection.
- check that the connecting cable has been routed in compliance with EMC.
- increase the telegram monitoring time if necessary (p51807).

A60018 (F, N) Digital output overloaded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: At least one digital output is overloaded or is short-circuited.
Alarm value (r2124, interpret binary):
Bit 0 = 1: CUD digital output 0 (DO 0, X177.19) is overloaded
Bit 1 = 1: CUD digital output 1 (DO 1, X177.20) is overloaded
Bit 2 = 1: CUD digital output 2 (DO 2, X177.21) is overloaded
Bit 3 = 1: CUD digital output 3 (DO 3, X177.22) is overloaded
Bit 4 = 1: CUD digital output 4 (DO 4, X177.15) is overloaded
Bit 5 = 1: CUD digital output 5 (DO 5, X177.16) is overloaded
Bit 6 = 1: CUD digital output 6 (DO 6, X177.17) is overloaded
Bit 7 = 1: CUD digital output 7 (DO 7, X177.18) is overloaded
Note:
The fault value corresponds to the inverted value of parameter r53021. Information about the short-circuit monitoring
for the individual digital outputs for further interconnection is available here.
DO: Digital Output
Remedy: Check the overloaded digital outputs and rectify the overload or short circuit.

F60029 (N, A) External temperature too high fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The external temperature is higher than the set fault threshold (p50492).
Note:
r50047[1]: measured value of the external temperature sensor (in °C) for temperature sensors with continuous
characteristic
Temperature sensor with continuous characteristic
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6)
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)
The value = 0 for other temperature sensors.
Remedy: - check the threshold for triggering the fault (p50492).
- check the temperature at the location where the external temperature sensor is installed - and if necessary, reduce.
See also: p50492 (Temperature monitoring external fault threshold)

SINAMICS DCP
484 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A60032 (F, N) External temperature too high alarm

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The external temperature is higher than the set alarm threshold (p50491).
Note:
r50047[1]: measured value of the external temperature sensor (in °C) for temperature sensors with continuous
characteristic
Temperature sensor with continuous characteristic
- KTY84 (p50490 = 1)
- PT100 (p50490 = 6)
- NTC thermistor K227 (p50490 = 7)
- PT1000 (p50490 = 8)
The value = 0 for other temperature sensors.
Remedy: - check the threshold for triggering the alarm (p50491).
- check the temperature at the location where the external temperature sensor is installed - and if necessary, reduce.
See also: p50491 (Temperature monitoring external alarm threshold)

A60039 (F, N) Dynamic overload temperature too high

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The calculated power semiconductor temperature has exceeded the permissible value.
Remedy: Check that the permissible load cycle is maintained.

F60046 (N, A) Wire break at analog input 0

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A wire break has been detected at the CUD's analog input 0 (AI 0, X177.25/26).
This fault is triggered if p50700 = 2 (unipolar monitoring of current input (+4 mA to +20 mA)) is set and an input
current of less than 2 mA is flowing.
Possible fault causes:
- wire break or contact problem in the supply line
- parameter p50700 set incorrectly
Note:
This fault is also indicated via binector input r53030.0.
AI: Analog Input
See also: p50700 (CUD analog input 0 type)
Remedy: - check the wiring of the input terminals (X177.25/26) (cable break, contacts, etc).
- check the parameter assignment for analog input 0 (p50700).

F60047 (N, A) Wire break at analog input 1

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A wire break has been detected at the CUD's analog input 1 (AI 1, X177.27/28).
This fault is triggered if p50710 = 2 (unipolar monitoring of current input (+4 mA to +20 mA)) is set and an input
current of less than 2 mA is flowing.
Possible fault causes:
- wire break or contact problem in the supply line
- parameter p50710 set incorrectly
Note:
This fault is also indicated via binector output r53030.1.
AI: Analog Input
See also: p50710 (CUD analog input 1 type)
Remedy: - check the wiring of the input terminals (X177.27/28) (cable break, contacts, etc).
- check the parameter assignment for analog input 1 (p50710).

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 485
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F60056 (N, A) Important parameter not set

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The settings required for operation have still not been made.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: converter still not commissioned/commissioning not completed (p0010 not equal to 0).
Remedy: Make the setting as appropriate for the fault value displayed.

F60058 Parameter settings not consistent

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Inconsistent values have been set in parameters depending on each other.
Note:
This is only active for operating state < o7.0.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
0: parameter values in p55130, p55131, p55142, p55143 are not in ascending order.
1: parameter values in p55140, p55141, p55132, p55133 are not in ascending order.
11: parameter values in p55130, p55131 are not in ascending order.
12: parameter values in p55132, p55133 are not in ascending order.
13: parameter values in p55140, p55141 are not in ascending order.
14: parameter values in p55142, p55143 are not in ascending order.
20: setting p55080 > 0 is not permissible for this device.
30: setting p55350 = 1, 2 and simultaneously p55110 > 0 is not permissible.
40: parameter values in p54210[0], p54210[1], p54210[2], p54210[3] are not in ascending order, or do not differ by at
least 1 V.
50: setting p55155 = 1, and simultaneously p55060 = 10 is not permissible. The reactor current cannot be externally
measured.
Remedy: Make the setting as appropriate for the fault value displayed.

F60063 (N, A) Incorrect calibration values for analog inputs/outputs

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The factory-set calibration values on the electronics module for the analog inputs/outputs are implausible.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), voltage input, incorrect offset value
2: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
3: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
4: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), voltage input, reference value incorrect
5: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), current input, incorrect offset value
6: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), current input, +20 mA incorrect value
7: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), current input, -20 mA incorrect value
8: Analog input 0 (X177.25/26), current input, reference value incorrect
9: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), voltage input, incorrect offset value
10: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
11: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
12: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), voltage input, reference value incorrect
13: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), current input, incorrect offset value
14: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), current input, +20 mA incorrect value
15: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), current input, -20 mA incorrect value
16: Analog input 1 (X177.27/28), current input, reference value incorrect
17: Analog input 2 (X177.29/30), voltage input, incorrect offset value
18: Analog input 2 (X177.29/30), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
19: Analog input 2 (X177.29/30), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
20: Analog input 2 (X177.29/30), voltage input, reference value incorrect
21: Analog input 3 (X177.1/2), voltage input, incorrect offset value
22: Analog input 3 (X177.1/2), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
23: Analog input 3 (X177.1/2), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
24: Analog input 3 (X177.1/2), voltage input, reference value incorrect

SINAMICS DCP
486 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

25: Analog input 4 (X177.3/4), voltage input, incorrect offset value

26: Analog input 4 (X177.3/4), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
27: Analog input 4 (X177.3/4), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
28: Analog input 4 (X177.3/4), voltage input, reference value incorrect
29: Analog input 5 (X177.5/6), voltage input, incorrect offset value
30: Analog input 5 (X177.5/6), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
31: Analog input 5 (X177.5/6), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
32: Analog input 5 (X177.5/6), voltage input, reference value incorrect
33: Analog input 6 (X177.7/8), voltage input, incorrect offset value
34: Analog input 6 (X177.7/8), voltage input, +10 V incorrect value
35: Analog input 6 (X177.7/8), voltage input, -10 V incorrect value
36: Analog input 6 (X177.7/8), voltage input, reference value incorrect
37: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect offset value
38: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, +25 V incorrect value
39: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, -25 V incorrect value
40: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect reference value
41: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect offset value
42: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, +80 V incorrect value
43: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, -80 V incorrect value
44: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect reference value
45: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect offset value
46: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, +270 V incorrect value
47: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, -270 V incorrect value
48: Analog input XT1.103/104, voltage input, incorrect reference value
49: Analog output 0 (X177.49/50), incorrect offset value
50: Analog output 0 (X177.49/50), -10 V incorrect value
51: Analog output 0 (X177.49/50), +10 V incorrect value
52: Analog output 0 (X177.49/50), incorrect reference value
53: Analog output 1 (X177.51/52), incorrect offset value
54: Analog output 1 (X177.51/52), -10 V incorrect value
55: Analog output 1 (X177.51/52), +10 V incorrect value
56: Analog output 1 (X177.51/52), incorrect reference value
Note:
r50047[1]: Incorrect calibration value
Remedy: Send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60064 (N, A) Error communicating with second processor TMS320

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Communication with the second processor (TMS320) has failed.
Note:
r50047[1]: Communication counter in send direction
r50047[2]: Communication counter in receive direction
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60065 (N, A) Software update for second processor (TMS320) failed

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Software update of the TMS320 processor on the CUD not successful.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The TMS320 does not respond.
2: The TMS320 cannot be released (memory is password-protected).
3: Incompatible version of the bootloader software.
4: Incompatible version of the application software.
5: Error when deleting the TMS320 flash memory.
6: Error when programming the TMS320 flash memory.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 487
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

7: TMS320 restart after programming unsuccessful.

8: Update has taken an excessively long time (timeout).
9: Abnormal cancellation of the update.
100: Test software (version under 1000) active on the TMS320.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60067 (N, A) Fault power unit temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The power unit temperature has been exceeded.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Temperature in power unit 1 too high.
2: Temperature in power unit 2 too high.
3: Temperature in power unit 3 too high.
10: Fan speed too low.
Note regarding fault value = 1, 2, 3:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Note regarding fault value = 10:
r50047[1]: Speed of fan 1 (in revolutions per second)
r50047[2]: Speed of fan 2 (in revolutions per second)
r50047[3]: Speed of fan 3 (in revolutions per second)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

F60069 (N, A) Invalid article number (MLFB)

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The data read from the power unit (serial number, MLFB, accessory options) is invalid.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The serial number is invalid or missing.
2: The article number (MLFB) is invalid or missing.
3: The accessory options (Z options) are invalid.
4: Incorrect serial number CRC
5: Incorrect MLFB CRC
6: Incorrect accessory options CRC
7: The MLFB read out is not known to the software.
8: Unable to read data.
9: MLFB cannot be changed in actual operating state.
Note for fault value = 1, 4:
r50047[1]: 1st character of the serial number
r50047[2]: 2nd character of the serial number
...
r50047[30]: 30th character of the serial number
Note for fault value = 2, 5, 7:
r50047[1]: 1st character of the MLFB
r50047[2]: 2nd character of the MLFB
...
r50047[30]: 30th character of the MLFB

SINAMICS DCP
488 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note for fault value = 3, 6:

r50047[1]: 1st character of the Z options
r50047[2]: 2nd character of the Z options
...
r50047[30]: 30th character of the Z options
Note for fault value = 9:
r50047[1]: Operating state
Remedy: Send the device to an authorized repair shop.
Note:
MLFB: Machine-readable product code

A60080 (F, N) Alarm power unit temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The temperature in the power unit has exceeded the internally specified alarm threshold.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Power unit 1.
2: Power unit 2.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

A60081 (F, N) Alarm CUD module temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The temperature of the Control Unit (CUD) has exceeded 90 °C.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

F60090 (N, A) Fault CUD module temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The temperature on the Control Unit (CUD) has exceeded 95 °C.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 489
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)

r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

F60091 (N, A) Reference voltage P10 outside tolerance

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Reference voltage P10 (+10 V) at terminal X177.31 outside tolerance.
The deviation is greater than +/-5 %.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Check the current load of the reference voltage P10 (X177.31).

F60092 (N, A) Reference voltage N10 outside tolerance

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Reference voltage N10 (-10 V) at terminal X177.32 outside tolerance.
The deviation is greater than +/-5 %.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Check the current load of the reference voltage N10 (X177.32).

F60093 (N, A) Power supply P5 overloaded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Power supply P5 (+5 V) at connector X179.1 is overloaded.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Check the current load of the power supply P5 (X179.1).

SINAMICS DCP
490 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F60094 (N, A) Power supply P15 overloaded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Power supply P15 (+15 V) at terminal X177.41 is overloaded.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Check the current load of the power supply P15 (X177.41).

F60096 (N, A) Temperature sensor faulty

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A cable break or a short circuit has been detected for at least one temperature sensor.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: A cable break has occurred.
2: A short circuit has occurred.
Note:
r50047[1]: Incorrect sensor
0 = power unit 1
1 = power unit 2
2 = power supply module
3 = mainboard module
4 = CUD module
5 = air intake
6 = power unit 3
7 = external sensor
r50047[2]: Value of the analog-to-digital converter
Remedy: Send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60097 (N, A) Power supply unit fault

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The power supply unit in the SINAMICS DCP has a fault condition.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).
Note:
The device must be sent to an authorized repair shop if the problem still occurs after switching the electronics power
supply off and on again several times.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 491
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

A60098 (F, N) Alarm system utilization too high

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The average computing time utilization (r9976[1]) is greater than 95 %.
Remedy: Reduce computing time utilization using the following measures:
- remove DRIVE-CLiQ components that are not required.
For Drive Control Chart (DCC) or free function blocks (FBLOCKS), the following applies
- reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).
- shift blocks or function blocks into slower time slices.

F60099 (N, A) Fault system utilization too high

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The average computing time utilization (r9976[1]) is greater than 100 %.
Note:
r50047[1]: Averaged computing time utilization (in %)
r50047[2]: Maximum computing time utilization (in %)
Remedy: Reduce computing time utilization using the following measures:
- remove DRIVE-CLiQ components that are not required.
For Drive Control Chart (DCC) or free function blocks (FBLOCKS), the following applies
- reduce the number of cyclically calculated blocks (DCC) and/or function blocks (FBLOCKS).
- shift blocks or function blocks into slower time slices.

F60163 (N, A) Incorrect calibration values for the mainboard

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The mainboard module has either no or incorrect calibration values, serial or item numbers.
The fault value indicates the first incorrect calibration value.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
2: Checksum (CRC) of the serial number incorrect (r50810).
3: Checksum (CRC) of the item number incorrect (r50811).
4: Calibration values voltage side 1 incorrect (r50812).
5: Calibration values voltage side 2 incorrect (r50812).
6: Calibration values current power unit 1 incorrect (r50812).
7: Calibration values current power unit 1 smoothed incorrect (r50812).
8: Calibration values current power unit 2 incorrect (r50812).
9: Calibration values current power unit 2 smoothed incorrect (r50812).
1000: Timeout when establishing a connection between the CUD and mainboard.
1001: Rejecting the calibration values was initiated and carried out.
1002: The calibration values are saved in an unknown data format.
Remedy: Send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60164 (N, A) Communication error to the main board

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Communication to the mainboard has failed.
Note:
r50047[1]: Communication counter in send direction
r50047[2]: Communication counter in receive direction
Remedy: Carry out a POWER ON (switch-off/switch-on).

F60165 (N, A) Software update for mainboard (TMS320) failed

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Software update for the TMS320 processor on the mainboard not successful.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: The TMS320 does not respond.
2: The TMS320 cannot be released (memory is password-protected).
3: Incompatible version of the bootloader software.
4: Incompatible version of the application software.

SINAMICS DCP
492 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

5: Error when deleting the TMS320 flash memory.

6: Error when programming the TMS320 flash memory.
7: TMS320 restart after programming unsuccessful.
8: Update has taken an excessively long time (timeout).
9: Abnormal cancellation of the update.
100: Test software on TMS320 active (version below 1000).
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60500 (N, A) Overvoltage detected

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: An overvoltage condition for the input voltage was detected.
Possible causes:
- The input voltage exceeded 1000 V.
- after switching on, the input voltage was in the overvoltage range (800 ... 1000 V) for longer than 30 seconds. The
device can only be switched on again after 5 min.
- in operation, the input voltage was in the overvoltage range (800 ... 1000 V) for longer than 50 ms.
- for PV flying connection, the non-PV side exceeded the voltage limit (p55182, p55187).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Overvoltage > 1000 V.
2: Overvoltage > 800 V.
3: Overvoltage for PV flying connection (> p55182, p55187).
Remedy: Check the input voltage.

F60501 (N, A) Precharging fault detected

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A precharging fault has occurred.
The following was identified after the precharging time (p55355[0, 1]) expired:
- the voltage is not stable (i.e. it fluctuates by more than +/-p55357).
or
- the voltage has not reached the minimum value (r55600[0], approx. 30 V).
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Precharging fault on side 1.
2: Precharging fault on side 2.
Remedy: Check the precharging circuit (precharging resistors, contactors, wiring).
Check the parameter settings for precharging (p55350 and following).

A60502 (F, N) Air intake temperature too high.

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The air intake temperature has exceeded the highest permissible temperature to initiate this alarm.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: Check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 493
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F60503 Power unit overcurrent

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A power unit overcurrent has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Overcurrent in power unit 1.
2: Overcurrent in power unit 2.
3: Overcurrent in power unit 3.
Remedy: - check the control parameter settings (p55220 and following).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60504 Power unit overvoltage

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: A power unit overvoltage has occurred.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Overvoltage on side 1.
2: Overvoltage on side 2.
Remedy: Check the input voltage (side 1) and/or output voltage (side 2).

F60505 Power unit IGBT desaturation

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: An IGBT desaturation monitoring has responded in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Value in r55550.
Remedy: - check the control parameter settings (p55220 and following).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.
See also: r55550 (Power unit monitoring status)

F60506 Power unit overcurrent

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Overcurrent monitoring has responded in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Value in r55550.
Remedy: - check the control parameter settings (p55220 and following).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.
See also: r55550 (Power unit monitoring status)

F60507 Power unit overvoltage

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Overvoltage monitoring has responded in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Value in r55550.
Remedy: - check the control parameter settings (p55220 and following).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.
See also: r55550 (Power unit monitoring status)

F60508 Power unit overtemperature

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: Overtemperature monitoring has responded in the power unit.
Fault value (r0949, interpret hexadecimal):
Value in r55550.
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.
See also: r55550 (Power unit monitoring status)

SINAMICS DCP
494 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

F60509 (N, A) Power unit undervoltage

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: In operation, the input voltage or output voltage has fallen below 30 V.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: Undervoltage on side 1.
2: Undervoltage on side 2.
Remedy: Check the input voltage (side 1) and/or output voltage (side 2).

A60510 (F, N) Device fan service life reached

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The device fan has reached its set service life in 500 hours.
The service life of the device fan is set in p55471.
Remedy: Replace the device fan and reset the operating hours counter.
Procedure to reset the operating hours:
Set p55472 = 1
--> the operating hours counter (r55470) is set to zero.
--> the parameter is automatically set to zero after this is done.
See also: r55470 (Device fan operating hours display), p55471 (Device fan service life), p55472 (Device fan reset
operating hours)

F60511 (N, A) Deviation between the internal and external current actual value too high
Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The deviation between the internal and external current actual value is too high.
Note:
The signal source for the external current actual value was set in p55156.
Remedy: - check the external current transformer for the current actual value.
- if necessary increase the threshold to identify the deviation (p55161).
See also: p55161 (Correction current controller limiting)

A60520 (F, N) Alarm module temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The temperature has exceeded 90 °C.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
3: Power supply module temperature too high.
4: Mainboard module temperature too high.
Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

F60521 (N, A) Fault module temperature exceeded

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The temperature has exceeded 95 °C.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
3: Power supply module temperature too high.
4: Mainboard module temperature too high.

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 495
4 Faults and alarms
4.2 List of faults and alarms

Note:
r50047[1]: Temperature power unit 1 (in °C)
r50047[2]: Temperature power unit 2 (in °C)
r50047[3]: Temperature power supply module (in °C)
r50047[4]: Temperature mainboard module (in °C)
r50047[5]: Temperature CUD module (in °C)
r50047[6]: Air intake temperature (in °C)
r50047[7]: Reference voltage +10 V (in Volt)
r50047[8]: Reference voltage -10 V (in Volt)
r50047[9]: Temperature power unit 3 (in °C)
Remedy: - check the ambient temperature and reduce if necessary.
- check the function of the device fan.

A60522 (F, N) Mainboard EEROM write protection active

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: An attempt to write to the EEPROM on the mainboard was unsuccessful. Write protection is active.
Note:
Only for internal Siemens use.
Remedy: Remove write protection for the EEPROM on the mainboard.

F60523 (N, A) Mainboard I2C bus communication error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: An I2C bus communication error has occurred on the mainboard.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
I2C error code (only for internal Siemens error diagnostics).
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60525 (N, A) Mainboard watchdog error

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The processor on the mainboard does not respond.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

A60526 (F, N) Mainboard power supply switch-off alarm

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: "Power supply fault" and/or "Power supply shutoff alarm" signal present in operation.
Fault value (r0949, interpret decimal):
1: "Power supply fault" active.
2: "Power supply shutoff alarm" active.
3: "Power supply fault" and "Power supply shutoff alarm" active.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

F60530 (N, A) Dynamic overload temperature too high

Drive object: DCP_CTRL
Cause: The permissible dynamic overload time was exceeded.
Remedy: - carry out a POWER ON (power off/on).
- if necessary, send the device to an authorized repair shop.

SINAMICS DCP
496 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Appendix A
Content

A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed) 498

A.2 List of abbreviations 501

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 497
A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

The following table includes the decimal and hexadecimal notation of ASCII characters that
can be displayed (printable).

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

32 20 Space
! 33 21 Exclamation mark
" 34 22 Quotation mark
# 35 23 Number sign
$ 36 24 Dollar
% 37 25 Percent
& 38 26 Ampersand
’ 39 27 Apostrophe, closing single quotation mark
( 40 28 Opening parenthesis
) 41 29 Closing parenthesis
* 42 2A Asterisk
+ 43 2B Plus
, 44 2C Comma
- 45 2D Hyphen, minus
. 46 2E Period, decimal point
/ 47 2F Slash, slant
0 48 30 Digit 0
1 49 31 Digit 1
2 50 32 Digit 2
3 51 33 Digit 3
4 52 34 Digit 4
5 53 35 Digit 5
6 54 36 Digit 6
7 55 37 Digit 7
8 56 38 Digit 8
9 57 39 Digit 9
: 58 3A Colon
; 59 3B Semicolon
< 60 3C Less than
= 61 3D Equals
> 62 3E Greater than
? 63 3F Question mark
@ 64 40 Commercial At

SINAMICS DCP
498 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

A 65 41 Capital letter A
B 66 42 Capital letter B
C 67 43 Capital letter C
D 68 44 Capital letter D
E 69 45 Capital letter E
F 70 46 Capital letter F
G 71 47 Capital letter G
H 72 48 Capital letter H
I 73 49 Capital letter I
J 74 4A Capital letter J
K 75 4B Capital letter K
L 76 4C Capital letter L
M 77 4D Capital letter M
N 78 4E Capital letter N
O 79 4F Capital letter O
P 80 50 Capital letter P
Q 81 51 Capital letter Q
R 82 52 Capital letter R
S 83 53 Capital letter S
T 84 54 Capital letter T
U 85 55 Capital letter U
V 86 56 Capital letter V
W 87 57 Capital letter W
X 88 58 Capital letter X
Y 89 59 Capital letter Y
Z 90 5A Capital letter Z
[ 91 5B Opening bracket
\ 92 5C Backslash
] 93 5D Closing bracket
^ 94 5E Circumflex
_ 95 5F Underline
‘ 96 60 Opening single quotation mark
a 97 61 Small letter a
b 98 62 Small letter b
c 99 63 Small letter c
d 100 64 Small letter d

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 499
A Appendix
A.1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed)

Table A-1 ASCII table (characters that can be displayed), continued

Character Decimal Hexadecimal Meaning

e 101 65 Small letter e

f 102 66 Small letter f
g 103 67 Small letter g
h 104 68 Small letter h
i 105 69 Small letter i
j 106 6A Small letter j
k 107 6B Small letter k
l 108 6C Small letter l
m 109 6D Small letter m
n 110 6E Small letter n
o 111 6F Small letter o
p 112 70 Small letter p
q 113 71 Small letter q
r 114 72 Small letter r
s 115 73 Small letter s
t 116 74 Small letter t
u 117 75 Small letter u
v 118 76 Small letter v
w 119 77 Small letter w
x 120 78 Small letter x
y 121 79 Small letter y
z 122 7A Small letter z
{ 123 7B Opening brace
| 124 7C Vertical line
} 125 7D Closing brace
~ 126 7E Tilde

SINAMICS DCP
500 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

A.2 List of abbreviations

Note
The following list of abbreviations includes all abbreviations and their meanings used in the
entire SINAMICS family of drives.

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

A
A… Alarm Alarm
AC Alternating Current Alternating current
ADC Analog Digital Converter Analog-digital converter
AI Analog Input Analog input
AIM Active Interface Module Active Interface Module
ALM Active Line Module Active Line Module
AO Analog Output Analog output
AOP Advanced Operator Panel Advanced Operator Panel
APC Advanced Positioning Control Advanced Positioning Control
AR Automatic Restart Automatic restart
ASC Armature Short-Circuit Armature short-circuit
ASCII American Standard Code for Information American standard code for information interchange
Interchange
AS-i AS-Interface (Actuator Sensor Interface) AS-interface (open bus system in automation
technology)
ASM Asynchronmotor Induction motor
B
BB Betriebsbedingung Operating condition
BERO - Proximity switch
BI Binector Input Binector input
BIA Berufsgenossenschaftliches Institut für BG-Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
Arbeitssicherheit
BICO Binector Connector Technology Binector connector technology
BLM Basic Line Module Basic Line Module
BO Binector Output Binector output
BOP Basic Operator Panel Basic Operator Panel
C
C Capacitance Capacitance
C… - Safety message
CAN Controller Area Network Serial bus system
CBC Communication Board CAN Communication Board CAN
CBE Communication Board Ethernet Communication Board PROFINET (Ethernet)
CD Compact Disk Compact disk
CDS Command Data Set Command data set
CF card CompactFlash card CompactFlash card
CI Connector Input Connector input

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 501
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

CLC Clearance Control Clearance control
CNC Computer Numerical Control Computer-supported numerical control
CO Connector Output Connector output
CO/BO Connector Output / Binector Output Connector/binector output
COB ID CAN Object Identification CAN object identification
CoL Certificate of License Certificate of License
COM Common contact of a changeover relay Center contact on a changeover contact
COMM Commissioning Commissioning
CP Communications Processor Communications processor
CPU Central Processing Unit Central processing unit
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check Cyclic redundancy check
CSM Control Supply Module Control Supply Module
CU Control Unit Control Unit
CUA Control Unit Adapter Control Unit Adapter
CUD Control Unit DC MASTER Control Unit DC MASTER
D
DAC Digital Analog Converter Digital-analog converter
DC Direct Current Direct current
DCB Drive Control Block Drive Control Block
DCBRK DC Brake DC braking
DCC Drive Control Chart Drive Control Chart
DCN Direct Current Negative Direct current negative
DCP Direct Current Positive Direct current positive
DDS Drive Data Set Drive data set
DI Digital Input Digital input
DI/DO Digital Input / Digital Output Bidirectional digital input/output
DMC DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module Cabinet DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module Cabinet
DME DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module External DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module External
DMM Double Motor Module Double Motor Module
DO Digital Output Digital output
DO Drive Object Drive object
DP Decentralized Peripherals Distributed peripherals
DPRAM Dual Ported Random Access Memory Dual-port random access memory
DQ DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
DRAM Dynamic Random Access Memory Dynamic random access memory
DRIVE-CLiQ Drive Component Link with IQ Drive Component Link with IQ
DSC Dynamic Servo Control Dynamic Servo Control
DTC Digital Time Clock Timer
E
EASC External Armature Short-Circuit External armature short-circuit
EDS Encoder data set Encoder data set
EEPROM Electrically Erasable Programmable Electrically Erasable Programmable
Read-Only Memory Read-Only-Memory

SINAMICS DCP
502 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

EGB Elektrostatisch gefährdete Baugruppen Electrostatic sensitive devices
ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit-Breaker Residual current operated circuit breaker
ELP Earth Leakage Protection Ground-fault monitoring
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility Electromagnetic compatibility
EMF Electromotive Force Electromotive force
EMK Elektromotorische Kraft Electromotive force
EMV Elektromagnetische Verträglichkeit Electromagnetic compatibility
EN Europäische Norm European standard
EnDat Encoder-Data-Interface Encoder interface
EP Enable Pulses Enable pulses
EPOS Einfachpositionierer Basic positioner
ES Engineering System Engineering system
ESB Ersatzschaltbild Equivalent circuit diagram
ESD Electrostatic Sensitive Devices Electrostatic sensitive devices
ESM Essential Service Mode Essential service mode
ESR Extended Stop and Retract Extended stop and retract
F
F… Fault Fault
FAQ Frequently Asked Questions Frequently asked questions
FBLOCKS Free Blocks Free function blocks
FCC Function Control Chart Function control chart
FCC Flux Current Control Flux current control
FD Function Diagram Function diagram
F-DI Fail-safe Digital Input Fail-safe digital input
F-DO Fail-safe Digital Output Fail-safe digital output
FEM Fremderregter Synchronmotor Separately excited synchronous motor
FEPROM Flash EPROM Non-volatile write and read memory
FG Function Generator Function generator
FI - Residual current
FOC Fiber-Optic Cable Fiber-optic cable
FP Funktionsplan Function diagram
FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array Field programmable gate array
FW Firmware Firmware
G
GB Gigabyte Gigabyte
GC Global Control Global control telegram (broadcast telegram)
GND Ground Reference potential for all signal and operating
voltages, usually defined as 0 V (also referred to as
M)
GSD Generic Station Description Generic Station Description: Describes the features
of a PROFIBUS slave
GSV Gate Supply Voltage Gate supply voltage
GUID Globally Unique Identifier Globally unique identifier

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 503
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

H
HF High Frequency High frequency
HFD Hochfrequenzdrossel High-frequency reactor
HLA Hydraulic Linear Actuator Hydraulic linear drive
HLG Hochlaufgeber Ramp-function generator
HM Hydraulic Module Hydraulic Module
HMI Human Machine Interface Human machine interface
HTL High-Threshold Logic Logic with high fault threshold
HW Hardware Hardware
I
i. V. In Vorbereitung Under development: This property is currently not
available
I/O Input/Output Input/output
I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit Internal serial data bus
IASC Internal Armature Short-Circuit Internal armature short-circuit
IBN Inbetriebnahme Commissioning
ID Identifier Identification
IE Industrial Ethernet Industrial Ethernet
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission International Electrotechnical Commission
IF Interface Interface
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor Bipolar transistor with insulated control electrode
IGCT Integrated Gate-Controlled Thyristor Semiconductor power switch with integrated control
electrode
IL Impulslöschung Pulse suppression
IP Internet Protocol Internet protocol
IPO Interpolator Interpolator
IT Isolé Terre Non-grounded three-phase line supply
IVP Internal Voltage Protection Internal voltage protection
J
JOG Jogging Jogging
K
KDV Kreuzweiser Datenvergleich Data cross-check
KHP Know-How Protection Know-how protection
KIP Kinetische Pufferung Kinetic buffering
Kp - Proportional gain
KTY - Special temperature sensor
L
L - Symbol for inductance
LED Light Emitting Diode Light-emitting diode
LIN Linear motor Linear motor
LR Lageregler Position controller
LSB Least Significant Bit Least significant bit
LSC Line-Side Converter Line-side converter

SINAMICS DCP
504 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

LSS Line-Side Switch Line-side switch
LU Length Unit Length unit
LWL Lichtwellenleiter Fiber-optic cables
M
M - Symbol for torque
M Mass Reference potential for all signal and operating
voltages, usually defined as 0 V (also referred to as
GND)
MB Megabyte Megabyte
MCC Motion Control Chart Motion Control Chart
MDI Manual Data Input Manual data input
MDS Motor Data Set Motor data set
MLFB Maschinenlesbare Fabrikatebezeichnung Machine-readable product code
MM Motor Module Motor Module
MMC Man-Machine Communication Man-machine communication
MMC Micro Memory Card Micro memory card
MSB Most Significant Bit Most significant bit
MSC Motor-Side Converter Motor-side converter
MSCY_C1 Master Slave Cycle Class 1 Cyclic communication between master (class 1)
and slave
MSR Motorstromrichter Motor-side converter
MT Messtaster Probe
N
N. C. Not Connected Not connected
N… No Report No report or internal message
NAMUR Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft für Mess- und Standardization association for measurement and
Regeltechnik in der chemischen Industrie control in chemical industries
NC Normally Closed (contact) NC contact
NC Numerical Control Numerical control
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association Standardization body in the US
NM Nullmarke Zero mark
NO Normally Open (contact) NO contact
NSR Netzstromrichter Line-side converter
NVRAM Non-Volatile Random Access Memory Non-volatile read/write memory
O
OA Open Architecture Software component (technology package) which
provides additional functions for the SINAMICS
drive system
OAIF Open Architecture Interface Version of the SINAMICS firmware from which the
OA-application can be used
OASP Open Architecture Support Package Expands the STARTER commissioning tool by the
corresponding OA-application
OC Operating Condition Operating condition
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer Original equipment manufacturer

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 505
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

OLP Optical Link Plug Bus connector for fiber-optic cable
OMI Option Module Interface Option Module Interface
P
p… - Setting parameters
P1 Processor 1 CPU 1
P2 Processor 2 CPU 2
PB PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
PcCtrl PC Control Master control
PD PROFIdrive PROFIdrive
PDS Power unit Data Set Power unit data set
PE Protective Earth Protective ground
PELV Protective Extra-Low Voltage Safety extra-low voltage
PEM Permanenterregter Synchronmotor Permanent-magnet synchronous motor
PG Programmiergerät Programming device
PI Proportional Integral Proportional integral
PID Proportional Integral Differential Proportional integral differential
PLC Programmable Logic Controller Programmable logic controller
PLL Phase-Locked Loop Phase-locked loop
PM Power Module Power Module
PN PROFINET PROFINET
PNO PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation PROFIBUS user organization
PPI Point-to-Point Interface Point-to-point interface
PRBS Pseudo Random Binary Signal White noise
PROFIBUS Process Field Bus Serial data bus
PS Power Supply Power supply
PSA Power Stack Adapter Power Stack Adapter
PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Positive temperature coefficient
PTP Point-To-Point Point-to-point
PWM Pulse Width Modulation Pulse width modulation
PZD Prozessdaten Process data
Q
R
r… - Display parameters (read only)
RAM Random Access Memory Read/write memory
RCCB Residual Current Circuit Breaker Residual current operated circuit breaker
RCD Residual Current Device Residual current operated circuit breaker
RCM Residual Current Monitor Residual current monitor
RFG Ramp-Function Generator Ramp-function generator
RJ45 Registered Jack 45 Term for an 8-pin socket system for data
transmission with shielded or non-shielded multi-
wire copper cables
RKA Rückkühlanlage Cooling unit
RLM Renewable Line Module Renewable Line Module

SINAMICS DCP
506 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

RO Read Only Read only
ROM Read-Only Memory Read-only memory
RPDO Receive Process Data Object Receive process data object
RS 232 Recommended Standard 232 Interface standard for cable-connected serial data
transmission between a sender and receiver
(also known as EIA232)
RS485 Recommended Standard 485 Interface standard for a cable-connected
differential, parallel, and/or serial bus system (data
transmission between a number of senders and
receivers, also known as EIA485)
RTC Real-Time Clock Real-time clock
RZA Raumzeigerapproximation Space vector approximation
S
S1 - Continuous duty
S3 - Intermittent duty
SAM Safe Acceleration Monitor Safe acceleration monitoring
SBC Safe Brake Control Safe brake control
SBH Sicherer Betriebshalt Safe operating stop
SBR Safe Brake Ramp Safe brake ramp monitoring
SBT Safe Brake Test Safe brake test
SCA Safe Cam Safe cam
SD Card SecureDigital Card Secure digital memory card
SDI Safe Direction Safe motion direction
SE Sicherer Software-Endschalter Safe software limit switches
SG Sicher reduzierte Geschwindigkeit Safely-limited speed
SGA Sicherheitsgerichteter Ausgang Safety-related output
SGE Sicherheitsgerichteter Eingang Safety-related input
SH Sicherer Halt Safe standstill
SI Safety Integrated Safety Integrated
SIL Safety Integrity Level Safety integrity level
SLM Smart Line Module Smart Line Module
SLP Safely-Limited Position Safely limited position
SLS Safely-Limited Speed Safely-limited speed
SLVC Sensorless Vector Control Vector control without encoder
SM Sensor Module Sensor Module
SMC Sensor Module Cabinet Sensor Module Cabinet
SME Sensor Module External Sensor Module External
SMI Sensor Module Integrated SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated
SMM Single Motor Module Single Motor Module
SN Sicherer Software-Nocken Safe software cam
SOS Safe Operating Stop Safe operating stop
SP Service Pack Service pack
SP Safe Position Safe position
SPC Setpoint Channel Setpoint channel

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 507
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

SPI Serial Peripheral Interface Serial peripheral interface
SPS Speicherprogrammierbare Steuerung Programmable Logic Controller
SS1 Safe Stop 1 Safe stop 1
(monitored for time and ramp)
SS2 Safe Stop 2 Safe stop 2
SSI Synchronous Serial Interface Synchronous serial interface
SSM Safe Speed Monitor Safe feedback from speed monitor
SSP SINAMICS Support Package SINAMICS support package
STO Safe Torque Off Safe torque off
STW Steuerwort Control word
T
TB Terminal Board Terminal Board
TIA Totally Integrated Automation Totally Integrated Automation
TM Terminal Module Terminal Module
TN Terre Neutre Grounded three-phase line supply
Tn - Integral-action time
TPDO Transmit Process Data Object Transmit process data object
TT Terre Terre Grounded three-phase line supply
TTL Transistor-Transistor Logic Transistor-transistor logic
Tv - Derivative action time
U
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply Uninterruptible power supply
USV Unterbrechungsfreie Stromversorgung Uninterruptible power supply
UTC Universal Time Coordinated Universal time coordinated
V
VC Vector Control Vector control
Vdc - DC-link voltage
VdcN - Partial DC-link voltage, negative
VdcP - Partial DC-link voltage, positive
VDE Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker Association of German Electrical Engineers
VDI Verein Deutscher Ingenieure Association of German Engineers
VPM Voltage Protection Module Voltage Protection Module
Vpp Volt peak to peak Volt peak-to-peak
VSM Voltage Sensing Module Voltage Sensing Module
W
WEA Wiedereinschaltautomatik Automatic restart
WZM Werkzeugmaschine Machine tool
X
XML Extensible Markup Language Extensible Markup Language (standard language
for Web publishing and document management)

SINAMICS DCP
508 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

Abbreviation Source of abbreviation Meaning

Y
Z
ZK Zwischenkreis DC link
ZM Zero Mark Zero mark
SW Zustandswort Status word

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 509
A Appendix
A.2 List of abbreviations

SINAMICS DCP
510 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Index

Numbers 2585
1020 Status word, sequence control, 337
Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 314 2650
1021 Sequencer, 339
Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 315 3100
1022 Fixed values, 341
Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 316 3102
1030 Function generator, 342
Handling BICO technology, 317 6700
2050 MPP Tracker, 344
Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3), 319 6720
2055 Battery charging characteristic, 345
Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3), 320 6800
2060 Closed-loop control, overview, 347
Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional 6805
(DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5), 321 Setpoint processing, 348
2065 6806
Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional Correction current controller, 349
(DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7), 322 6808
2075 Dynamic overload, 350
Analog inputs (AI 0), 323 6810
2080 Current/power limitation, 351
Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2), 324 6812
2085 Voltage limitation, 352
Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4), 325 6817
2090 Voltage limitation, dynamic, 353
Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6), 326 6818
2095 Voltage controller, 354
Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1), 327 6820
2410 Main current controller, 355
PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS, 6825
addresses and diagnostics, 329 Residual current controller, 356
2460 6830
IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO Pulse width modulation, 357
(p0922 = 999), 330 6835
2470 Contactor control/precharging, 358
IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO 6845
(p0922 = 999), 331 Fan control, 359
2472 6850
IF1 status words, free interconnection, 332 Actual value acquisition, 360
2546 6855
Control word, faults/alarms, 334 Power unit monitoring, 361
2548 6860
Status word, faults/alarms 1, 335 Power unit, properties, 362
2580 8030
Control word, sequence control, 336 Temperature sensor, 364

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 511
Index

8048 Binector
Monitoring functions in the device, 365 Input (BI), 16
8054 Output (BO), 16
Internal diagnostics, 366 Binector-connector converter, 332
8055 Bit field (parameter), 20
General diagnostics, 367 BO, Binector Output, 16
8056
Diagnostic memory, 368 C
8060 C1(x) - State commissioning device, 17
Fault buffer, 370 C2(x) - State commissioning drive, 17
8065 Can be changed (parameter, C1(x), C2(x), U, T), 17
Alarm buffer, 371 CDS, (Command Data Set), 374, 375
8070 CI, Connector Input, 16
Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129), 372 Closed-loop control overview, 347
8075 CO, Connector Output, 16
Fault/alarm configuration, 373 CO/BO, Connector/Binector Output, 16
8560 Command data sets, 374
Command Data Sets (CDS), 375 Connector
9350 Input (CI), 16
Paralleling interface, 377 Output (CO), 16
9912 Connector-binector converter, 330
BOP20 control word interconnection, 379 Contactor control, 358
Converter
A Binector-connector converter, 332
Access level (parameter), 18 Connector-binector converter, 330
Active (parameter, C1(x), C2(x), U, T), 17 Correction current controller, 349
Actual value acquisition, 360 CUD
Adjustable parameters, 15 Input/output terminals, 318
Alarm Current limitation, 348, 351
Cause, 385
Display, 382 D
Drive object, 385 Data set, 374
Explanation of list, 384 Data type (parameter, signal source), 18
Fault location, 384 DC link buffer, 354
General information, 382 Dependency (parameter), 20
How to distinguish an alarm from a fault, 382 Description (parameter), 19
List of all alarms, 386 Diagnostics
Name, 384 Diagnostic memory, 368
Number, 384 General diagnostics, 367
Remedy, 385 Internal diagnostics, 366
Alarm buffer, 371 Digital inputs (DI), 318
Alarm value, 385 Digital inputs/outputs (DI/DO), 318
Analog inputs (AI), 318 Digital outputs (DO), 318
Analog outputs (AO), 318 Directory
ASCII table, 498 ASCII table, 498
Auxiliary functions, 340 Display
Axxxx, 384 Alarms, 382
Faults, 382
B Display parameters, 15
Basic Operator Panel (BOP), 378 DO, Drive Object, 16
Battery charging characteristic, 345 Drive object, 16
BI, Binector Input, 16 Dynamic overload, 350
BICO technology, 317

SINAMICS DCP
512 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 Index

E Function diagrams, CUD input/output terminals

Explanations Analog inputs (AI 0), 323
about the list of parameters, 14 Analog inputs (AI 1 ... AI 2), 324
Of the list of faults and alarms, 384 Analog inputs (AI 3 ... AI 4), 325
on function diagrams, 313 Analog inputs (AI 5 ... AI 6), 326
Analog outputs (AO 0 ... AO 1), 327
F Digital inputs (DI 0 ... DI 3), 319
Factory setting, 19 Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional
Fan control, 359 (DI/DO 4 ... DI/DO 5), 321
Fault Digital inputs/outputs, bidirectional
Cause, 385 (DI/DO 6 ... DI/DO 7), 322
Display, 382 Digital outputs (DO 0 ... DO 3), 320
Drive object, 385 Function diagrams, data sets
Explanation of list, 384 Command Data Sets (CDS), 375
Fault location, 384 Function diagrams, explanations
General information, 382 Explanation of the symbols (part 1), 314
How to distinguish a fault from an alarm, 382 Explanation of the symbols (part 2), 315
List of all faults, 386 Explanation of the symbols (part 3), 316
Name, 384 Handling BICO technology, 317
Number, 384 Function diagrams, faults and alarms
Remedy, 385 Alarm buffer, 371
Save when switching off, 383 Fault buffer, 370
Fault buffer, 370 Fault/alarm configuration, 373
Save when switching off, 383 Fault/alarm trigger word (r2129), 372
Fault value, 385 Function diagrams, internal control/status words
Fixed control bits, 341 Control word, faults/alarms, 334
Fixed percentage values, 341 Control word, sequence control, 336
Fixed values, 315, 341 Status word, faults/alarms 1, 335
Function (parameter), 19 Status word, sequence control, 337
Function diagrams, auxiliary functions Function diagrams, PROFIdrive
Fixed values, 341 IF1 receive telegram, free interconnection via BICO
Function generator, 342 (p0922 = 999), 330
Function diagrams, Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) IF1 send telegram, free interconnection via BICO
Control word, BOP20 interconnection, 379 (p0922 = 999), 331
Function diagrams, closed-loop control IF1 status words, free interconnection, 332
Actual value acquisition, 360 PROFIBUS (PB) / PROFINET (PN) / USS,
Contactor control/precharging, 358 addresses and diagnostics, 329
Correction current controller, 349 Function diagrams, sequence control
Current/power limitation, 351 Sequencer, 339
Dynamic overload, 350 Function diagrams, signals and monitoring functions
Fan control, 359 Diagnostic memory, 368
Main current controller, 355 General diagnostics, 367
Overview, 347 Internal diagnostics, 366
Power unit monitoring, 361 Monitoring functions in the device, 365
Power unit, properties, 362 Temperature sensor, 364
Pulse width modulation, 357 Function diagrams, superimposed closed-loop control
Residual current controller, 356 Battery charging characteristic, 345
Setpoint processing, 348 MPP Tracker, 344
Voltage controller, 354 Function generator, 342
Voltage limitation, 352 Function module, 16
Voltage limitation, dynamic, 353 Fxxxx, 384
Function diagrams, communication between devices
Paralleling interface, 377

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 513
Index

G P
General information Paralleling interface, 377
about parameters, 14 Parameters
on faults and alarms, 382 Access level, 18
on function diagrams, 313 Can be changed, 17
Data type, 18
I Description, 19
Index Full name, 16
Factory setting, 20 Function, 19
Parameters, 15, 20 Index, 15, 20
Industrial security, 11 Linked parameters, 15
Input/output terminals List of all parameters, 22
CUD, 318 Name, 16
Number, 15
L Safety instructions, 21
Linked parameters, 15 Short name, 16
List Values, 19
Abbreviations, 501 Password for access level 4, 18
ASCII table, 498 Power limitation, 348, 351
Complete table of contents, 7 Power unit
Faults and alarms, 386 Monitoring, 361
Function diagrams, 309 Properties, 362
Index, 511 Trace, 368
List of abbreviations, 501 Precharging, 358
Parameters, all, 22 PROFIBUS (PB), 328
Table of contents, function diagrams, 310 PROFIdrive, 328
List of abbreviations, 501 PROFINET (PN), 328
Pulse width modulation (PWM), 357
M
pxxxx, 15
Main current controller, 355
Monitoring functions in the device, 365 R
MPP Tracker, 344 Residual current controller, 356
rxxxx, 15
N
Name S
Alarm, 384 Safety instructions
Fault, 384 Fundamental, 9
Parameters, 16 General, 10
Number Industrial security, 11
Alarm, 384 Safety instructions (parameter), 21
Fault, 384 Search tools for this manual, 5
Parameters, 15 Sequence control, 338
Setpoint processing, 348
O
Signal path for function diagrams, 314
Object, 16
Symbols
Objective of this manual, 5
Explanation, Part 1, 314
Explanation, Part 2, 315
Explanation, Part 3, 316

T
T - Ready state, 17
Target group for this manual, 5
Temperature sensor, 364
Trace, power unit:, 366

SINAMICS DCP
514 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
 Index

U Version
U - Operation state, 17 List of all parameters, 22
List of faults and alarms, 386
V Voltage controller, 354
Values (parameter), 19 Voltage limitation, 352
Voltage limitation, dynamic, 353

SINAMICS DCP
List Manual (LH21), 05/2016 515
Index

SINAMICS DCP
516 List Manual (LH21), 05/2016
Siemens AG Subject to change
Industry Sector © Siemens AG 2014 - 2016
Drive Technologies
Large Drives
P.O. Box 4743
90025 NUREMBERG
GERMANY

www.siemens.com/automation